Introduction to Trading Mastery
This video is a complete tutorial on trading, teaching you from zero to advanced levels in a single comprehensive guide. Designed for traders aiming to execute trades live, it covers fundamental market concepts, strategic analysis, risk management, and psychologic discipline.
Understanding the Markets
- Currency Pairs & Forex Market: Trading is essentially betting on the strength of one currency over another. Forex is the largest and most volatile market with a daily volume of $7.5 to $8 trillion.
- Market Types: Covers stock, commodities, cryptocurrencies, and Forex, focusing on their volumes, availability, and trading session times.
- Trading Sessions: Best trading times occur during the London and New York session overlaps, from 1 AM to approximately 10:30 AM EST.
Essential Trading Platforms
- TradingView: For market analysis and charting. Learn to set up candlestick charts and use the no-gap candle indicator for cleaner data.
- Broker Platforms (e.g., LQ Markets, 1xTrade): Act as intermediaries to place your trades in the real market.
- MetaTrader 5: The interface where trades are executed; risk calculated, stop losses and take profits set.
- Forex Factory: To monitor economic news and fundamentals, though technical analysis predominates decision-making.
Market Structure & Price Action
- Market Structure: Identify higher highs (HH), higher lows (HL) for bullish trends, and lower highs (LH), lower lows (LL) for bearish trends. To deepen your understanding of market dynamics, check out Understanding Market Efficiency: How Smart Money Drives Price Movements.
- Snake Trick: A method to identify last structure points, aiding in distinguishing true shifts in market direction.
- Price Action: The core of all trading decisions, using candlestick bodies (not wicks) on various time frames (weekly, daily, 4-hour) to confirm trends. This ties closely with concepts detailed in Beginner's Guide to Price Action Trading: Trends & Consolidation Explained.
Trading Strategy Essentials
- Top-Down Analysis: Begin analysis on higher time frames (weekly, daily, 4-hour) to determine trend direction and area of interest.
- Area of Interest: Key support and resistance zones validated by at least three touches, essential for entering trades.
- Break and Retest: A favorite trend continuation pattern; wait for price to break a level, then retest it for confirmation before entering.
- Confluence Trading: Combine multiple factors (trend, area of interest, entry signals, patterns like head and shoulders) to increase trade success probability; learn more about these methods in Mastering the Power of Three in Trading: A Comprehensive Guide.
Key Holding Patterns
- Head and Shoulders: The only reversal pattern emphasized, identifying trend reversals confirmed by breaking and retesting the neckline.
- Candlestick Patterns: Focus on high-probability patterns like Doji, Hammer, Inverted Hammer, and Bullish/Bearish Engulfing for entry signals.
Risk and Money Management
- Scaling Up: Personal journey of starting from $100 and progressively scaling through meticulous risk control, often risking large position sizes initially but reducing risk percentage as account grows. This journey aligns with insights from Unlocking Generational Wealth: A Comprehensive Guide to Day Trading in 2025.
- One Trade Per Week: Taking calculated, high-confidence trades, avoiding impulsive decisions.
- Risk-to-Reward Ratio: Minimum 1:2 risk-to-reward advised, aiming for 1:4 for greater profitability.
Psychological Discipline
- Importance of setting strict trading plans and rules.
- Handling losses and profits with evenly matched mindset.
- Accountability through personal consequences to enforce discipline.
Real-Time Trade Examples
- Detailed walkthroughs of live trades including setup, entry signals, execution, management, and outcomes.
- Transparency about losses, wins, and broker challenges like slippage.
Community and Learning
- Emphasis on joining like-minded, committed trading communities.
- Continuous interaction with mentors and peers to refine strategies and mental fortitude.
- Encouragement that success requires full dedication and immersion.
Closing Thoughts
Trading is presented not just as a technical skill but a lifestyle commitment. Consistency, patience, and discipline backed by structured education and community support lead to sustainable profitability and life-changing success. If you are serious about trading, this video is your one-stop resource to mastering your path from beginner to expert.
Remember:
- Watch this video attentively, take notes, and practice.
- Exit the video if the content does not provide immediate value.
- Trading is a marathon that demands time, focus, and correct knowledge.
- The market offers endless opportunities; readiness is key to success.
For deeper insights into market behavior and strategy models, you might also consider exploring Mastering Market Maker Models: Forex, Indices & Stock Trading Insights.
Welcome to the final class. This is going to be the final class that you will need to watch in your whole entire
trading career to understand how to trade. I'm talking about in this 10hour video, I am literally going to teach you
from zero to 100%. From the point that you are literally going to be able to execute a trade with me inside of this
video live. Whatever I do on my phone, you pause the video, you do it on your phone. Whatever I do on my chart, you
pause the video, you do it on your chart. I'm going to take you through the most stepbystep process that I have
personally ever created or ever even seen online on a complete tutorial on how to teach you trading from zero to
100%. This is everything in one spot. I swear to God, I wish I had this video when I started my trading journey back
in 2019 2018 when I was learning how to trade online. Nobody created tutorials like this. There was a bunch of
different videos throughout the whole entire internet and I kind of had to piece them all together. And by the time
that I pieced them all together, I simply had an information overload and I didn't know what I actually needed and
what I didn't actually need. In this video, I'm going to teach you everything that you need and I'm going to briefly
explain to you what you don't need so you don't have to simply waste time on it. Because the truth of the matter is
that right now in trading, everybody is having a massive opportunity to make money online. the more time that you
waste having the lack of knowledge and not having the proper education to go and trade, the more time you are missing
out on these profits. So, I'm going to make everything on this one video, so all you have to do is just watch it from
zero to the end. You're going to know exactly how to be able to go out there and execute trades live in the market.
Now, I have really been thinking about doing this video for quite some time. I just haven't had the time to actually
get it done. But, when I actually now decided to get this video done, I wanted to this be more than just an information
overload video. Like I wanted you to practice this in real time. You're actually able to go out there and
execute live based off off of this video. Something that you actually get value from and you're actually able to
go out to the market and properly do it for yourself. Now, you're probably asking, who is this guy that's going to
be talking to me for the next 10 hours and is he even a reliable source? I've been trading the currency market for the
last seven years, and it took me about three years to become a profitable trader. I was two and a half years
trying to figure out how to make money online when it comes to trading. And after two years of watching endless
amounts of videos and failing, I finally figured it out. But it really wasn't always about trading. I first wanted to
make money online. But before making money online, I was working at Dunkin Donuts. Before working at Dunkin Donuts,
I worked at Crocs, Arab Postal, Sant's Enchanted Forest, and I even tried to get a job at a Valley parking, but I
never got hired. I was just a regular high school student that got out of high school and did not want to go work the
regular 9 to5. I wanted to get out of high school and become a successful person. I wanted to become a
millionaire. I remember as the semester was finishing, my professor came up to me and he woke me up from an nap and he
was like, "Hey, just letting you know right now, you could not come back tomorrow or not even finish this
semester, even if you were to ace every single one of the next tests, you're still going to fail the class." And I
said, "You know what? Thanks, man. You just saved me the next two months of my life cuz I was going to keep coming in
here and falling asleep." Fast forward for the next two months. I kept going to campus because my parents were tracking
my location and I had to go to school because they would, you know, kick me out of the house, ground me if I wasn't
going to school. And I was going to school to just figure out how to make money online. I was figuring out a way
on how to do drop shipping, which I tried to buy multiple different products, but my credit card limit
wasn't enough. So, I couldn't have enough inventory. Tried that for a little bit, dabbled with it, never had
success. And then I tried Airbnb arbitrage. So on my free time, as soon as I finished work and got out of the
school, just sitting in the library trying to figure out how to find the good properties for Airbnb arbitrage, I
realized that when I did find a good property, I didn't have the proper credit and have the bank statements to
sign a lease so then I can subleasase it, put on Airbnb, so on and so forth. And I pretty much wasted about 6 months
of my life trying to make money online when it came across, you know, these different businesses. And then one day,
one of my friends invites me to this event where they're teaching trading. I'm like, ah, dude, I've heard of this
stuff before. Supposedly, it's a scam. It's not real. Said, "You know what? What's the worst that can happen? I lose
100 bucks. Really, all I have at the time to risk on this." I go to the event. I get sold on the whole entire
MLM product, multi-level marketing. And uh what that really did is that it opened the doors to what trading is and
the possibility that it actually has. I was there for probably 30 days. I realized that these multi-level
marketing companies don't teach you how to trade. They just teach you what it is. But that opened the gates for me to
actually go out there and try and figure it out. So I tried to go on with stocks and I realized in order for me to
actually create a account in a stock market or with the stock brokers for you to actually go trade, it was a minimum
of 25,000. That was back in 2018 2019 when I was starting to trade. I didn't have 20,000 $25,000 to open up a trading
account. So then I heard that there's this forex market, foreign exchange where the entry barrier is 100 bucks, 50
bucks, and you have leverage up to 1 to 1,000. And then there that means you have a lot more buying power in your
money. The markets are open 245 compared to the stock market. They're open 9 to5, 5 days a week. I said, you know what,
this is a lot more attractive. Let me actually go head first into this. And little did I know that I was going to be
walking into one of the longest, darkest, and loneliest journeys that I have ever been. And that journey began
by myself in the library at Miami Day College campus. I was a whole entire year going to Miami Day College campus.
Instead of me learning English or learning mathematics or whatever they were teaching me in criminal justice, I
was learning what the foreign exchange market was, watching endless amounts of videos on YouTube, buying different a
bunch of different courses trying to see if it all worked, where it all came down to one simple thing. And all of that I'm
going to be teaching to you guys in this video completely for free. and it's all going to be in one spot. I had to piece
so many different videos together that literally that is probably what took the most amount of time getting all the
information that was on the internet, hearing the same thing seven different ways, realizing I'm watching the same
thing from a different person, saying it in a different way, and then having to minimize all that information for it to
come down to one thing. And that is exactly what I'm going to be doing in this video today. And it almost feels
like it went by extremely fast now that time has gone by. But after 6 months of me just trying to put all this
information together, lost a couple thousand dollars. Another 6 months went by and then I was supposed to be
graduating from college, getting my AA on pretty much year two and my parents realized that I was not going to college
and there I had to pretty much break through the news that I was doing this whole trading stuff and I was probably
about a year in year and a couple months in and I was so deeply invested that I had no other choice but to continue to
go. There was no way I was going to continue in figuring out a different way on how to make money online once I've
already invested a whole entire year into this. And things were starting to click, or at least I thought they were
at the time. So, I basically broke the news to my parents. I said, "Hey, I'm trying this whole trading stuff. I need
you guys just to give me some time to figure it out. My parents did not believe in me. They weren't supportive
of it. And I wouldn't either. I have old school Cuban parents that they barely know how to use WhatsApp. They don't
speak English. They honestly just all they understand is work on a regular job and that's how you're going to become
successful. It's not their fault. They were raised differently. But I knew that there was different ways on how to make
money in this world, especially online. So after about a year and a half, my parents aren't supporting me. I'm just
kind of living there at the house. I'm literally trading from my mom's closet. We have a closet downstairs and I'm just
trading out of that closet. And I'd say probably for the next six to eight months, it was a battle in between
myself and understanding the actual markets. So now I know exactly what trading is, how it works. But now I'm
just trying to figure out these patterns and if there really is one behind it. And I'd say after 6 months, it got to
the point where I was seeing the patterns. I would see things happen over and over again. But I just wasn't
entering at the exact point. I was either entering too late, I was entering too early, and I was probably closing
out my profits too short, my stop losses were too tight, I was just doing a lot of minor mistakes that accumulatively
made me a unprofitable trader. Right around the 2-year mark, my parents once again are pressuring me, what am I going
to do with my life, and I just kept asking for time, still working at Dunkin Donuts, dabbling other jobs, but I'm
trying to dedicate as much time as I possibly can to trading. Now, at this point, I seek some different types of
more serious mentorships. I understand a little bit more. You know, you need act an actual strategy for you to actually
become a profitable trader. And right around the 2 and 1/2 year mark, I went from losing consistently for two and a
half years to having my first ever break even month. I'm like, whoa, I think I might be doing something right because
you know what? This month, I didn't blow any accounts. I didn't lose any profit accounts. Like, I think I'm on to
something. The month after that, so two months, two years and about seven months, I had another break even month,
but a little bit slightly in profit, probably 1%. And then the month after that, I was in profit 10%. I went from
being an extremely unprofitable trader to then a break even trader to having my first profitable month. All of that in
the span of nearly three years. And in this video, I'm going to shorten what I learned in 3 years, all of the mistakes
that I did, all the unnecessary information that I had in just a one class setting. This is going to save you
guys so much time, so much headache that I can't even I wish I had this when I got started. After my first profitable
month, everything literally just clicked. I started going from break even months to a profitable months to then
just this becoming the new normal. All I had to realistically do was look back at my actual winning month and be like,
what did I do right there? If that's what worked, let me just double down on it when I see it again and then again
and again and again. And then you fast forward for another year. So I'm about three and a half years into my journey.
I am now a full-time trader. I think on my third year, three month three years and one month, I left Dunkin Donuts,
left my job, and I'm now just a full-time profitable trader. Told my parents that it's actually working.
They're seeing the money. they're believing it. And then right around my fourth year, I decided to just start
posting on social media because, you know, that was the only way to pretty much meet people as a trader cuz if
you're a trader, you're kind of in an office like this. You're just home 24/7. You're never going to really engage with
anybody cuz you don't need to go out to a social setting for anything. Everything you could just do it from
home. And all of my friends that I had in my journey as I was learning trading, all of my high school friends, I pretty
much separated myself from them because they didn't believe in my journey. They didn't understand what it was and they
were causing me so much stress trying to convince them of what it is and that it's actually possible that it was
distracting me from the journey. So, at this point in my journey, I'm really by myself and I'm just trying to open up my
doors to new people, just meet people, maybe meet some new girls, attract girls, cuz I'm realistically just making
a decent amount of money by clicking a couple buttons and I have so much free time throughout the day. And like a
hurricane or like a snowstorm or whatever you want to call it, it just blew up. I started posting, you know, I
bought my first supercar, which is an Audi R8. I started posting profits. I'm making a couple thousand dollars every
single day. And out of nowhere, this created this massive community of other people wanting to learn how to do the
same thing. The questions that I was getting asked were pretty simple questions. And I decided to say, you
know what? Let me just start helping people. And I just started posting YouTube videos. And fast forward another
three, four years, and we're here where I arguably think I have one of the biggest trading communities in the
industry. And I have helped thousands of people all around the world and shortened their learning curve from
years to months and gotten people to make tens of mistakes a day to maybe one a week and then them learning from that
and using those losses that they avoid to optimize and actually be able to risk the correct amount of money on the right
markets. So it all went from being a unprofitable trader by himself to then developing a skill set without even
knowing it, posting it accidentally on social media. it blowing up and now to the point where I just changed traders
lives all around the world and now this video is for you. And the only reason why I gave you this whole entire
backstory is so you understand at the point where I am right now in my journey. I have so much free time that
all I generally have passion about right now is just helping other people. I am literally dedicating more than 10 hours
to make this video for you because this video is going to probably be 10 hours and I'm done with it. But for me to
record it, for it to all get shortened down to the point where I probably put 20, 25 hours into this video, I'm doing
this for you. So, all I ask for you is to literally only focus on this video. And if by the end of this video, you did
not learn anything. You have absolutely no value. Hit the unsubscribe button, block me, never look at me ever again.
Don't believe me. But I am putting so much time and so much effort into this video because I personally really do
wish I saw one of these videos when I got started in my journey. So if you have any question, if you have any
concern, just go back, pause the video, write down notes. If I were to show you the amounts of notes that I took when I
was learning in my journey, I think I wrote down the same thing 15 different times because I was watching 15 of the
same videos just in different ways from different people. And that confused me so much because everybody would say it
in a different way. And what I can guarantee you is in order for you to become a profitable trader like me,
there is no other video that you need to watch online, including my own, because this video is literally going to teach
you every single topic, every single subject that you need to know to understand the markets exactly that I
do. Once this video is finished, the only thing that separates you and I is going to be experience. And that is
what's going to lead you to become a profitable trader. So right now, if you're driving, if you're at work,
you're on a lunch break and you started this video, make sure you pause it, put a bookmark on it, and come back to it
when you're ready to sit down and actually focus. Do not halfass this video. Do not put it on 2x. The points
of trading is for you to take your time with it. This is a marathon, not a sprint. And you attempting to learn this
information faster is actually going to slow you down because you're trying to speed things up and get all this
information as fast as you can. It actually slows you down because you're not going to process it and understand
it and you're going to have to come back and watching it again. So, it's going to actually take you double the amount of
time. No matter how fast you want to learn this, it takes time. It takes repetition and you need to understand
this is a brand new language. And a perfect analogy that I can put is let's say you're going to go build a house and
the same day you buy the land, that same exact day, you have the builders, you have the plumbers, you have the roofers,
you have the carpenters, you have the landscapers, everything. You cannot have the roofers put on the roof if the
builders haven't even built up the walls. You cannot have the gardeners put up the garden if they haven't finished
the construction. You're going to mess up your garden. Everything is a stepbystep process and it takes time.
And that is exactly what this video is intended to do. It's intended to go step by step in the correct order and for it
to be taken my time for me to explain to you so you understand it at the correct time. Now, with that being said, let's
officially begin this video. And if you are not 100% ready to write down notes, if you don't have your notepad out, if
you're not in a calm setting, if you're not locked in, you don't have your headphones in, do not watch this video.
Click the pause button and come back when you're ready. It's going to be a lot more effective that you watch this
video when you are 100% prepared to actually watch this video so you take a notes effectively and you understand
everything effectively. So with that being said, let's begin. So what is this trading stuff? What is this forex? What
is this stocks? What is this crypto indices, commodities, futures? What is this charts? What is trading? Well, I'm
sure we've all seen charts, right? This is what a chart is. chart is when something goes up or something goes
down. You've probably seen it either on an actual candlestick format like that or you've seen it on a line chart like
this. These are different ways on how the markets are seen. You can see it on a line chart. You can see it on a bunch
of different ways. And don't worry, we're going to get into all of those different ways in just a second. But
what exactly is trading? Well, trading is when you're literally doing what it says. When you are trading, you're
trading one thing for another. Now, some people think when it comes to the forex exchange market, the foreign exchange
market, that you're actually trading one currency for the other. Some people think that, oh, the euro and the dollar,
you're actually buying the euro and you're exchanging it for the dollar, or you're selling the dollar and then
buying the euro. At no point are you ever actually doing that. You're essentially just betting that
something's going to be going up or something that's going to be going down. We're going to get into all of that in
just a second. Now, before I actually get into the charts and I show you how to actually read the markets, I first
need to teach you and educate you on the actual markets. What are these markets? What do they consist of? How do like
when I actually buy a currency, am I actually owning it? Like, do I actually buy the euro? Does that mean that I own
the euro? If I actually were to buy gold, does that mean that I actually own gold? If I were to trade the NASDAQ, do
I actually own a piece of a company? So, let me break down these actual markets and what they consist of, right? So
right here we're going to have all of the main markets that are going to run the trading industry or the trading
niche. And these are in order. The first market is going to be the foreign exchange market also known as the forex
market where every single day it moves anywhere from 7.5 to 8 trillion on a daily basis. This is not only the
largest market in the world but is actually decentralized and it is open 245. Now when I started trading in 2018
2019 I remember reading this exact same sentence right here and it was anywhere from five to $6.5 trillion. The fact
that in just five six years this has nearly almost added $3 trillion into trading volume is absolutely absurd to
me. This just shows the amount of opportunity that is inside of the foreign exchange market. So the beauty
of this market is that it is available 245. You can pretty much trade it whenever you want throughout the week.
And that is the beauty of the foreign exchange market. It is the most volatile market, has the most opportunity in it,
and it is available the most out of any single market. Next is going to be the stock market, which you've all heard of
the New York Stock Exchange. That's where people would trade on the trading floor. And this is where the global
stock market trade. And it's anywhere from 200 billion to 300 billion on a daily amount. So you can realize the
magnitude and the size of the foreign exchange market. It is nearly 15 times bigger, 20 times bigger on a daily basis
because you're trading every single currency in the world. Right here in the global stock market, you're pretty much
just trading around the US, mainly around the NASDAQ and all of these other different USA companies. Next we have
the commodity market which is going to consist of futures, oil, gold, wheat and the daily volume from this can vary in a
couple of billion dollars but it's around a hundred billion on a daily basis. Now when you go trade the
commodities markets when you go let's say you're going to go buy gold for example doesn't mean you actually are
going to own a piece of gold. You're just betting you're basically betting with the markets that gold is going to
go up in price. That's pretty much it. When you go buy oil or you go sell oil, at no point are you actually owning any
oil. It's all digital currency. It's all money on the screen. They're basically making an educated bet if this market is
going to go up or it's going to go down. At no point do you ever own anything when trading any of these markets except
the cryptocurrency markets. The cryptocurrency market has an average volume of 100 to 200 billion in day
trading volume, but it is extremely volatile and is mainly controlled by Bitcoin and Ethereum and a couple couple
of other stable coins. Now, obviously the problem with cryptocurrency is there's, you know, no centralization
around it. It's completely decentralized, very much how it is when it comes to the foreign exchange market.
But these currencies are backed by countries. They've been backed by hundreds of years. The crypto market is
still fairly new. It's been around for, let's call it, 20 years at the max, 25 years. And it's something that is
completely decentralized. And when you actually trade a cryptocurrency, let's trade, say you're trading Bitcoin,
Bitcoin, you actually own it. If you trade Bitcoin and it goes up, you make money with it. If you trade Ethereum and
it goes down, you lose money with it. Same very similar how it works with the foreign exchange market. But when you're
trading the foreign exchange market, at no given point, you actually own some of the actual currency. I can say I'm
trading EuroUSD. At no point do I actually own Euro or do I own USD? So all of these I'm going to go into great
detail of how you can actually trade them, which ones you should be trading, which you shouldn't be trading, and how
you can actually build a profitable strategy to actually trade on these markets. These are going to be the main
markets that are going to be out in the markets and that you should have any interest in trading them. Any markets
inside of these, they simply don't have enough trading volume. And if they don't have enough volume, which is big numbers
like this, the odds of you becoming a profitable trader are much more difficult because lack of volatility
means lack of opportunity. You want to make sure that you are in a market that has a fair amount of volatility, not too
much because then you're prone to getting major losses and all of that. I'll explain later into the video as
well. But you want to make sure that you have a decent amount of volatility so you can have good opportunity to
actually make money when it comes to trading. But I personally have been trading the foreign exchange market for
the last 7 years successfully and lately I've been dabbling a little bit with commodities and I just have been
investing into crypto when it comes to long-term. This is my form of an asset. I would much rather put multiple six
figures into a digital currency where it can make me 20 30% annually compared to putting it into real estate where let's
say it can make me those same returns but I have to deal with less headache. I've never personally traded the stock
market just because I am not interested in trading in a market that does not have anywhere near as much volume or
availability as the foreign exchange market. I've traded the NASDAQ. I've traded the S&P 500 and all of these
other stock markets. And you can also do that in the foreign exchange market. And all of that we're going to be breaking
that into this video. And we're going to be actually taking a trade together. You're going to be able to pause the
video, look at the profits or losses on your actual end. And then you're going to be able to have an clear
understanding of how to actually do this for yourself. And now before we get right started into what is actually
trading, I want to bust every single myth that is out there online. All of the myths that my parents thought that
this was that even including myself thought this was or just the people that have an opinion on something that
they're just simply not educated on. And there's nothing wrong with having an opinion, but it's always good to get
educated on it. So I'm going to bust every single myth on what trading isn't. Trading isn't a Ponzi scheme. There is
Ponzi schemes out there on people creating systems around trading. That is entirely true. But trading itself is not
a Ponzi scheme. Like people are just essentially betting that something is going to go up in value or that it's
going to go down in value. If it goes up in value, people make money. If it goes down in value, people lose money. That
is what trading is. So no, it's not a Ponzi scheme. Also, in order for you to actually become a trader, you don't need
to be a mathematician. You don't need to go to college. You don't need to get a degree. You don't need to be a genius.
To be fair, I graduated high school with nearly a 1.7 GPA, I think it was, or a 2.0 GPA. I can't even remember what it
was. I barely passed high school. I failed at college. I was not the smartest kid in class. But what I did do
was show up every single day to try and figure this out. I had a driving mindset that was going to lead me to success.
But I did not know what was the root square of 75 when a car is driving at 50 miles an hour and x equals 5. I have no
idea to this day what that is and I don't need to and I've had two Bugatti. So I think I've done very well. Trading
is not something that you need to have habits for. You don't need to wake up every single day and meditate. You don't
need to wake up and light up a candle, read a book, set a certain light, all of that Instagram, Tik Tok stuff. That is
not real. You do not need any of these morning routines in order for you to become a successful trader and
understand how to read the markets. I can be looking at the markets in front of my computer. I can be looking at it
on my phone about to board onto a flight. I can be looking at it while I'm driving, while I'm at the beach, while
I'm doing anything. All I need is a screen and decent amount of internet and I'm able to go ahead and look at the
markets. You don't need to set up a whole entire ambiance around me to actually read and understand the
markets. If you know how to read it, you know how to read it. And trading isn't also something that a lot of people
think like, oh, we're going to wait for price to come all the way to the bottom, so we buy. We're going to sell all the
way at the top. We do not try and predict tops or bottoms. Actually, on the complete contrary, I want the market
to be moving up very aggressively and I want to buy with that market. The trend is your friend. I've had that quote on
my desk, I think, for seven years. The trend is your friend. I am not here to create a trend. I'm not here to break a
trend. I'm here to trade with the trend. What do you think is easier? To swim against the current or with it? And here
in trading, we are here to swim with the current. At no point are we ever trying to predict something when it hits all
the way at the bottom and then we buy or something when it hits all the way at the top and then we sell. We trade with
the trends. And another one of the biggest misconceptions that people have is that they think that they need to be
in front of the markets all day in order for them to actually read the market and become a profitable trader. Do you need
to be in front of the markets for a long period of time for you to actually understand how the markets move? Yes.
But once you get it, you don't need to be in front of the markets every single day. Another one of the biggest
misconceptions that traders have or people in general when they get started into trading is that you need to be in
front of the markets all day every single day in order for you to be a trader and a profitable trader. That is
that cannot be further from the truth. The less amount of time that you spend in front of the markets, the more amount
of money that you're going to make. It's very counterintuitive because at the beginning you actually need to spend a
lot of time so you can learn and practice it. But once you understand the skill set, then you don't need to be in
front of the markets all day every single day. It's like when you're going to go learn a language, let's say you're
going to learn Chinese, for example, it's your first time learning Chinese. Are you going to have to spend more time
than the regular person that wants to learn Chinese in the class? Yes, you're going to have to spend more time. But
after you learning Chinese and being in the class for an extra hour every single day for the last six months, it gets to
the point where you no longer have to be in class for you to understand Chinese and to perfect it. You could be
listening to some music. You could be interacting with people on the street. That is where you practice it and you
perfect it. And then you don't need to speak Chinese every single day in order for you to master and perfect it. You
just need to make it part of your normal routine and it just becomes second nature. Once you learn it, you're not
going to unlearn it. It's the exact same thing with trading. Once you learn it, you don't need to be in front of the
markets every single day to trade. You only trade when it's time to trade. And by far probably the most important one.
People think you need money to make money in trading. And I'm going to answer this. The answer is true. You do
need money to make money. But you don't need a lot of money to get involved into trading and make a decent amount of
money. You can get started with a couple hundred bucks, maybe a couple thousand bucks, and that is going to lead you to
have returns equally to what you invest. It it is all based off of risk-to-reward. If you risk a hundred
bucks, you're going to make a couple hundred bucks. If you risk a couple thousand bucks, you're going to make a
couple thousand bucks. You're not going to turn a one singlehandedly $100 bill or a couple hundred dollar bills into a
quantion. That's not going to happen. Can you multiply it and scale it over time with proper risk management? Yes.
But you don't need a large amount of money to get involved. And people have this conception as well as as soon as
they put the money into the market, it's automatically gone. No, that is the complete like opposite. You actually
predetermine how much you want to risk of the capital that you put into trading every single time. Let's say right now I
go and deposit a h 100red bucks into the broker that I'm going to be using. That doesn't mean that that 100 bucks is
invested right away. That just means that the money is inside of a platform that then I can go and execute one of
these positions on. Now, before I execute that position, I'm going to pre-calculate my risk on my $100. I only
feel comfortable risking $10 on this trade. That's all I'm going to lose. And I'm going to be teaching you guys on how
to do that throughout this whole entire video. But I want to make it extremely clear what trading is not. Okay. So, now
that you understand that there is different types of markets out there. You have the currency market, commodity,
stocks, you have crypto. There is many different types of traders that executes on these type of markets. For example,
we can have what is called a positions trader, which these are also known as whales, which these traders happen to
take anywhere from one to two positions a month. These are people that have large sums of monies and they're
realistically not interested in being active every single day or every single week. So now moving on, now that you
understand that there's many different markets out there, you have the foreign exchange, the stocks, the crypto, all of
these different markets. There's different types of ways of trading these markets and there's many different types
of traders that execute these markets. Now, you can trade these markets as if you were to be a position trader, a
swing trader, day trader or a scalper. You can be any one of these traders and execute this style of trading on any one
of those markets. For example, if you were to be a position trader, these are also considered whales because they are
risking large sums of money either once or twice a month on certain positions that they take. They aim to have
anywhere from two to three to 4% a month realistically with minimal effort, minimal activity, and just large sums of
money. These large sums of money are this is why they're called whales and position trading, but this is more for
kind of institution style and people that aren't really active in front of the markets every single day. Can you
make money as a position trader? Of course. But it does require large sums of money because you're looking to
target bigger trades. So, you're going to have very, very, very big take profits, very, very, very big stop-
losses. I've attempted this style of trading in the past. It's just very expensive because you have to risk large
amounts of money because you get charged every single time you hold a position. And I'm going to get into all that stuff
later into the video, but this is a future way of I think everybody will eventually become a trader of as you
progress throughout this whole entire chain. Next, we have a swing trader. So, a swing trader is somebody that anywhere
that takes anywhere from four to five positions a month. And these positions that they take are not as big as the
positions traders, but they are decently big trades. And these trades happen to have the best risk-to-reward out of any
one of the traders. The swing traders are the ones that look on the higher time frames but still incorporate the
lower time frames to have entries and have great risk-to-rewards. I personally myself am a mix or a hybrid of a swing
trader and a day trader. And this has led me to be able to have the sniper entries of a day trader and the
takeprofits and the great risk-to-rewards and the big big big trades because of the swing trading
approach. So a swing trader takes anywhere from four or five trades a month. The trades that they take are
very sniper, very accurate, and they tend to be probably the more patient traders next to the position trade. Next
to that, we have a day trader. So day trader are somebody that are obviously most commonly known in the trade
industry. We all know trading because of day trading. You trade every single day, but that doesn't mean that you're
actually trading every single day, but you're more or less looking to be active either two to three times a week on a
market. Really depends the types of opportunities that you get. Because typically, if you were to enter a trade
today, it should hit your take profit today. Maybe it can overlap into tomorrow. That's where you take anywhere
from two to three, maybe even four trades a week on the higher end. Day traders tend to have anywhere from a 40
to 50% win rate, but obviously they're taking a lot of positions and the risk-to-reward isn't as high. A swing
trader's win rate tends to be anywhere from 60 to 65% because they're taking less trades, which the quality means
that they're much better. And then a swing trader's win rate tends to be anywhere from 70 to 65% but their
risk-to-reward tends to be even greater than that. Last but not least, or like I would like to say definitely least is
going to be a scalper. Scalp trading is probably what every single person thinks that they are when they come into
trading because people think that the more amount of positions that you are in, the more money that you will make
and that cannot be further from the truth. A scalper is somebody that tries to take two to three trades every single
day, a trade every single day. And that actually overexposes yourself and puts you at more risk because the more you
get involved into the market, the more risk you are in. The more you're actually trading, the more odds you have
of losing. The less you trade, the less likely you are to lose. So then you might ask me, "Wait, Alex, so then how
do you actually make money if you're not involved?" You make money by entering the right trade at the right spot, and
you let it ride. You make money while the market moves. You don't make money by getting involved into the market. Two
very very big like they're two completely different things. And the quicker you understand that, the quicker
you're going to make money in trade. You don't make money in trading by getting involved. You make money in trading by
getting involved at the right time at the right place and let the market move. Let the market do its thing. Let it
create the market structure. Let it go up. Let it go down. Whatever you're doing with it, and that's when you make
the money. every single time you enter a position, you're adding more risk to your account, which in turn can end up
to you losing. Yes, it could also mean that you can make money, but nowhere near as if you were to enter one solid
position and you let it run. If this doesn't make sense right now, don't worry. It's all going to click
throughout this video. Right now, I just want you to have a deep understanding of the different types of traders that
there is out there. My personal favorite is going to be a day trader or a swing trader and then the happy medium right
in the middle. Everybody starts off as a scalp trader because they want to enter a bunch of positions thinking they're
going to make more money, but then they end up developing and growing as a person and become a day trader. These
are the main types of traders that go and execute on either the foreign exchange market, the stock market, or
the crypto market. Okay. So, now that you understand that what type of markets you're going to be trading, the type of
trader that you can be on this market, let's actually start breaking down the exact markets that you are going to be
trading. We'll figure out what type of trader you are later in this journey and see which one makes the most sense for
you. But the most important thing that you understand is what type of markets you're going to be trading. So, we're
going to be breaking down the foreign exchange markets. This is the most volatile markets, the markets with the
most amount of opportunity and gives you the most possibility to make the most amount of money. So, we're going to be
breaking down a forex pair, a currency pair, a market that is consisted of currency, right? So, as you can tell,
all of these markets here to my right hand side, they're all different types of currency markets. The USD versus the
CAD, the pound versus the Canadian, the Australian versus the Canadian. And don't worry, I'm going to teach you how
to set up this whole trading view, all of this Chinese that you think this is this is a new language to you. Don't
worry, I'm going to help you set all of this up. But, we're going to first start off by breaking down what is a currency
pair and how does this even work? Well, in order for you to trade the foreign exchange market, you have to trade one
currency against the other. You're basically betting that one is going to get stronger than the other or that that
one's going to get weaker than the other, which enhances the same exact thing. If something gets stronger, that
means the other gets weaker. It's very simple. So, all we are doing when we are trading a currency market is we are
betting that something is either going to go up or betting that something is going to go down. At no given point, if
I'm trading the EuroUSD, for example, which is this market that we have here, at no point am I ever actually owning
any actual euro, or am I actually ever selling the dollar against the euro or buying the euro against the dollar? If
I'm trading the Canadian dollar versus the pound, at no point do I actually own any physical Canadian dollars or do I
have any British pounds at no given point. All I am doing is I am betting that one is going to get stronger than
the other. So how does this betting work you may ask? Well, it's very simple. This is a currency pair. It's made up of
two different currencies. The first currency is going to be the base. So this is the base currency of the pair.
Then we have the quote currency which is the other currency pair. These two markets are constantly in a battle. Who
is stronger than the other? If this market decides to continue to go to the upside and it starts creating market
structure like this to the upside that means that the euro is stronger than the dollar. If this market is then moving to
the downside like this then that means that the dollar is stronger than the euro. Now how would I know that? How
does that make sense? Well, it's very simple because this base currency is what's going to drive the price up. If
we are currently at a with a very strong euro market and the euro is very very very strong that is going to mean that
it's stronger than the dollar and it's going to push price to the upside. If the dollar is going to become strong
then that means that it's going to be stronger than the euro and it's going to push price to the downside. So this
quote currency the best way to understand it is if it's getting strong you want the market to go down. If this
base currency is getting strong, you want this market to then go up. Now, I wanted to be very clear. When you want
this market to be strong, when you want the euro to go to the upside, you want to buy this market. You're going to buy
eurousd. Once again, you're not buying any euros. You're essentially just betting that the euro is going to get
stronger than the dollar for a period of time, whether that be a couple of hours, a day, a week, a month, whatever the
case is. But then if you want to sell EuroUSD, at no given point are you actually selling the dollar? You're just
betting that the dollar is going to get stronger than the euro. So are they both equally as important? Can they both have
equally the same amount of moves? Absolutely. Just because a market is going up doesn't mean that that's going
to be more probable or stronger than a market that is going down. Remember this market going down doesn't mean that the
dollar is getting weak. it actually means that it's going to be getting stronger against the euro. So whenever
you are selling EuroUSD or selling any market, you're basically betting that this market is indeed getting stronger
than this one. It really comes down to the way it represents in this battle well or in any battle. If somebody is
winning, that means that they are standing up and fighting and if somebody is losing, they fall down to the floor.
Well, in this market, it's actually the complete opposite because this fight never ends. This fight is a forevergoing
market between the dollar and the euro. Markets going up, markets going down. And whenever the markets are going up,
that means that the euro is winning the fight. Whenever the markets are going down, that means that the dollar is
winning the fight. But at no point does a fight ever end, the fight is always going to go on as long as we have both
of these currencies. So whenever the fight is going down, that means that the dollar is getting strong, the euro is
getting weak. Whenever the fight decides to continue to go back up, that means that then the euro is going to be
getting stronger against the euro. That's really what it comes down to. These are two fighters fighting up and
down. And then whenever they're going in one direction, that means they're getting strong. Now, what are these
numbers right here, right? What is this numbers that keep going up and down? Well, this is actually probably the most
important thing that you need to understand what it is, but you're never going to actually use it because you
don't really care what the actual exchange rate. So these numbers right here are the exchange rate of the actual
currency pair. And as you can see it right here on the live market. That's why it's 1.17.
So $17 is going to equal 1o. That is really all that this is right here. So this just
lets you know where the market is in terms of price. And these numbers going up and down is what's going to lead you
to determine whether okay, I want to buy or I want to sell. But at no point are you ever actually going to be looking at
these numbers. These numbers just reflect what the actual charts are going to be doing. When we go to the
candlestick charts, these charts will just reflect on this price right here. This price is going to reflect on these
charts. So, this right here is what a currency pair is. It's a battle of both of these markets 245 for the rest of
history. And whenever one is going up, that one's winning. And whenever this one's going down, this one is winning.
There is endless amounts of currency pairs out there. I personally trade myself 15 to 20 different ones because
there's just more opportunity on the more markets that you trade. And there is more volatile currency pairs. And
then there is less volatile currency pairs. Obviously currency pairs that are less commonly known. Let's say like the
noggin, the Mexican peso that don't tend to have as much volume compared to the US dollar, to the euro, or to the
British pound. They're going to be a lot less volatile. Can you still trade them? Can there still be loads of
opportunities? Of course. But the odds of you making big moves on those markets are very unlikely. Can you still do it?
Yes. And I'm going to be educating you how to properly do that as we continue to go on throughout this video. I just
first want to teach you exactly what a currency pair is and how it works because this right here is what you will
be trading 245. And you need to understand exactly what you are doing whenever you are trading these type of
markets. And these right here are going to be known as the major currency pairs. You're going to have your euro versus
the dollar, the pound versus the dollar, the dollar versus the Japanese yen, the dollar versus the Swiss Frank, the
dollar versus the Canadian dollar, the Australian versus the dollar, and the New Zealand versus the dollar. If you
can see a pattern here, they're always going to have the dollar in it. The dollar is obviously the one that is the
most respected, the most valued currency in the market. It is the simple fact and it is always going to be used against
the next main currency pair. Now, some people sometimes ask, why isn't it USD versus euro? And this is just the way
the market's set up. I don't have the answer to that question. Is there any point where they're actually flipped
over? I'm going to be completely honest. No, I have never even considered that. But even if it were to get flipped over,
let's say it's the USD versus the euro, it's still the exact same thing. It's just this time instead of the dollar
reflecting its strength while going down, it's going to reflect its strength while going up. Same thing for the euro.
So, everything remains exactly the same. This is just the way that the currency market has set it up. So these are the
main currency pairs that you should be trading. And the reason why you should be trading these currency pairs is
because one, there's a lot of volatility in it. Meaning that it is indeed going to give you lots of opportunities. Two,
since there is a lot of volatility, that means that there the cost to operate in these markets are going to be very low
because people are moving constant funds inside of these pairs. So the cost to get involved is not that high. And on
top of that, these tend to also be the trades that have the best moves in the right sessions. And three, these are the
markets that tend to have the best moves. Now, when I mean the best moves, I mean that they actually have proper
moves because other currency markets that aren't as volatile or aren't as respected in the market. They tend to
have the most random moves, moves that cost people a lot of money and it tends them to lose. Now, I'm not saying you
shouldn't trade uh any other markets that are not these, but I'm saying that these markets tend to have the most
respected moves. They don't tend to have these major spikes. They don't tend to have these unnecessary fees which end up
potentially taking you out of your stop loss when price didn't really make it there. These are all a bit more advanced
stuff and we'll get to that throughout this whole entire video. And I trade these other markets all the time. I
trade the most random markets. You know, I'll trade the Canadian dollar versus the Japanese yen and find great
opportunities there. But I just have to understand it a risk associated with trading in those currency pairs. This
right here are going to be the major currency pairs and the ones that tend to have the best price to actually trade
cost less and have the best moves. So we'll break these down with the actual strategy and how to actually trade it
later into this video. Okay, so now moving on to the next subject. Now that you understand what a actual currency
pair is and you understand that they're in a constant battle up and down and that there is a neverending on this
fight and there's never a winner. There's just some streaks where one currency is winning and there's another
streak where another currency pair is winning. Now you now you have to understand that this battle this fight
has to be reflected based off of something like we have to see the trail of this fight. When a currency pair is
going up, it leaves a trail. When a currency pair is going down, it leaves a trail. Now we need somewhere to show us
this fight. Now this fight could be shown in many different formats. You can see this fight either in a line chart
formation. You can see that the euro for example is getting stronger then the dollar gets stronger then the euro gets
stronger again. So this is the line chart that is representing how this fight is going. You can also have this
famous bar chart which the bar chart shows whenever it's green that the euro is getting strong. Whenever the red bar
comes out that means the dollar is getting strong. So on and so forth. Then we have the candlestick chart which is
the most commonly known in the trading industry which is where you have the green and red candles and that is the
representation of the fight. So there's many different types of charts and all of these charts are representing the
exact same price. This right here is Euro USD. This is Euro USD and this is Euro USD. It's just representing the
fights in a different format. The best analogy that I can give you for this is for example, let's say Mike Tyson and
Floyd Mayweather are going to be fighting. Now, you can either watch the fight in person or you can watch the
fight on TV or you can hear the fight over the radio or you can simply hear the fight over a headphone. Right?
You're hearing, watching, you're getting the exact same feedback on the exact same fight at the exact same point.
every single point, whether it's on TV, whether it's in person, whether it's in radio, whether you're just listening to
it, you're going to be hearing the same exact thing. Oh, Mike Tyson at this point was beating and knocked down Floyd
Mayweather. Floyd Mayweather came back up, hit him with an uppercut, but then Mike Tyson knocked him out. Whether you
are hearing that, whether you are seeing that, whether you are just listening to it, all of these are the exact same
information of the battle of the currency pair up and down just being represented in different ways. That's
really all it is. And the most commonly known one is going to be the actual candlestick chart. The candlestick chart
is where you're going to actually be able to trade off of the famous Japanese candlesticks and actually see patterns
that constantly repeat themselves in a very effective way. These are going to be the markets that I'm going to be
educating you guys on on how to properly execute these trades and actually trade in these markets. The bar chart is not
mainly commonly known for traders. This is used for a different type of style which I'm not entirely sure how it
works. So, I can explain something I'm not simply educated on. And if up to this point right now in my trading
journey, I have literally not used it one single time. I feel like it's not necessary. I saw maybe 15 videos of this
when I got started in my trading journey. None of them ever made sense. And I just simply wasted time and
clouded my mind with information that I was simply never going to use and was not going to be effective in my trading
style at all. So then I wasted time and not giving focus on to what actually mattered, which was the candlestick
chart. That's what I'm going to do for you guys in this video. Tell you guys a little bit of what everything is.
literally only focus on what matters and can remove the noise of what doesn't matter. Next, we have the line chart,
which is equally important because this is going to lead you to understand the proper market structure on the time
frame or on the market that you're going to be interested in. Have an understanding that this right here is
like watching the real fight in real time. These candlesticks, these wicks, these moves down, this is like you're
watching the fight in person. and you're getting the sweat that is falling on you. If you're sitting first row, you're
hearing the roar of the audience. Like, you're getting everything as real, as raw as it gets. No commercials.
Everything is on the spot. Think of the line chart as if you were to be watching the fight on TV. And you might be asking
why. Well, it's because this only creates these structure points once the market has actually closed. Once a
candlestick has closed, the next one has opened. Like, this doesn't really represent a move until it is completely
done. I'm going to be breaking all that down in just a second, but think of this as the next step. So, first you have the
live, which is real raw fight. This is happening in real time. And then this you get commercials. Maybe you have
maybe it might have a 15 20 second delay just because of the way it gets transmitted. But then after that, there
is nothing else that is going to be important. We're not going to be using no bar charts and we're not going to be
using the scatter plot. Neither one of these are going to be useful. They're just a different way on how to represent
the fight. I am not educated on it at all. I just wanted to show you different representations of how the candlestick
chart looks compared to the line chart. So, now that you understand that the only two types of charts that you're
going to be focusing on is going to be the line chart and the candlestick chart, let me actually just show you
guys how this looks like in real time, right? So, let me just remove this right here and let's actually go to the real
markets. So, right now, for example, let's say we go to EuroUSD. So, we're going to type EuroUSD here on Trading
View, and we're just going to go to a random EuroUSD market. Now, don't worry if you don't know how to use Trading
View just yet. I'm going to help you set all that up, but I first want to educate you on how the charts work. So, we were
to click this section up here, you can tell that we have our bar charts, we have our candlestick line charts, we
have our hollows. There's many different ways on how you can determine whether this market is going to get stronger or
weaker with all of these different types of formations. So, now that you understand that, basically the
difference between the line chart, the bar chart, and the candlestick chart is really just how the fight in between the
currency pair is represented. Let me show you this in a realtime chart. Right? So, for now, we're just going to
move this down, and we're going to head over to the top section over here of Trading View, and I'm going to show you
the multiple different ways on how you can actually look at this fight. Now, don't worry. Later into the video, I'm
going to show you how to set up Trading View, which one of these options should you actually be looking at, cuz I get
it. This can almost seem like information overload, but I'd tell you that maybe 50% of the buttons on this
website you're never going to use, and the other half of it are very simple to use, right? So, let's start off with the
bar chart. So right now we are looking at BTC or we can be looking at EuroUSD or we can looking at any single chart
right. So for us right now since we're using Euro USD as the example let's go to EuroUSD and as you can tell there's
many different Eurusds. You have some on FXCM on GBEN Forex.com Kraken. Probably wondering
what's the difference between this EuroUSD and this one. And the only difference between this EuroUSD and this
one is that it's on a different server. So this is the FXEM server. So this is a broker and this broker gets certain data
feeds and it offers Euro USD at a different price. It's the exact same market. It's just offered maybe a couple
of points higher, couple of points lower. It's really the only difference. But for example purposes, we're going to
go to this one, right? It's all going to be the same thing. So right now, this is what EuroUSD looks like on the actual
bar chart. So, if you notice, whether it's on a bar chart, whether it's on a line chart, whether it's on a
candlestick chart, you're always going to have the price be at the exact same point, 1.17301.
Now, that is on the ICE server. If we were to go to a different server, which let me just type it in right here. So,
we have 1.1301. Let's say we go to capital.com, we have it at 1.1303.
The exact same chart. It's just points are minorly up or down. And the chart might look slightly different. Something
that you probably like barely even notice. Just going to have little more structure points here, less structure
points here. The one that I personally use is always going to be the server. So for me, the server is the most accurate.
It's based off of one of the main US regulated brokers in the US and it's the one that I personally use for simple I
guess you can almost call it like a superstition reason, but I've never really used any other one. I'm sure I
can use any other one. They are all pretty much the same. The points are off not much. So, back to the line charts,
back to how these different type of markets work. We'll get into all of this different broker stuff, different
markets, liquidities, and and how this stuff works once we get to that point. Right now I just want to explain to you
the basic points charts, right? So this is a line chart. So this line chart right here is exactly what the fight
looks like in between euro and the US dollar on the line chart. This is what the fight looks like on the euro versus
the US dollar on the bar chart. This is what the fight looks like on the euro versus the US dollar on the line chart
with markers. If you were to look at the area, if you were to look at the columns, if you were to look at the high
low, you were to look at the volume footprint. I guess I don't have this option, but if you were to look at any
other one, that is exactly how it looks. This right here is literally the exact same market movement. It's just the
fight is being represented in different ways. the most accurate way and the cleanest way to look at the market and
actually be able to develop a actual strategy and be able to predict patterns based off of how I've been doing it for
the last 7 years and I've been teaching people to do it is based off of the candlestick. So we come over here to the
trading view and the candlestick is going to be the next one, the candlestick chart. Now, I have a
specific indicator which is called a no gap candlesticks which is very easy to apply and I'll show you guys how to
apply it right now just so you can do it once we get to that point. But it'll be very easy. All you have to do is just go
to indicators, type in no gap candlesticks, and I'm kind of getting a little bit ahead of myself here, but
we'll we'll just do it for now. You click on the no gap candlesticks, and then once you click on it, it basically
pops up. And that's how you would implement the no gap candlesticks. Aside from that, I'll teach you how to
actually adjust it because right now you're probably having an overlap with your actual candlesticks. And you know,
I'll teach you how to do that just a second later into the video cuz I want to get into the indicators and I also
want to explain to you how this EMA works, why I use this EMA, which one is my EMA, so on and so forth. So the
candlestick charts are basically consisted of multiple different time frames based off of these candlesticks.
As you can tell over here next to the type of candlesticks that I have, these candlesticks are being represented in
different time frames. For example, right now we are on the 4hour time frame, meaning this candle right here
closes every 4 hours. So this candlestick right here, the way it's being closed right now, has about 38
minutes left. Meaning it has been open for 3 hours and 20 minutes nearly. This candlestick closed 4 hours ago, 4 hours
ago, and 4 hours ago. This is what this market looks like based off of this 4hour time frame. If we were to go to
the two-hour time frame for example, this happens to be a candlestick once again that is closes every 2 hours. So
every single one of these candlesticks is 2 hours. This candlestick right here is the 1 hour closes as well in 38
minutes. All because the market closes in the next 40 minutes. So a lot of these candlesticks are going to be
closing at the same time. Next on the 30 minute, this candlestick has 12 minutes left before this one closes. Every
single one of these candlesticks is a 30 minute candle. Then we have the 15-minut time frame, which this candle closes in
the next 12 minutes as well. All we have just done here from the 4 hour or if we go up to the daily or we go up to the
weekly is we are just looking at the fight from different points in the arena. So let's say you're actually in
the fight, right? So, we understand that there's different ways for you to watch the fight. You have watching the fight
in person, which would be the candlestick chart. You have the line chart, which is like watching it on TV.
And then you have the bar chart, which is like listening to it on the radio or having some headphones on. Right? These
are all the different formats for you to actually watch the fight. Now, we've decided that we're going to watch the
fight in person because it's obviously the best one. You're there in real time. You get real updates and you're there
live. There's nothing like being at a live fight. Now, where are you sitting in that live fight? Are you right there
front row? Are you in the middle? Are you a bit higher on the stands? Or are you in the nosebleleeds? Which one are
you? That's exactly what these time frames are right here. The higher the time frame, the higher you're going to
be in the arena. The lower the time frame, the closer you are going to be to the ring. And you can get all the way as
low to 1 second. Meaning you can go to the one second time frame and you can literally see every single candlestick
that closes every second. I don't have that feature unlocked here on Trading View simply because I don't use that
feature. The lowest time frame I go is the 15. But with the feature that I have, you can go all the way up to the
one minute, meaning every single minute a candlestick closes and you're going to be seeing every single one of those
details. Believe me, you're never going to want to be this low into the time frames. It's just way too detailed. You
can never actually see anything. And this right here is just a quick representation to give you a visual of
what I'm talking about. So, we've decided that we're going to go watch the fight in person. Now, there's many
different places we could be sitting. We could be at the skyscrapers, which is going to be like the weekly time frame.
We could be here in this middle area, which this is going to be the daily time frame. Then, we can have this outer
area, which this could be the 4 hour. This area could be the 2hour. This area could be the 1 hour. And then this area
up over here can be the 30 minutes. And this can be the 15 minutes. Speaking from personal experience, the best area
to actually be sitting on these fights is going to be the weekly time frame. Now, you may be asking, Alex, why that's
super far? Well, because from up here, you can actually see the fight. You're actually looking from the top down. The
closer you actually get to the arena, you're looking at it more of a horizontal way. And I don't know about
you guys, but I wasn't blessed to be the tallest guy in the room, right? I'm not super short. I'm 5'9, 510. At these
fights, everybody happens to be giants and everybody likes to stand in this area here. So, if everybody's standing
and they're taller than me, I can't see the fight. And the fight is on a platform. And since the fight's on a
platform, guess what? Not only can I not see because there's somebody big on top of like right in front of me, but then
the fight is also elevated. So, you're almost looking up. And if the people were to fall, for example, on this side,
I can't see them at all. Like, you're just not seeing them. you have to be looking up directly to the screen to see
what's happening. So, the point that I want to get to this is don't think the more detailed you can see stuff and
because something closes every single minute or every single second that it's better because you get to see more
details. That's actually completely false. You want to make sure that you can be watching in from above and you
can see everything from a higher standpoint and you can almost see stuff coming because you're watching
everything as it unfolds. So, this is how going through the candlestick formats is right. So, we're looking at
the exact same price, right? So, if you notice right here, this is EuroUSD. On the daily time frame, it's 1.1314.
If we go down to the 4 hour, it's the same 1.1314. Obviously, the market's moving right
now, so it's going to fluctuate one of these two points. But if I go down to the 2 hour, 1 hour, and the 30 minute
quickly, you can see that it's all the exact same price feed. You're just looking at it in a much more detailed
format. It's just being represented in a more detailed. So this 4hour candlestick right here that we are looking at, it's
being broken down into two candlesticks when we go to the 2-hour time frame. So now it's going to be these two
candlesticks right here. Now these two candlesticks are going to be broken down into another candlesticks once we go
down to the 1 hour. Now these candlesticks right here, this 1 hour candlestick is going to be broken down
to then another 30 minute candlestick once we go down to the 30 minute. So on and so forth. So, what I'm trying to get
you to understand here is that when you're looking at the candlesticks, because you go from this time frame to
this time frame, doesn't mean you're looking at a completely different market. You're looking at a completely
different format. No, you're looking at the exact same fight. You're looking at the exact same market, just in a much
more detailed way. And sometimes having those details is good. Sometimes having those details is bad. All that unfolds
and it kind of comes together when you're actually executing a strategy and doing proper top- down analysis and
executing on the market. And I'm going to teach you guys how to do all that later into this video. Right now, I've
just taught you what type of markets, how to break it down, and then the importance of understanding why these
time frames are a thing. Right? So, that's only the beginning of these time frames. Now, a lot of you guys may be
asking, Alex, okay, cool. I get it. But how does the candlestick actually work? Like, what is this line up here? What is
this line down here? Very simple. Picture, we can go down to the one minute time frame to see this as real as
it gets. Picture this market right here as this candlestick right now is about to close in the next two seconds. It's
going to close right there. And now another one is going to open from where this one closed. As soon as this next
candlestick opens from this one that closed, it's either going to go up or down, right? It's really not going to do
anything else. Now, this market, as soon as it opened, it went up. Now, if this market in the next 42 seconds, it
decides to not move at all, it will close like that. and then another candlestick will open right next to it
and it will either continue to go up or go down. But let's say right now that this market decides to have a push to
the downside. There's going to be what is called a wick, which is that exactly right there once it actually had a
little bit of a retracement, which will look like this. It's going to be a wick. That wick is basically representing
where price has been. So, for example, right there, you can tell price has been to that high point. So, if I were just
to get a line right here, that is the highest point the body of that move has been. And if this market decides to now
have a reversal down and close to the downside, it will close with that wick. So, in the next 2 seconds, we're about
to find out if it's going to close with that wick or not. And I believe it has closed with the wick. Right now, since
we're headed towards the closure of market, market tends to move, you know, pretty slow. There's just simply not a
lot of volatility. But this next candlestick should be opening right now. And as soon as it opens, it's either
going to continue going up or come down. And this candlestick will officially have been closed with that wick. And you
can see that this next candlestick just opened super quick. Had a push to the downside. And now at one point it was
down here. I just literally didn't manage to grab it because I was going back and forth on the time frames, but
came down here. Then it went back up. Now this next candlestick, this one has closed here. This one opened, wicked up.
Now it's wicking back down, wicking back up. So what this line is, what this tail is, what this hair wick, whatever, what
the proper name is a wick. This right here is a wick, but many people have a lot of creative names for it. All this
right here is just the history of where price has been. So right now this candlestick is currently creating that
wick right now. It's currently creating that high created up to that point. And if it closes right here, that is where
the trail of the candlestick has been. This is the market showing us how the market is moving. Is it moving very
aggressively to the upside? Is it rejecting this area? Because this wick right here is shown as a sign of a
rejection. Clearly price was bullish or this candlestick was completely filled all the way up to this point. But
something happened in the market that it pushed it down. In turn, that should then mean that it should continue to be
pushed down. For example, that closed with a small wick at this area. So that means that the sellers aren't as strong,
but now we have very strong sellers coming into this area. Now, for example, so let's say this market closes with the
wick all the way down here and out. And you can see how this market can wow this is you know moving very aggressively but
this is showing you guys how the markets can move how fast it can move even though we are in the last couple of
hours of the markets. This right here if it somehow reverses and it has a push to the upside then this would have a very
big wick right it could look something like this. But see this right here is continuously pushing down this market.
And if wherever it closes this wick is doing the trail of where that market has been. Now that wick is equally as
respected when it comes to the 1 minute time frame, 15-minut time frame, 1 hour time frame, daily, 4 hour. These are all
different types of wicks that are being created. So, as you can tell on the 1 minute time frame, that might have
looked like a massive bearish candlestick, but you look at it right here in the 4 hour and this 4 hour looks
pretty much exactly the same from when we started talking about this subject a couple of minutes ago. So that's why the
lower time frames it might seem like a very big wow move but in reality it doesn't affect any of the higher time
frames. Are the lower time frame used in order to determine a trade and do they go in sync with the higher time frames?
Absolutely. But there's a way there's a time and a place to actually execute that correctly. But if you can tell that
one minute big bearish candlestick looks like it might have had this fall off a cliff. But then when you go look at it
back to the 4 hour time frame, this literally looks exactly the same from when we actually started trading. But I
just want you guys to understand what these wicks are. That means that the market at one point it was a completely
bullish candlestick into this area and then something drove price all the way down and then it ended up closing here.
Once it closed here, this candlestick opened, had its move up and down, created that history. This is where this
market closed. Then this one opened up, had its history, it closed, and then this is where this one opened up, had
this push up, and as of right now, it's right here. And then next 24 minutes, this candlestick will close. And then
another one will open and either have its push up or down or however it ends up closing. But once one candlestick
closes, another one opens right next to it. And this will be the neverending battle of the market. And our job as
traders is to determine what that next move is going to be and let's us capitalize off of that move because
these market opportunities and these this battle is a never-ending battle. All right. So now moving on to the next
subject. Now that you understand that the candlestick chart is like watching a fight. That is the way that it's being
represented. And the closer you are to the arena which is the lower the time frame you are means the more precise
you're watching the fight. The higher the time frame you are, the higher you are actually watching the time frame,
but you're watching the exact same trade. You're watching the exact same market. You're watching the exact same
fight. It's just being represented in a much more detailed format. Your USD, you could be watching on a daily, 1 hour, 30
minute. You're just looking at in a much more detailed format. And now you know what those wicks are and how the
candlestick leaves those trails, so on and so forth, right? But I want to explain to you now the actual trading
sessions when it comes to the strength of the time to actually be watching that fight. When is the right time to
actually be there and be involved? Because if not cuz you know to be honest you can't really be involved 24/7 even
if you wanted to because you're going to be there at times where there will simply be absolutely no volume where
you're just going to waste your time and the people are going to be tired. Right? So, the best way I could put the
analogy, and I love my analogy sometimes, but I feel like they're just too precise that I I I forget to go back
to trading. If people are fighting, there's going to get a point where they're going to get tired, right? And
if they're tired and, you know, they're drinking water, they're stretching, they're eating food, you know, that's
pretty boring, right? You want to see blood, you want to see somebody get knocked out, you want to see somebody
lose a tooth. That only happens at specific times. That's after they rested. That's after they're well eaten
and they're actually ready to fight. And that only happens at specific times, right? That's that that's exactly what
I'm talking about in the market. Yes, you want the market to have these big massive moves to the upside, these big
swings, and you want to catch these big trades, but that doesn't happen all the time. Like the market gets tired. The
market has movements at only specific times. So, these are the highest volume sessions and then these are the slowest
volume sessions. So, we're going to start off with the Sydney session. So, we have Sydney session and Tokyo
session. So this tends to happen around 5 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 EST. So this is basically the afternoon. This is when
people finish their 9 to5. This is all of the afternoon. And as you can tell, the lighter the color, the less the
volume session. The darker the color, the more session there is. This right here is exactly when the fighters are
taking a break. They're stretching. They're eating. They're cleaning up their sweat. They're closing up their
wounds. They're taking a break. So, if you are in front of the arena at this time, you are simply watching nothing.
Yeah, they're going to be there, you know, cleaning up one another. They might be talking smack back and forth,
but they're not fighting. You're not going to see blood, right? Cuz there's no volume. You can be in front of the
markets at this time. Yes, it's going to be moving. It's going to be creating little moves up and down like this,
exactly how I just showed you, but you're not going to have those big swings. Why? Because there is no volume.
There's no volume in Sydney session or Tokyo session. There is absolutely no volatility there. Is there a oneoff
moment where there could be a a quick pump that happens there? Yes, that can be one in every 20 trading days. But are
you going to be in front of the arena knowing that one out of 20 trading days one guy might just get up and sucker
punch the other guy? Probably not, right? You don't want to bet your money on that. The odds of that happening are
unlikely. Just whenever it happens, you'll watch the video and it pops up and then usually they'll go back to
fighting in just a couple of hours. Is there going to be a time where you're not looking at the markets in the
session and it has a moves? Yeah, sure. But that's not that wasn't your time to be watching the market anyways. So,
Sydney and Tokyo session are going to be the sessions that you are not going to be trading. You're not going to be
interested at executing any trades. I use these time frames right here to go do stuff with my life. I go and work
out. I go and try and have a life that's not just staring at the charts. Beginning of pre-London session and then
we have all of London session. This is when the battle begins. This is where things start getting very, very, very,
very rough. Now, I would argue that this chart is a bit inaccurate. I'd say this could be a little bit darker, maybe a
little bit more this way. But this right here begins from 1 in the morning. So, at 1:00 in the morning, I start doing my
pre-London analysis session because London session opens right at 3:00 in the morning. And pre-London, which is
1:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., there already starts to be some volatility and the market starts to move very well. Then
you obviously have all of London session, which lasts from 3:00 in the morning all the way up to around 12:00
p.m. EST. Now, there's something beautiful that happens inside of the currency market at this point right
here, and that is that the New York session happens to open up in the same time that the London session is ongoing.
So, London session opens up at 8:00 in the morning, and it overlaps the London session, creating this extremely
volatile point in the market. So I like to enter my trades either pre-London session or during London session. So
then the trade has good volatility. It starts going in my direction and then once New York session kicks in, it just
adds more fuel to the fire which ignites it even more and gives it more of a movement. And then typically right
around the ending of London session, halfway through New York session, the market starts to slow down again and
then things start to just not get any volatility. The market takes a break for a couple of hours and then the pattern
repeats itself. This will repeat itself from Monday to Friday every single day. Now the key point here that you need to
understand is that there is realistically only a window that you need to be involved into the market. You
can only get involved in the market from 1 in the morning all the way up to around 10:30 in the morning. And some of
you guys may be asking, "But wait, Alex, there's still some volatility over here where the New York session and the
London session overlap." It's like, yes, correct. Yes, there's still going to be some fights going down here. It's still
going to be aggressive, but it's it's headed towards the end of that. And you don't want to enter a trade while it's
being extremely volatile and then what ends up happening is that it slows down for the next 10 hours because at let's
say you enter a trade at around noon, right? You're not going to be having any volatility for the next nearly 10 hours.
1 2 3 4 we have 10 11 12 11 hours. You're going to have absolutely no volatility in your trade. Does it make
sense to enter a trade that is not going to have any movement for the next 11 hours? Not really. And you're going to
pay an unnecessary fee once the market closes and then opens up again because every single day at 5:00 p.m. EST the
market closes, it opens up literally for like 1 minute. And then what ends up happening is you have to pay a swap, you
have to pay commission fees for holding trades overnight. And it just come not only does it cost more money to do that,
but then you just have trades that are going to be in the same point for the next 11 hours. And there's nothing more
that I hate than looking at my money do nothing, right? I either want my trade to hit my stop loss or hit my takeprofit
right away. I don't want to be in the same exact point of the market just being still for the next 11 hours. So,
you want to enter the trade either right before the session starts to kick in, either right in the middle of London
session, right before the real batter starts to kick in inside of that battle or right before it starts to drop off.
You can enter a trade anywhere 9 10 in the morning and then you can catch the ending of the overlap of London and New
York session. Anything after 10 in the morning I have not taken a trade after that time. I can't even remember. I
think it's been 4 years since I have taken a trade past 10:30 in the morning. Now once again is there going to be an
example? is going to be a 1 out of 20, one out of 30 probability that the trade that you would have taken at, let's say,
12:00, it actually ends up hitting your takerit by 8:00 p.m. Sure, of course, there's always going to be these one-off
opportunities. But that is not how you build a sustainable, profitable strategy. That is a strategy that you
follow time and time and time and time and time again. This is something that is proven system that it simply just
works. You get involved before the session kicks in either right in the the middle of it in the middle of the peak
over the overlap or right before the ending session of that. This has led me to have my biggest trade. I think I my
biggest trade is like half a million dollars. This is what led me to be able to have that trade. This also led me to
be able to avoid many losses. Because if you are only focused in trading about, let's say, six to seven hours out of the
whole entire trading day, you're really only focused on a very specific time right here. And I know this tends to be
an issue because a lot of people tend to be at jobs anywhere from or either at jobs or sleeping from 1:00 in the
morning to about 10:00 in the morning. Like this is a crucial time right here. But I will tell you this, the sacrifice
is definitely worth it to be involved in between these time frames right here. From 1 in the morning to 10 in the
morning, EST is the most accurate times for you to be trading. Anything outside of this time frames right here, I could
guarantee you, you will not have anywhere near as much volatility. It just simply does not happen. The two big
banks are going to be closed and you're just not going to have enough volume. And this is goes especially to the
markets that have the US in it. any markets that have the dollar for example let's trade let's say you're trading
euro USD if the euro if the dollar is asleep and the banks are closed how do you expect for that to have any movement
in this session over here so this goes specifically to those markets like GBPUSD eurousd anything that bols that
involves the USD if the USD market is asleep or it is not open it's not going to have any volatility can you still
trade USD markets in the London session cuz technically the London session hasn't opened. Yes, actually it's even
better cuz let's say you trade EuroUSD or GBPUSD. You're trading the pound right when the market opens over there
and then when New York session opens, you get double the volatility with the same exact currency pair. That right
there is the golden ticket to having the perfect moves. Now, you obviously need to align that up with a strategy. You
need to know what you're looking at in the charts. Just because it's 1 in the morning, you can't just click buy or
click sell and expect to make money. Can you get lucky? Sure. But that's not once again how you have a sustainable income
while you're trading. So to sum things up, yes, the markets are open 245 and technically you could go and execute a
trade at any one at those hours. You can literally go and hit the buy or sell button at any time you want. But there
is going to be a high chance that if you are not in the correct session that you one are going to pay unnecessary fees,
and two, you're going to be stuck in a volume that is going to simply have no movement. I want to make sure that I can
enter a trade when there's going to be a lot of movement and the odds of my trade winning are going to be a lot higher.
So, this right here is the currency market trading session. And this works for every single currency per hour
there. Whether it is AUD, JPY, USD, JPY, Euro AUD, everything is always going to fall inside of this trading session
right here. That is going to be the session that is going to create the best movements at any given point. And the
key of it is so you know how to put that together with a profitable strategy. And I'm going to be teaching you that in the
next couple of hours. All right. So now moving on to the next subject. Now that you understand that you actually need to
be trading in a proper session and where you need to be in that fight, you got to make sure you're there at the right
times. But now you're probably asking, "All right, Alex, I get it. But what do I need in order for me to actually go
and execute a trade in these markets? What do I have to actually do so I place a bet on the fight? I think I got the
potential fighter that I think is going to win for the next couple of rounds. What is the actual platforms that I can
go and execute that buy position or that sell position? Well, it's actually very simple. You realistically just need
these three platforms right here. So, the first platform that you're going to need is going to be Trading View. So,
Trading View is what we've been on pretty much this whole entire time. Trading View is where the actual charts
are going to be represented. Trading View is where you're going to analyze the charts and determine if you want to
either buy or sell the market. Trading View is where you're going to do your top down analysis, where you're going to
mark up your charts. This is where you see all these traders with these fancy lines with you see them with these
boxes. You see them with these wins and all of these losses. This is where you're going to see traders with
drawings and where they analyze their trades and have notes based off of what type of trade they're executing and
where it meets their strategy. So once you've analyzed here on your actual charts that you want to determine that
you want to buy or sell a market, you then need to go to a broker. So, let's say right here you've been watching the
fight for the last 5 minutes, 10 minutes, and you're like, you know what? I see Mike Tyson that he's strong. I see
Floyd May that he's weak or vice versa. And for you to go ahead and place that bet, you have to literally get up from
the fight and you have to go to the betting station at these fights, you go ahead and place your bet, and then you
go back down and then you watch the fight. This is pretty much the exact same thing. So, on Trading View, you're
analyzing your charts. you determine that you want to bet that the euro is going to get stronger than the dollar or
that the dollar is going to get stronger than the euro. So, you get out of trading view and then you are going to
go to a broker. So, a broker is where you're going to go ahead and give them the money and then you're going to
execute your trade uh based off of what you want to do. So, I recommend many different brokers. One of the brokers
that I recommend is going to be LQ Markets. This broker accepts traders. They have a 1 to500 leverage. You can
start off with small $10 deposit. They have many different types of accounts that you can go ahead and use with them.
And another just in case if you don't like LQ Markets for whatever reason. I also recommend OneX Trade. This is
another platform or another broker that I would recommend. Also, pretty cool features of them is that they have these
lotsiz calculators. You can pre-calculate your risk on your positions here. And I'll explain all of
that in just a second. But basically, once you were to deposit your funds into the broker, now can you actually go and
execute the trade on the broker? The answer is no. You cannot. for you to go ahead and execute the position. The
broker is going to then take that position into a marketplace. So this right here, what the broker does is like
the middleman from the real marketplace. So there's a real marketplace slash liquidity and us as retail traders as we
are, even including myself, whether it's my experience or how good of a trader I am, I am still a very small fish inside
of this industry. So, what the broker is going to do is the broker is going to take your funds and whenever you place a
position, then they're going to go ahead and then feed it to the real market because then the real market is going to
then feed it back into the broker. So, what the broker is, it's like the middleman of the real markets. So,
whatever you're seeing here in the markets, which is, let's say, 1.17312, they get that offered at a different
price. Let's say they get it offered at 1.730. So, what the broker is going to do is
they're going to charge you a spread. They're going to charge you a fee for them entering that position into the
real market for you. And that's the broker game. Some brokers charge you higher fees than others. That's why I
have two of them cuz sometimes these fees range. Some of them charge fees for holding positions every single day
because they are the ones that are going to go ahead and actually execute your trade into the real market. And then
based off of your results, whenever you decide to close your position, whether you win or lose, the market feeds it
back to the broker. and then the broker feeds it right back to you. The broker is the middleman for you to get access
to the real markets. You cannot get access to the real markets without a broker unless you're a bank. And I right
now have no possibility to be a bank. You need tens of millions of dollars for that. You need proper licensing. And
truthfully, I rather pay the broker the couple bucks that it takes for them to connect my trade into the market. It
makes things far easier. Now, you can't go ahead and execute the trade on the broker itself. The broker is like the
bank. So, picture this right here as if it were to be Chase Bank or as if it were to be Wells Fargo. Now, when you go
send money from Chase Bank or whenever you go pay somebody from Chase Bank to Wells Fargo, you're not going to be
paying them via Chase Bank. You're going to be paying them either PayPal or Zel or Stripe. It's going to be a payment
processor that's going to process your payment to somebody else. Can you do a wire transfer? Can you do all of these
other stuff? Yes. But we're going to use the example of using these third-party merchants that actually send money back
and forth. So when you go to the broker, the broker accepts your funds and then when you're going to go ahead and
execute a trade, which is going to be like sending money, you're then going to use a platform called MetaTrader 5. So
MetaTrader 5 is going to be the platform that you are going to actually execute your position on. So you first go to
Trading View, you determine if you want to enter a trade or not. You deposit funds into the broker. The broker is
like a bank. You can just have funds in there just chilling. And then whenever you're ready to go ahead and execute the
trade, you go to MetaTrader. So once you deposit money into the broker, you pretty much skip the broker every single
time because you just go from the charts straight to the platform to go ahead and execute the trade. Once you are in
Trading View to execute the trade, simply click buy or sell. That's pretty much it. So here, based off of your
analysis that you did on Trading View, you're going to go ahead and then execute the trade at this point. So,
simplest analogy that I can put is you're watching the fight. After the fight, you go to the little betting
station at the arena. And then from that betting station, they're going to give you a little piece of paper. The little
piece of paper is your slip that you've just betted on. And this is basically what your slip is going to be. So, this
is where you're going to be able to see if your trade is in profit, if your trade is in loss, and whatever directly
is reflected off of MetaTrader 5, then it's going to go right back into the broker. So, no money is ever inside of
MetaTrader 5. MetaTrader 5 is just a platform that represents the positions that you've actually executed on the
broker. Some brokers offer MetaTrader 5, some brokers don't. Doesn't really matter if they do or if they don't. This
is just simply one of the actual ways for you to execute the trades into the market. There is hundreds of difference
of platforms for you to execute trades in the markets. There's hundreds of difference of brokers out there. And all
this platform really does is just the most commonly known one and the one that I personally use. This is just the main
known one for you to be able to go ahead and execute those positions on there. So this MetaTrader 5 is never like this is
not a broker. This is just one of those payment processors. If you go ahead and try and pay somebody with PayPal, you
can go ahead and then use Stripe. If you Stripe doesn't work, you'll use Zel. If Zel doesn't use your try something else,
right? It's just it's a different platform to just execute the trades on. But the money will always be inside of
the broker. It's just reflected on this platform right here. Basically, win or lose money then you know goes back into
the broker and then there you can decide to withdraw. Take it to your bank, take it to an exchange, take it to wherever
and then you simply just withdraw your funds. So these are the only tools you are going to need for you to actually be
able to be ready to take a trade. You analyze the markets on Trading View. Then you go ahead and have your broker
of choice. I recommend both of these brokers. Is there hundreds of other different brokers out there? Yes. I
personally like these two brokers simply because they offer higher leverages and for the type of account flips that I
personally do. You know, I've taken very small amounts of money to very large amounts of money. It's very hard to do
that on heavily regulated brokers simply because if something is heavily regulated, they will not allow that high
leverage and I would much rather have my funds on a broker that lets me have more access to my funds and I'm able to
actually leverage it more. So that's what these two brokers offers. trusted brokers in my opinion. I've been using
them for a very long time and they're not the best ones. I'm sure there's others out there that offer different
fee structures, um, different commission structures and I leave you go to go ahead and do your own due diligence on
it. But these are the both brokers that I recommend and I have been using for some very long time. And then same thing
with MetaTrader 5. Is MetaTrader 5 the end all beall platform where you can go ahead and execute your trades? No.
There's hundreds of different trading platforms out there that you can go ahead and execute your positions on.
Metatrader 5 is just the most commonly known one that everybody's probably seen it. This is like a PayPal. You're going
to send money from one friend to another. You're going to do it through PayPal. And if not, it's a different
one. At the end of the day, what matters is that the money is sent through. At the end of the day, what matters is that
the trade is actually executed. That's pretty much it. Now, if you want to withdraw your funds in crypto and then
you want to take it from crypto to your bank account, there's many different exchanges. You know, you have the
biggest ones which are Coinbase, you have Binance, you have Kraken. There's many different exchanges that you can go
ahead and send those funds to and then from there you take it to your bank. Now, how can you deposit into the
brokers? You, you know, these brokers take credit, debit card or they can send them a BTC, crypto, however you want.
So, it's however you want to deposit the funds into the broker. But these are the only trading platforms you are going to
need for you to be able to execute a trade successfully. There is hundreds of different other platforms out there,
right? There's hundreds of different other, you know, web links, hooks that you can add, but I guarantee you, you do
not need anything else aside from this right here. This is my window of trading. And these are the only tabs
that I will ever have open. My trading view, the brokers that I use, my checklist for my strategy, my community,
and last but not least, Forex Fac. Forex Factory, as you can tell, is the last one on my list. Not because it is the
least important, but because it is the one that I potentially use the least. And that is because this right here is a
fundamentals tab. So Forex Factory is mainly driven by fundamentals. So as you can tell here, if we were to click on
the calendar section of Forex Factory, we're going to have all of these potential impact news that are going to
pop up. And as you can tell, what we have is if I were to just go back one time, this lets us know the exact date
and time when news are going to come out for a specific currency. And the color of this folder is the importance of it.
So something that is a red folder is far more important than something that's an orange folder. And obviously we have
yellow folders and then gray folders, but I simply just don't use them because they obviously are very slightly like
they don't impact the market at all. So, I always like to focus on the red folders, but this is the only other
platform if it causes any possible curiosity for you to understand the fundamentals. And I'm going to break
down the difference between fundamental trading and actual technical trading later on into this video. But this is
the only other platform that is going to be needed. Here you can literally see what the forecast of the fundamentals
are going to be, what it was previously, and then what it actually was. And as you can tell, for the majority of the
part, it really is never that much off. And these doesn't really create any big impacts into the market. These are all
very minimal. Even the big red folders don't really have a big impact on the market. It happens occasionally, but
it's not a way for you to actually create a profitable strategy. So, these are the main trading tools, the main
trading platforms that you're going to need. The last but not least will be forexfactory.com. That is just for you
to understand the actual fundamentals of the trade. Aside from that, you do not need any other trading platforms. You do
not need any other tools. You don't need anything else. All you need is just your trading view. You need your broker and
then you need the platform for you to actually execute the trade. And that is it. So now taking this a step further,
I'm going to actually show you guys how to create an account on a broker and how easy it is to deposit into it. So right
now we're watching the fight. Euro USD is going up and I see that Euro is going to get stronger. Let me go ahead and buy
the euro. So we're going to put the example on 1xtrade.com. So go to 1 onxtrade.com. I created a random demo
account. Just used a random email and this is the portal inside. So, some people sometimes get tempted or some
people get skeptical by this, but it's very easy process. It's very seamless process, right? So, right here, as you
can tell, it's a brand new account. There's no real transactions. There really isn't anything. Dashboards are
super simple because everything is straight to the point. All this is right here is like a bank. The money is going
to reflect here how much you deposited, how much you've profit, and how much you've withdrawn. Very simple. and where
you see the actual trades, where you see the actual P&L, all of that is going to reflect on MetaTrader. So, we're going
to go one step at a time. So, right here we have 1xtrade.com. This is the dashboard. And let's say we want to go
ahead and deposit some funds. For us to deposit some funds, we need to go ahead and create an account. Once we create
one of these accounts, we can pick from either a standard, a commission free, or an expert account. For this example,
we'll just go with a standard. The difference usually tends to be minimal. And we're going to go with a 1 to 500
leverage, right? Very easy, very simple. This is the max leverage that they offer. I'm going to explain what
leverage is later on into this video. So, I want to go one thing at a time. So, right here, as you can tell, we have
created a account. So, now we have 1 to500 leverage. We have $0 balance and we have zero equity into our account.
So, for us to go ahead and actually deposit it, we click quick deposit up at this top section over here. Now, we have
the option to deposit in crypto or we can go ahead and deposit in credit card. So, this is a much faster process and it
can be done in the next couple of seconds. I'm just going to use crypto and we're going to go ahead and click on
this account. Make sure that we have crypto as our option. We don't have a promo code, but we are just going to
place a basic $100 deposit into this broker. Minimum is 10 bucks, but I'll do a 100 bucks. Promo codes. If this is if
you have any actual, you know, credits like, you know, use promo code Alex, for example, you get an extra 100 bucks. Not
saying that's a real thing, but sometimes they offer promos for that stuff. So, let's say we click deposit
into the trading account. I can deposit in Bitcoin, Litecoin, Ethereum, Tether, or USDC coin. We're going to use USDT
ERC20 for this example. And this is the actual wallet address. So, I'm going to head over to my phone and just send a
quick 100 bucks just to show you guys how simple this is. So, right now, I'm sending the funds from my cold wallet
into this platform. So, just waiting for this to load. Some people don't have a code wallet. You guys can use credit
debit. Usually takes a little bit longer because, you know, the processing has to go through. Crypto tends to be pretty
quick. So, I've already sent it over. Should pretty much reflect into my P&L here. Pretty simple. Once payment is
confirmed, they will be reflected on your account. Cool. So, we can just go back over to our dashboard here and
pretty much just give it a couple of seconds and it should pop up pretty quick. And as soon as it pops up, I'm
basically going to log in over here to my MT5 account on my phone. And then we're going to see how that is going to
be reflected then. So let's give it a couple seconds until the balance pops up. All right, so quick update about 7
minutes later 100 bucks got here. This is probably like the part where a lot of people get sketched out. Sometimes you
just have to let the crypto do its thing. It takes time. It's part of the process. Usually it takes, you know, 1
to two minutes. This time it took 7 minutes. I guess it's because it's a near market closure. I don't know what
the case is, but the funds are now here. Quick 100 bucks. So picture this as if this were to be like the bank, right? So
the funds are now in the bank. Now in the bank, you can't actually go and send any funds out. You have to connect it to
PayPal, which is going to be MetaTrader. And then you connect your funds to MetaTrader and you can go ahead and
execute your trades and send the trades out to the markets. You want to send these funds out to anybody. Now it goes
from this bank. You connect to PayPal and then you can send it to whoever. So we come here, we click on view. You can
tell we have the MetaTrader 5 account. We have a standard account. This is my account number. All I have to do now is
go to MetaTrader. And when I go to MetaTrader, I search up the server. So, it's 1x trade server. I click on the
server. I then put on the account number, put my password, and I'm pretty much logged in. As you can tell, this is
a brand new account. There's literally no history on it. There's no anything, right? We can go to transactions. We can
go to everything. You can tell the 100 bucks just got completed literally 7 minutes ago. And I'm going to log in now
to Trading View. I mean, I'm going to log in now to MetaTrader so you guys can go ahead and see how that looks in that
option right now. So, the money is in the bank. Let's now go to the actual platform where we're going to execute
the trade on. All right. So, now that we have officially logged into our MetaTrader on the phone, this is what
it's going to look like. So, I'm just going to screen record here on my phone. They probably put half the screen the
MetaTrader half the screen myself. So, basically over here once we are actually inside of MetaTrader. So, we're going to
have 1 2 3 4 and then five buttons all the way over here at the bottom. As you can tell, this is the server that we are
in, 1x trade. And you can tell this is the exact same account number as you can see over here on the actual backend or
the dashboard of your account. You can tell it's 820838. So once you go to the dashboard area of
this area and then you create a new account, it automatically creates a brand new MetaTrader account for you.
They send you the the login password directly to your email and all you have to do is log in. Once you log in, the
money gets deposited into here and then it's going to reflect onto here, which is going to be the balance area of the
MetaTrader 5. So, the middle section is where you can actually see your balance. You can see the equity, the free margin,
which is where the trades are going to be fluctuating up and down. The button next to that is going to be the history
button. Here, you're going to be able to see how much money you've deposited into the platform. You can see the pending
orders, deals, everything, right? So, this is basically the history of the account. Obviously, we've only deposited
100 bucks. It's all we're going to see in this account. Settings option. Everything here is pretty
self-explanatory. This is just kind of the settings of the Metatrader 5. You can never realistically use this unless
you're going to create a brand new account or log into a different one. The chart area, this is where you can
actually see the chart of the price that you are going to be trading or the the market you're going to be trading. For
example, let's say we were looking at EuroUSD. We go over here to the quote section, which is going to be the last
button all the way to the left. And let's say right now we're trying to trade EuroUSD for example and it's not
reflecting. All we have to do is just type it. Search up EuroUSD. Once we click on it, we can just click answer.
So after and it's going to add it all the way at the bottom over here. Now if you want to see the chart of EuroUSD, we
just click on it, click on the chart option, and then it'll take us to that second button once again. And then we're
going to then be able to see Trading View. So if you notice this trading view chart right here is the exact same
trading view chart that we are going to be looking at over here. As you can tell price feed is nearly the same right
here. The market closed at 1.17312. And right here on the actual 1x trade server the price feed is going to be
1.7370 and 1.7340. So on trading view we get the real raw
price. Now, here on 1x trade server, we get the markedup price. So, this is where the broker is just charging a bit
of a spread for executing us into the markets. It's part of the game. It's inevitable. You have to pay the fees.
Whenever you send money through PayPal, whenever you pay for anything, there's a very small fee involved. It's part of
the game. You want to get access to whatever it is that you're purchasing, you have to pay the fee. So, here's
where you're going to be able to see all of the markets that you are actually executing in the market. So, you can add
as many markets as you want. You can go ahead and delete as many markets as you want. Pretty easy, pretty userfriendly.
Everything is pretty self-explanatory. You should realistically only be spending maybe 5% of your time on
MetaTrader because all that you do on MetaTrader is simply just execute the trade. You're not ever actually
analyzing the markets in this chart section as you would be doing on Trading View, for example. Trading View is where
you actually break down the chart, make the trade make sense, and if you're interested in entering the trade. Now on
back to MetaTrader. This is where you actually go ahead and execute the trade. After you execute the trade, there's no
reason why you should just be looking at the money going up and down. What you should be doing as a trader is looking
at the charts, seeing if the trade makes sense, if the market is moving in your favor. And then obviously whatever the
charts are doing is going to reflect on your profit and loss right here on MetaTrader. So over here all the way at
the far left section once again where we have the quote section we have the option to go ahead and enter the trade
which would be the first option once you click on that market you have the option to go look at the charts you can look at
the trade details or you could look at the statistics I'm going to be completely honest I've never clicked on
this details option I don't know how to use any of these options right here these are just some details of the
currency pair I don't know what any of this is I've never used it but it has that feature and then you also have the
statistics which it shows all of this right here. Once again, I have absolutely no idea what any of this
means. I've never used it in my life. All I know is that I use the one option here, which is to go ahead and enter the
trade into this market. Now, this button to enter the trade into this market is going to have multiple different options
in here, right? So, you can go ahead either tap on that button and hold trade or you can go ahead and swipe it to the
right and then click plus. And that is also going to give you the option to go ahead and execute this trade. So all the
way at the top you can tell that we are trading EuroUSD. If you want to swap it for whichever currency, you can go ahead
and swap it for Euro CHF. You can swap it for Euro CAD, but we're going to be using EuroUSD. Back here at the Euro
USD, the button under the market that we're going to be trading, you have the option to do either a buy limit, a sell
limit, a buy stop, a sell stop, a buy stop limit, and a sell stop limit. All of these are different limit orders that
you're going to place on the markets. And I'm going to explain to you what those limit orders when we actually get
into the charts. But I personally, myself, I have never used neither one of these limits. I've never used a buy
limit, a sell limit, a buy stop, a sell stop, a buy stop limit, or a sell stop limit. These are all just orders that
you place in the market. So, let's say, for example, I want to set a buy limit on the market. I want to buy this market
once it gets to X price. I want my stop loss to be at X area, and I want my takerit to be at X area. That's
basically what it is. It's like you're going to set a price into the market and whenever the price gets there, it
automatically enters that trade for you. That is a style of trading. I am not against it. I just personally don't
believe in it simply because you're entering a trade without confirmation. You need to enter a trade once you
actually have a kind like a proper entry signal once it meets your actual trading plan. And I'm going to teach you how to
do that later that that into the video. These are multiple different ways on how to actually execute this trade. Now, the
simplest one is market execution, which is going to be the one that you're going to use 99.99%
of the time, which is you just simply place your stop loss. I mean, excuse me. You simply place your lot size and on
this lot size here, you can make it one lot, you can make it two lots. And a lot of people get confused on this whole lot
size position calculating. And it's actually very easy. So, this lot size here has to be directly predetermined
before you enter the trade. So, you know exactly how much you're risking. That goes based off of your stop loss and how
much you're going to have on your stop loss. So, let's say, for example, you're interested in entering this trade as a
sell, right? Just for an example. Or, you know what, we'll do a buy. it's a lot easier to understand a buy. So, we
have a buy example on this market. Our stop loss is going to be, let's say, 20 pips. I'll explain what pips are and how
all this works in just a second, but let's just say it's 20 pips. And our goal right here is to figure out what
our lot size is, right? So, we're going to for now for us to determine our lot size, we need to first determine how big
our stop loss is. So, we're going to go to 1x trade, LQ Markets, whichever one, they both have this lot size calculator.
You're going to put the balance amounts that you have on your account. Then, how much you want to risk of your account.
Let's say we want to risk 1%. Right? And then our stop loss is or say we want to risk 10% of our account. And our stop
loss is 20 pips and the currency pair that we're trading is EuroUSD. All we have to do is just click calculate lot
size. And this lets us know that we have to put a 0.05 lot which is risking a total of 10
bucks. So we know that if we were to go back over here to the actual MetaTrader where we're going to execute the trade,
we have to place a 0.05 lot size and then our stop-loss number needs to be exactly what it is right
here on the chart. So our stop loss number would be 1.17096. So it' be 1.17096.
And then our take profit would be where we set our takeprofit up here. It's going to be 1.17
going be 1.1715. So now at this point we are pretty much ready to buy this market. We could go
ahead and then click on that buy button and we know if we are completely wrong on this market. Okay, so we know that
this is our stop loss 1.17096 and this is our take-profit 1.17715. If the market goes straight into our
stop loss, we are not going to blow our account. We have a stop loss which is going to minimize our loss which is at
our predetermined risk what we have just calculated on this lot size calculator. So now at this point, the fear of people
thinking that I'm going to lose all of my money when I put money into a broker or whenever I go trade is gone because
you're only risking $10 from your actual trading balance. So this can go to your stop-loss right away. You've
predetermined you're only okay with losing on this position, 10 bucks. So obviously, if we would want to enter
this trade, we would go ahead and then click buy. But obviously, the market is closed. The market just closed nearly 30
minutes ago. But as soon as we would enter this trade, it would be reflected right here on this actual area. And
right here, you're going to be able to see your trade fluctuate up and down. And then you can go over here to this
area and you're going to be able to see your stop loss. You're going to be able to see your takerit. You're going to be
able to see the trade be reflected in real time. And you're going to notice as soon as you enter the trade, you're
going to be an immediate draw down, right? So you're probably going to be in a loss, maybe a couple bucks, right?
Five bucks, six bucks. And that's because the broker, as soon as it enters you into the market, they don't care if
you're going to be in a winning or lose or losing position. They're going to charge their fee. They don't care if
you're going to be on the right or wrong side. They have to get their profit first for them to go ahead and execute
your trade into the market. So, they get your trade, they're going to put into the market, they're going to take a
small fee from it, and then your trade happens, whatever happens with it. Win or lose, the broker is always going to
make their money. That's just the name and the game of the business and how it works. So once again, you have your
Trading View account, which is your where you're going to analyze a trade, determine if you're going to buy or sell
a market. Once you're ready to enter this trade, you need to go ahead and deposit some funds into the broker. Once
you have your funds inside of the broker, you need to then actually go to then MetaTrader, which is then going to
be this right here. On MetaTrader, you're then going to go ahead and then place that buy or sell button. That's
pretty much it. Now, whenever you win your trades, you come back over here to the dashboard area of 1x trade. And then
you're going to head and then click withdraw your funds. Now, you can withdraw your funds to whatever wallet
or however format you choose to withdraw your funds. And the funds go back from the broker into your bank account.
That's it. Very simple, very seamless process. These are the three platforms that you're going to need to actually to
go ahead and be able to execute a trade into the market and be able to successfully have a profitable strategy.
So now coming back to the charts, now that you understand exactly that you only need three platforms to actually
trade into the market. You need the trading view, you need the broker which is like the bank and then MetaTrader is
where you actually execute the trades. Let's take a step back to actual trading view, right? Trading View is going to be
once again like where the fight where everything goes down. So, I'm going to explain to you how trading works, all of
the different options within Trading View. So, right now we are on Trading View. As you can tell, we are on
tradingview.com. This is basically where you're going to analyze every single one of the markets that you are going to be
interested in trading. This is the most common known website for you to analyze your markets. I've been using this only
website and I've never heard of any other trader really using another different website, but this is where
you're going to be able to actually identify if you're interested in buying or selling a market. Right? So for
example, let's say we're going to go trade EuroUSD for example, right? And we're going to go to a different server
just for examples purposes. So for this different server, you can tell here that EuroUSD, this is what it looks like,
right? So this right here on the chart, as you can tell, is the candlestick option. So we're going to take it a step
back. And I know I was going to tell you guys how to use the no gap candlesticks. So right now, if I were to
hypothetically actually, you know, input my actual candlesticks. One second. It should pop up something like this. Let
me get them to pop up. We come to settings. We go to symbol body borders and wicks. Okay. So, as you can tell
right here on EuroUSD on the weekly time frame for example and then on the ICE server, this has many gaps. So, as you
can tell, this market has a gap here, has a gap here, has a gap here, gaps throughout all here, which make the
market look weird. We were to look at it on the daily time frame. You can see more of these big gaps right here, these
weird fills in the market. Just looks very weird, and it personally just throws off my trading as a whole. So,
what I like to do is I like to use this indicator named the no gap candlesticks indicator. So, all you have to do is go
to this indicator section over here. So, just pause the video right now or open up your Trading View real quick. Log in,
create an account. It's going to be very basic. Once you log in, create your account. You're going to get the
candlesticks that are going to be popped up. And down over here, you're also going to get the volume section, which
is going to be popped up probably something like this. Should be somewhere over here. You're probably going to get
some bars down over here, which are going to be like some big blue, no, some big green and red bars. And all you
really have to do, they're going to be a bunch of bars like this. All you have to do is just click on those bars. Right
click on it or double click on it. And then just once you click on it, there's going to be a popup and then it's going
to say volumes. Just unmark the volume. So you're going to double click on it. It's going to say volumes up over here.
Just click on it and then it's going to remove this section down over here. All that does really just clutter the chart.
Just creates extra noise. You're never going to use that option. It's very unnecessary, right? So once you have
that, you're then going to have your candlesticks. most likely with these gaps. So, the easiest way to get these
gaps removed, it's actually very easy. All you have to do is come over here, click on the indicator section and then
search up no gap candles and then you're going to get this first one. The second one works well. I personally use the
first one. Once you click on it, as you can notice immediately, right away, the markets look different. There's already
a difference inside of the market. But you can't just automatically click on it and expect for it to work, right? What
you have to do is once you click on it, so let me just remove this one because I don't want to have two of them. Once you
click on it, what you actually have to do is doubleclick the actual market. And then this right here is going to give
you the current candles. And all you have to do is click off the body, the borders, and then the wicks. And if you
notice there, you're going to be left with the actual no gap candlesticks candles on the ice server. So basically
somebody created an an indicator that fills in the gap for those candlesticks that have gaps, right? This is just a
very simple indicator and this is not really an indicator. This is more of just an actual tool that's going to help
you have the markets be as clean as mine. So once again, if I were to take a couple steps back, this is without the
no gap candlesticks indicator. As you can see, there's gaps right here. I then turn on the gap candlestick indicator
and then it has a fill but it still looks a little off. So all you have to do is just doubleclick those
candlesticks. Once you double click them, you uncheck the body. As you can tell, look at the difference it makes
here in between that body and that wick. So you check off the body, check off the borders, and then you check off the
wicks. And then you have a real market movement for how the market should look without the actual gaps. So this right
here is a little bit of a hack. This I learned pretty late into my journey. And uh once I learned it, it did clear a lot
of things up, right? I just wanted to get that to be the first thing that I teach you when it comes to Trading View
because I know it probably cause a lot of curiosity, right? We're going to get into the EMA, what setting my EMA is,
and how to use it in just a second. I just want to give you an overall training on how Trading View works. It
can be very overwhelming at times. Depends on how much you look at it, what should you look at, what should you not
look at. So, we're just going to break down the most important things and the things that matter and don't matter,
right? So, we're going to start off right over here at the top left, right? So, over here at the top left, as you
can tell, we have the market. So, this is Euro USD. This is the market that we are currently looking at right now. If
you want to change the market, all you have to do is click on that search bar right there and then you can type in
whatever other market. This is basically for you to search up any market that you can possibly imagine of. You can
literally just search it up here and it will pop up. Or you can just simply type it on the keyboard and then it will also
pop up. It's equivalent to the same exact thing. You click the plus sign, it's going to create pretty much the
same exact thing. Next to that, you're going to have the time frames, but you might only have one time frame pop up.
Might be the daily, the weekly, or the 4 hour. You click this little arrow down here, and once you click this popup,
you're going to get all of these different time frames that are going to pop up. You have the 3 month, 1 month, 1
week, day, 4 hour, 1 hour, 30 minute, all of these different time frames, right? All the way up to the 1 second,
which you're never going to be using. As I've mentioned before, I only use the weekly, the daily, the 4 hour, the 2
hour, the 1 hour, the 30, and the 15 minute. Now, if I were to uncheck these stars right here, what ends up
happening, as you can tell, is it removes them from this top section over here. This is basically just a little
bit of a hack that makes these time frames just pop up over here and stay there saved. So, whenever I want to go
from one time frame to another, it's a lot easier and I don't have to go into this section over here and add it or
manually look for the time frame. These are all the time frames that I use. I don't use any other time frames. And
whenever I'm going to be going in and out of a time frame, this is how I am going to be looking for that. The
section next to that is all the different types of candlesticks that you can potentially use. As we've already
broken down, all of these are just information overload. You don't need to know what any of these candlesticks are.
The only ones you need to focus on is the line chart and the candlestick chart. Now, don't worry. In just a
second, I'm going to be teaching you guys how to properly use the line chart, what it's used for, and all that stuff.
Don't worry, one thing at a time. Once we get to there, I'm going to break it down, and you're going to see how simple
it will be. But this section here is just for you to identify the actual type of bars that you want to pick. This is
the style. Indicators is pretty self-explanatory. You can pretty much search up any type of indicator that you
can possibly imagine. Here, there's going to be endless indicators that Trading View offers you. And I think the
only indicator I have ever searched up is the EMA. I've never really gone into this indicator section. I know this is a
never- ending journey or world in here. Inside of the indicators, there's a bunch of different types of indicator
traders and I don't know anything about it. All I know is that inside of this indicator section is where I find my EMA
and my no gap candlesticks. That's it. I've never used this area for anything else. This is for an indicator tempo.
Once again, this is another thing when it comes to the indicator. I have actually never even gone into here or
saved anything. not sure what it's used for. So, I can't really educate you on something that I've never used and I've
never found any use for it. Next to that, we have the alert section. So, this is if I want to place an alarm on
the market. So, right now we are on EuroUSD, for example, and I want to be notified once price crosses through a
certain point. So, right now we are at 1.17331. Price right now is at 1.17331.
So, let's say we want to get notified once price goes to 1.74 0 and it lets me know I get a
notification on my phone. I get a notification on my computer one time when it does that or every single time
it does that. So, it can happen more than one time per minute or it will only be letting me know one time and it won't
be repeated. And I can put an expiration date and I can make this pretty much indefinitely, right? I can click create.
Soon as you click create, you can tell how the alarm or the alert pops up right here on Trading View. So let's say for
whatever reason I want to enter this trade when the market gets here, but I have to run to the gym. I have some
groceries to do. I have to step out of the house. I have to step out of the office. I don't have to be glued and
stuck in front of the computer. This alarm here will let me know once and if price ever does that. If I want to move
it up, all I have to really do is just drag it up and then the alarm gets dragged up. If I want to move it down,
just grab it and drag it up and down. I can pretty much also squeeze price in here. And another way to how you can add
an alarm is over here to the right hand section. You can just click this plus sign and then you can click add alert.
So that's when price gets to this area right here. If I were to click on this as well, I can add an alert when price
gets to the EMA. For example, if I want to delete it, I just rightclick on the alarm. If I once again click this right
here, I will be notified once it hits this area. It's pretty much neverending different types of ways on how you can
set up the alert. The only way I ever use it is I click this button right here. I add the alert at that point. And
once the market gets to the point that I needed to get to, I do whatever I've been interested in entering in the
market. If I want to delete it, hover over it, click right here, and click delete. It's very clean, very seamless,
and very simple. I get very creative with my alarms. What I tend to do is I trap price. So, I'll put an alarm up
here. I'll put an alarm very tight into this area right here and I'll know when price breaks below or breaks above. And
sometimes I get even more creative and I right click on the alarm or double click on it and I'll place a message or I'll
be like your USD is crossing this area, enter now, bro. Or you got stopped out. So whenever the alarm hits, all you
really have to do is look at your phone and you're going to know what the alarm is going to be about, right? So, this is
a little bit of a message that you can leave yourself whenever you place the alarms at whatever the area is going to
be. That's pretty much all it comes when it comes to the alarm sections. These are all of the notifications and how you
can set it up. You can get an email, web link, sound, just however you want to set up your alarms. The way this is the
way I have it set up and it's been working perfectly for me up to this point right now. But you can get as
creative as you want. This little arrow is basically the back. So, let's say, for example, I had some drawings set up
into the markets and after these drawings, I ended up just accidentally deleting them. All I have to do is just
click back and it comes right back. If I want to go to where I was, I just click forward. Pretty self-explanatory. This
little bar right here, don't worry, we're going to get into that just a second. Just kind of going along the
order of how everything is placed. This right here is basically the area that reflects the actual price of the market
and where the market is. And these are the numbers that are reflecting it. You may see me sometimes grab this and it
basically all it does is that it moves price up, moves price downs. All you have to do is just left click on it and
then squeeze it, hold it up and down and then you're going to be able to either look at the market in a much wider
format or in a much tighter format. Really depends on how close or how zoomed in you're trying to get to the
market. Continuing up over here to this top section, we have the square button which is a layout setup. So this is
different types of ways how you can look at the market. Or if you want to split it in between two markets like this, you
want to split it into neverending different styles, you can pretty much go free with that. I personally always just
have it in the standard one market layout. This unnamed I don't even know what this is to be honest. Maybe this is
just a settings area that you can do something about saving your charts. I always have it set up like this. I've
actually never even changed this right here. I have no idea what this is. But the button next to that is the quick
search. I have no idea what this is either. I have never used it. This right here is just the settings on Trading
View as a whole. So the settings is once again about the candlesticks. Obviously, I don't have my candlesticks checked
because I have the no gap candlestick setting option on the trading view. This is what I have for the status scales.
Oh, this is the volume button right here. So, as you can tell, okay, never mind. I thought that was going to pop up
the volume down over here, but yeah, I guess that's not it. Is it somewhere here? It's not. But this is how I have
my settings. I I don't really mess with this right here. I've never really have I don't really understand how to modify
or do anything when it comes to any of this stuff. This is pretty much how I've had it for years. It pretty much stays
the same every single time. And this is how I have everything set up. So, I guess you can pause it, look at yours,
and make it look exactly like mine. This is what I do to set up my charts every single day, right? So moving along with
that, we have this button right here. So this is basically to make the market pretty much full screen. So the whole
entire screen, as you can tell, is just the chart right now. This is a very clean format on how you can look at the
chart if you just want to focus on the actual price and not get distracted by any of the other buttons that you may
have. And then you can just click the exit button on your keyboard, the ESC button, and then it returns back to
where it was. But it's a pretty cool feature in order for you to just see the chart to not get distracted with all of
these different buttons. Little camera button is so you take a screenshot or take a snapshot. Screenshots basically
this page saves it for you and then you can go ahead and save that to your desktop, to your trading journal,
wherever you want to save it. Moving on, next to that we have the publish button. I've actually never published anything
inside of Trading View. I guess Trading View has communities of other traders that post stuff in there. I have no idea
what that is, but I've never really used it. Moving on over here, we have the blue list. So you probably have a red
list which is a standard when it creates your first account. But inside of this blue list is where I have the markets
that I am currently trading. So as you can tell all of my markets are currently tagged with a blue tag because this is
the markets that I trade. I pretty much picked this color blue when I started years ago and I've just stayed with this
blue list and I've stayed very superstitious to this list. These are my profitable pairs. These are the pairs
that I tend to find the best market opportunities in. And I don't plan to modify them for anything. Now, you guys
probably can't see them because my face is in the way, but these are all of the markets that I personally trade. And I
don't plan to change the color blue. I don't plan to change these markets or add any of the markets. This is more
than enough markets for me personally. I'm very superstitious with them and I like them the way that they are. So, I
know here when it comes to the blue list, you can add stuff here. I've never even clicked on this option, so I don't
even know what it is. I believe this plus sign is if I want to add a symbol, but another way that I can go about
adding a symbol is by simply just searching it up. Let's say I want to add a UD NZD, for example. All I have to do
is just click on this little flag button over here. And once I click on it, I can pick the color that I want to pick. And
as you can tell, the default color is going to be blue. and then AUD NZD will pop up as the last option all the way
down over here. Now, I actually don't like trading NZDUSD. So, for now, I'm just going to click on that flag and
then it will automatically get removed and then I no longer have AUD NZD there. This little pie area is advanced view.
I'm actually going to be clicking this for the first time ever. Okay. Well, I guess this is what it does. And I have
no idea what that does. So, we're not going to I can't break something down that I have no idea. here on the
settings option. This pops up the volume, the change, and all these different stuff over here. Honestly, let
me see. What is What is this? Okay, there you go. That that takes away the price. This takes away the the change.
And then this takes away the change percentage. Honestly, I might just leave it like that. That looks a lot cleaner.
And when I go like this, I guess. Yeah, actually, I like that a lot better. I mean, honestly, it looks kind of cool
when I had all of these, right? Cuz it it looks like I looks like I'm on to something. But basically, right there,
that's just the options that this can pop up. I don't even know what this change percentage is. I don't know
anything about this. All I know is that this is the price. So, Bitcoin is at 115,000. XRP is at this. Ethereum is at
this. And this is the price of these markets. That's pretty much it. That's all I really know when it comes to them.
I don't really know anything else inside of here. This right here is going to be the the watch list and the details. So,
if we were to click that and thenclick that, it just hides them and removes them so we can have a little bit more of
some space. Or you can just simply drag it left or drag it all the way to the right so you don't have to see them. I
always like having it pretty much like this where I just see the first base currency. I don't really need to see the
quote. I know the order of my pairs and I'm very well in connection with them. The button under that is going to be the
alert. So this is every single time your alarm gets hit. This is pretty much like the the history of all of the alarms
that you can have. Get tells you all the details about it. I mean I've had I don't know. I'm curious on how many
alarms I've had. But I've had hundreds of different alarms that have been triggered. And yeah, this is like the
history of all the alarms that I've used. Let me see when I place my first alarm. It's pretty interesting. I placed
my first alarm 2020. Is that is that what it is? December 20th. Is that is that the day? Yeah, December 4. So, I
guess the first one is down here. Oh, you guys can't see it, but right here you can see December 13th, 2020.
It's when I placed my first alarm. And right now it is September 13, 2025. Dude, I've been doing this [ __ ] a long
time. Five years I've been just following these alarm. I didn't find out about these alarms until like a year and
a half into my journey cuz I was just trying to predict this [ __ ] if it was going to go up or down, honestly. So, as
soon as I figured the alarms is when I realized I didn't have to be in front of the markets all day. This area over here
is the object tree and data window. I have no idea what this is. I guess this says all the different objects I have
inside of the actual chart, but I don't use this. And then this is more of like a community section. I have never
engaged with anybody in that community, and I do not plan to either. Down over here, I don't know what this is. I don't
know what this is. I don't know what this is. I don't know what this is. Or this, or this. Oh, you guys can't even
see it. So, it's even better. All the three options that are going to be at the bottom right corner. Actually, let
me see if I can move myself. Oh, I hope I didn't mess this up. Yeah, let's just leave it like that. Okay, there you go.
I hope you guys are seeing that right there. So, these little icons over here, this one right here, this one right
here, this one right here, and this one, this one, this one. I don't know what any of these icons are used for, to be
completely honest. I have never used them myself. Let me actually just move myself to the middle for now. But yeah,
I I don't use any of these options right here. I have never used them. All I use sometimes is this right here just to
block out some of the markets that I'm not going to be trading for the week. So let's say I break down my 10 different
markets for the week and I'm only interested in trading these for example. I'll just use this right here as a form
to just block out all the other markets just so I don't get distracted. But this tab here as well, I don't use any of the
information in here at all. This is [ __ ] Letting you know that this more of a buying market than a selling
market. This uh seasonal is [ __ ] This performance is [ __ ] This is all just an information overload that
you don't need to use it at all. The only thing that I personally recommend to be using here is this note section.
So in here you can actually write a note to yourself. So hey I'm waiting for a shift to structure or hey I'm waiting
for my entry signal. And then all you would simply do is just add that and it's going to be a note that will be
saved inside of your Euro USD section. For example, on my AUDCHF example, this is a note that I wrote to myself in
2022. So, about to be a little over three years ago, I wrote this note to myself. Um, these are the confluences
that I had to sell, for example. And these are just notes that I can just write to myself in here. But yeah, this
in here, I don't use this at all. I don't use this right here at all. This is just a bunch of information overload
that you don't need to have. Once again, I just have it here because I think it looks cool and I personally like it. you
know, whenever I post videos on Instagram or here on YouTube. Looks like I'm a more of an expert than what I
really am, but this really does absolutely nothing, right? So, now that we understand that, I'm going to move
myself back to that right hand corner. There we go. So, coming back over here down to this section of the trading
view. I don't know what this little option over here is. I guess this is the time zone that I'm in. Whatever time
zone the market was like, whatever trading view was created on, this is what it is. This is the time zone that I
have. I've never really modified this. This down here is going to be the actual calendar of the chart. So you can tell
this is September 3rd, 5th, 9. So these are more of the days and the further you go back, you can just see the months
continue to go back. Even the years, we have 2025. We go even further back, we have 2024, 2023, pretty much so on and
so forth. So down here is the dates of the markets. And once again, you've probably seen me grab this just to use
the markets left and right. Hold on to the screen and move it up or move it down. You can also move it to the left.
You can also move it to the right. Just a different way of you adjusting the charts. This area right here does pretty
much the same thing. You right click on it, you move it to that area, you click this area, you move left. This, you
click this right here, you move right. Or you click on the reset the chart, and it just resets it back to how it should
originally have been. Moving on down here, you have this area over here, which is going to be the one day, 5day,
1 month, 3 month, six month. I don't really know what this is. I'm sure if I click on it, it's probably going to take
me to something like that. I don't know. I've never clicked on it. I've never clicked on this button either. I have I
did I did do this once one time by accident and I brought this up. I'm like, whoa, what the hell is this? And I
guess this is just a different way for you to pretty much just set up, I guess, your bar replay. And I just realized
that I did skip a button which is going to be the bar replay. So the bar replay is actually something that you use to
back test. So I just clicked on that button and let's say I want to back test. I can just start back testing.
Let's say from this point right here. I right click it and then all I would have to do is just start. I click the play
button and then it's like if I were to be back back testing. I can pause it. I can speed up the time of the
candlesticks. I can change from a certain time frame to another. This is basically the back testing tool that
Trading View has to offer. It's a very cool feature and personally I don't recommend back testing. I actually hate
back testing. I think it's one of the biggest mistakes that traders do when it comes to back testing because it creates
a false expectation of what trading is really going to be like. I have my personal opinions on it and you know
once my students join the community I explained to them that live testing is the best thing that you can possibly do
because when you go back test you pretty much just saw what ended up happening here, right? Even whether whether you
try and forget the or whether you get a friend to come pick the market and select the bar replay button, this still
is not the same because right now we're on the four 4 hour time frame and this market just had all of this move right
here and that just happened in literally 2 seconds and in real life this took nearly 36 hours to happen. So there's a
big patience factor that back testing does not take into account and I feel like it gives a false perception of what
trading really is like. That's why I'm personally very against back testing. And I'll give you guys, you know, more
details on my thoughts on that later as we go through the actual strategy part and how you should actually be trading
and what you should be looking for and what you shouldn't be not. But yeah, I just realized that I overwent that bar
replay button. But continuing down here, yeah, I've never really used this area down here. I think about a year ago I
accidentally moved this up and then I realized something down here even existed. I don't know what this open
panel or maximize panel even is. Moving down over here to the left hand side, you're going to have this little star.
So this little star is actually this toolkit right here. So this toolkit, if I were to click the star, it pops up. If
I don't click it, it won't pop up. Once I have my toolkit pop up, these are all of the tools that I actually use to
analyze the market that I use to determine whether this is a good trade to buy or whether this is a good trade
to sell. Now, these are all of the tools that I personally use. These are all of the tools that Trading View has to
offer. If you were to rightclick on the trend line and tools, you're going to get many different formats of trend
lines and many different ways that you can identify the market. You can get this type of tool. You can get this
different type of trend line here. For example, you can get a trend diagonal. I have never used this in my life and I
have no idea what they are used for. I only use inside of this line section. I use the trend line, the horizontal line,
and the horizontal ray. For you to get access to it, all you have to do is just put the star. Click the star. Click the
star. And you're going to notice that it's going to automatically pop up on your own custom toolkit bar. All of
these other different types of trend lines. I don't know what this is. Like the [ __ ] is this? This is a pitchfork.
Like how? Like it's literally named pitchfork. Then this is a shift pitchfork. Like what the [ __ ] is I don't
know. This in my opinion is just too much information. And believe me, when I was learning how to trade, I was here
breaking my head, literally trying to figure out, first of all, what is a pitchfork? Like, what is an inside
pitchfork? Like, what the [ __ ] Like, looking at this now after I've been trading for such a long time, just makes
me feel extremely happy that I actually was able to become a profitable trader with this amount of information overload
that, you know, these different platforms have to offer. You know, they they don't do it in a malicious way.
They just do it because, you know, their their business is to offer all of these different types of tools just so anybody
and anybody can use it. But what nobody teaches you is that you don't need to know or learn every single thing inside
of this platform for you to determine if a trade makes sense to buy or sell. You really don't. But all of these tools
that I have here, the trend line, the horizontal ray, and the horizontal line are the only lines that you're going to
be needing inside of this section. Moving on to the section below, you have the Fibonacci. So once again, there is a
quantillion different amounts of Fibonacci tools and different formats that you can use. I don't use any diff I
don't use any type of Fibonacci. I don't use any type of can or what I don't even know like I think this is the biggest I
don't even want to say anything but I don't know. I just I'm telling you, I just looked back and I really tried to
figure out how to make something work with this right here. And you guys don't understand how much time I wasted by
doing this. This really this really messed me up, guys. I I I mean this in the most humbling way. Like this really
made me lose a lot of time. So, you won't need to be learning any of the stuff here. They can pretty much nuke
this whole entire tab right here of the Fibonacci and that will change absolutely nothing in my trading. Next,
we have the pattern section. In this pattern section, you have the all of these different types of patterns. The
holy pattern. Let me see what this one looks like. What is this? The cloud. Like how does this even make out I don't
like what what does this do? I don't I don't know. Oh my god. What is this? The Sline. Y
this looks like a heartbeat. This is like Bro, this was my heartbeat trying to learn this whole trading [ __ ] Trying
to figure out if I should be interested in buying or selling. Like this right here is not a trending. This I don't
even know what this is. Oh my god, I just I'm so passionate about trading that sometimes this type of stuff drive
me crazy because it can just completely mess up somebody's journey. The only pattern you're going to be needing,
ladies and gentlemen, is going to be the head and shoulders. So, just put a little star on the head and shoulders
pattern and then it should pop up right there into your toolbox. Below that, you're going to have the projection.
You're going to put a star on the long position and the short position. These are very self-explanatory. Whenever
you're going to buy a trade, this is the long position you're going to pop up. So whenever you buy a trade, you expect for
you to pre-calculate your risk. So in here, let's say you're only willing on losing a 100 bucks. And then if you were
to then have a one:2 risk-to-reward, for example, which is what this is set up right now. So your risk-to-reward ratio
is a 1:2. So you're risking $100 here to then making $200 here. So this area is where then you're going to be making
$200 in this area right here. So you're risking 100 right here. And if you win, you win 200. If you notice, it is
literally the exact double size. And that's what makes it a perfect one to two risk-to-reward. So, you're risking
one to gain two. Or you can risk one to gain three. Just simply triple that. And then there you go. So, you risk one to
gain three. You could do gain four, five, six, seven. It's all based off of this number right here. So, this right
here is a one to five. So you're risking one to gain five. Right here we have four and then we have five for example.
So this risk-to-reward tool works for buys and then it also works for sales. So here you're risking one to gain two.
And I'm going to be explaining to you how to properly place this where it should be your minimum risk-to-reward
tool why it should be and the whole entire philosophy behind that. So that's what the risk-to-reward tool are going
to be. And I feel like I didn't really mention these other tools over here, but uh trend line is very simple. It's just
a trend line. We don't really use it as a trend line. We use it more for to create our structure points. And I'll
explain all of that later once we get into that. Our horizontal line is just so we can identify a line that goes
pretty much across the chart. And a horizontal ray is pretty much the same exact thing as the horizontal line. It's
just from a certain point. So instead of it being the whole entire market, we could just place it based off of this
point. Makes it very simple so the market and the charts don't get too cluttered up with an abundance of
information. So the head and shoulders pattern is used as a reversal pattern and this is so you can determine where
the left, the head, and the right shoulders. If you guys have been following me for some time, you're
probably going to notice that I repeat this pattern time and time and time again. That's because this is simply one
of the most powerful patterns in the market to date. and it's the one that has led me to have the majority of my
success. But there's a very specific way on how to use it. And don't worry, I'm going to be breaking down how to use
this pattern accurately later into this video. For now, I'm just showing you what Trading View is and what you should
be focusing on and what you should not be focusing on. This is pretty self-explanatory. You might have it full
of different colors. It might be pretty ugly when you have it. All you have to do is double click it or right click the
head and shoulders, go to style, and you can pretty much style it however you want. You can put it available on
whichever time frame you want. Change the colors. Put the borders however. And you can make the background however you
want. I'm sure pretty much I'm sure it comes ugly. Probably does. Probably comes with a bunch of different colors
and ugly like this. I just have it as simple and as clean as it can possibly be. But I'm going to be showing you how
this works later inside of the video. Next, we have the long and short positions. We won't be needing anything
else down from over here. This is crazy. This is basically saying that it's going to predict the next move. It's pretty
cool. I'm not going to lie. It's for like a tattoo or something, but not to make money in trading. Honestly, that
makes no sense. Next is the brush. The brush is just used for my educational purposes. Whenever I want to mark up
structure points or whenever I want to mark anything off and show people or just set a reminder of something, I'll
just circle it and I'll know to come back to it whenever is needed just to pretty much note things down. The
rectangle is going to be used as a box. This is where you're going to place your zones of support and resistance. And
I'll be breaking down support and resistance later. So, make sure you have this box. It's going to be very crucial
and essential that you have it. Once again, if you don't like your colors, double click it, rightclick it, and you
can pretty much change the colors however you want. Or you can just do it based off of this other tab right here
that pops up. And then here, you can go based off of the custom colors that you want to go ahead and make your box. I
always like making it as light as possible so you can actually see price. Some people like having it super dark
and if you have it super dark, you literally cannot see price. The box is blocking price. I like making it around
a four to 5% just so it's very light tint so you can identify if you're in or out of the box, but you can also see it.
Next is going to be the rotated rectangle. And this one I'm actually going toclick. I accidentally had that
one in my favorites. Next is going to be the path. This one is something that I use to identify market structure and I
follow where the price is going to move or when I have a prediction from the market. For example, like let's say I
want the market to have a retest of this area right here to then buy. I do this whenever I analyze the markets every
single Sunday with my students and I give them my top markets. I will do something like this. So throughout the
week, they know exactly what they should be looking for and wait for the market to do something like that. Basically,
this is just me setting up the the path that the market should follow in order for me to be interested in the trade.
Next to that, you have the eclipse. The eclipse is just another form of you placing a circle. If you want to go
ahead and zoom into a market, for example, let's say I want to go to the lower time frame on this area right
here. I just put the eclipse. I put a circle over here. And we go down to the 30 minute time frame. And on the
30-minut time frame, I know that that's where on the 4our time frame I had it circled. And I'm going to be looking for
whatever market structure or whatever learning lesson that I need to look for it here. If I want to see how this
specific market looks like on the weekly, I know that all I have to do is go to the weekly, find that circle,
which will obviously be a lot smaller because you know that the higher the time frame, the tighter it's going to
be. This is what that circle will look like on the weekly. If I want to see it on the daily, this is what it's going to
look like on the daily. just an area for you to be able to identify the market and you can tell where you are in that
market and then you can go and look at the details. Then that's going to be the final tool that you're going to add
inside of this section. Next to that you have the text and notes. If you want to make sure you can add the text tool. So
this right here is so you can write down your actual confluences onto the chart. So whenever I want to write down a note
to myself I can either use this option over here. So I can use this notes option in this area of the trade or I
can actually do it right on the chart which is where I like it a lot because I'm literally placing it right on top of
the market. So for example here I am waiting for the market to come back to my area of interest or area of interest.
Now if I want to make it longer just go like this. If I want to make the text smaller I click this button right here
making it smaller. These are all just custom, you know, curious creature features that you can pretty much play
with it, but it's just just a note thing pretty much. Under that, we have the call out. Call out is pretty
self-explanatory. Let's say you're going to get on a call with me or you're going to get a call with my team and you want
to review a trade. You simply get this call out pointed to this point and it's ask this,
ask team this. So, for example, it's just so you have the specific spot that you want
to actually write it down or review it. Or if you take a trade and you took a loss, for example, let's say, for
example, this week I took a loss here on NDUSD. I'm going to use the call out option. And here's where I'm going to I
took a loss, but I want to come back in one week and see how it reacted, for example, or how it reached this area, so
on and so forth. Just a different way on how you can actually write down a note onto the market. Continuing from that,
you have the emojis. We're not texting anybody. We're not, you know, putting emojis here. We're here to make money,
not to put little hearts on our trading view. Ladies, if you're on here, you're going to put hearts on your charts.
Sorry, not that guy. Guys, if you're going to put a heart on your charts, I think you should not be here. Totally a
joke. If you want to put hearts, you can do whatever you want, but I've never done that in my life. This tool right
here is going to be the measurement tool. So this tool is actually very useful when it comes to either measuring
the size or the time of a market. So for example, let's say we want to know how long the market took from get to get
from this point right here to this point right here. This market took a total of 93 bars, which on the 4hour time frame
is a total of 21 days and 12 hours. So you can just click the actual candle or anywhere in the chart and drag it left.
And you can see how you continuously dragging it left. This is going to continuously move and it's going to
measure how much time or the length of that move. Now, that is the time wise. Now, if you want to measure it in pips,
which I'm going to get into pips right now, all you have to do is just go up and down. So, let's say you want to see
how big a zone is. For example, let's say you want to measure this zone. You go to the top of the zone and then you
go to the bottom of the zone. And you can tell that this zone is a total of 20 pips. 20.3 pips. If you want to measure
the size of this candlestick, you go from the top of the candlestick to the bottom of the candlestick and you can
tell it is a total of 52 pips. And now if you want to measure it to the upside from this zone to this zone, you can
tell that that is a total of 40 pips. Now what are these pips? What is a pip? Pip means point in percentage.
Point in percentage. Percentage. So this is how you measure the market
and the the length of it. So let's say this right now is uh two fighters, right? So these are two fighters. This
is the pound versus the Swiss Frank. And this is when Mike Tyson or this is when the Swiss Frank beats up the pound. So
this if this movement goes down that means that the Swiss Frank is getting stronger than the British pound. This
move is happening right here. And you want to measure how strong that move was, you just measure it. You get this
right here and then you measure it from the bottom up, from the top down, it's going to be the exact same pip amount.
Pip is the point in percentage. So you measure that move in pips. In fighters, if they were to be fighting, oh, he
knocked them down and he stayed down for, for example, if you were to measure this, he stayed down for 50 seconds. But
in trading, this move went down 50 points. Now, this is not correlated with time, but this is just how you measure
the length of the move. In fighting, you measure the length of the knockdown based off of how long he was down for,
for example. And I'm sure there's many different analogies that I can put to it, but it's just the first one that
comes to mind. PIP is the point of percentage. It is the measurement that the market has. So, let's say a market
goes, let's say you want to buy this market from this point right here to this point. You're aiming for 40 points.
This 40 points is what the market is going to do. Now you risk behind like the you base your trade based off of
these points. So let's say you want to risk $100. So if you risk $100 per point, you just do 100 times 40 and then
you can go ahead and see how much profits you're going to be making. So for example, let's say we're going to
have this buy position, right? So this buy position and I know I I can get this lit later into the actual technical
parts when we get to the market, but let's say right here our stop loss is 20 points, right? 20 pips. If we want to
risk $500, we then go to our position size calculator. We can go to on 1xtrade.com. We can go to lq.com. They
all have these cool position size calculators where you can pretty much base your account balance. And then from
there, you can actually tell your lots, the lot size, and all that, which I'll get into that later into the actual
video. But here, basically, you would tell, okay, so this has 20 pips down, and then this has 36 pips to the upside.
That's how you measure how long your stop loss is going to be. and how long your takerit is going to be. Pretty much
the tool actually measures it for you, but this tool also measures it for you for whatever reason you want to measure
this zoom in option. Uh I I don't really know what it is. I'm going to click on it right now for the first time. Oh, I
guess it's whenever you want to Oh, okay. So, I guess whenever you want to really like zoom into a piece of market,
you can just get that tool. It's a pretty cool tool. And then I guess this is whenever you want to zoom out of it
pretty much, but I've never really used it. Not really interested. This magnet. I have no idea what it's used for. This
I have no idea what it's used for. This is for whenever you want to lock your drawings. I never really use this
option, but I do use this option sometimes, which is where you want to hide all the drawings because sometimes
when you're looking at the market, for example, let's say like my NZDUSD, like I have a lot of notes sometimes placed
on the markets. And if I want to just remove all of these different noise that I have from my notes, I just look at the
market for what it is. And don't worry, all those notes that I have there, I'm going to be educating you guys on what
they are throughout the video. So, don't try and pause it and sneak in and zoom into it. Trust me, if you try and take
the short way, you're going to you're going to confuse yourself because you're not going to be educated on that
information. Correct. So, this tool right here is just to pretty much hide all of the options for however long you
want it. This is going to be the I don't even know what this is. This is the sync drawing options. I've never used it. And
then this is the the delete button if you want to go ahead and delete your drawings. And then after you favored
every single one of these tools that I've just explained right now, all you have to do is put a star and then this
tool kit pops up and down. Moving on to this top section over here is where we have the actual currency market that
we're interested in trading. Once again, this is just another time frame that is telling you whether it's reflecting from
here. This is the server that you are in. So you can either be in the end the server how I am now or whatever server
you decide to pick. This is the color of the symbol that you have, the flag that you have on it. And these are just more
settings that you can have and curious features on it, which I never really use. This area up here, I have no idea
what this is. I guess this is the measurement of the path or the tool whenever it goes on Trading View, but I
never ever look at these numbers. I just think it looks cool whenever I move it fast, how fast it also moves alongside
with it. This option right here is the exact same thing. As you can tell, it just moves whenever I move the the path
tool, but I don't really ever use it. This right here is if you want to demo sell or demo buy into the market, which
you could do that, but I've already explained that it's best to go ahead and do that on Trading View just because
it's a lot easier. Uh, I mean, you can go ahead and do that within the broker and Metatrader because you can take it
with you on your phone. It's pretty self-explanatory. And then this option right here is where you can hide your
indicators that you're going to be using, which the only two indicators you need to be using is going to be the EMA
and the no gap candlesticks. So, everything I just educated you guys on right now is going to be Trading View,
right? I get it. There's a lot of buttons. There's a lot of volume. But now that you look at it and you
understand it, it really isn't that complicated. All you really need are these tools that you have up here. And
that's pretty much it. You don't even need to click this button right here for the alert. You can just click right here
on the right hand side. Whenever you want to search up a market, you just simply type it on the keyboard. And
whenever you type it, it should just pop right up and then it comes over here to the side. All of this other information
is literally just information overload and you don't need to know any of that stuff. So, this right here is Trading
View. This is where you're going to spend 90% of your time, if not 95% of your time when it comes to actually
executing the analysis of the market, and you're going to determine if you're interested in buying or selling. But at
no point are you actually going to buy and sell off of this market. You're never going to deposit into this
platform right here. This is just where you look at the market. Then you have the broker where you deposit the funds
and then the broker creates the MT5 account where you go and execute the trade. This everything right here are
just simply the trading tools and platforms that you need to have when you are trading in the markets. Believe me,
I wish I had these markets when I started trading because personally, I had so much unnecessary information on
my charts that just simply cluttered my time and it wasted me from actually focusing on things that do matter and
that's practicing a strategy, not trying to figure out what every single feature inside of Trading View was and if there
was these different hidden secret websites that were going to lead me to understand if something was ready to buy
or not. So, in this little zap right here, this is basically the latest update of the market. every single
market will have that little lightning just shows you where the market is at that very moment. Obviously, this is
where these markets are and it just gives you like the latest updates on it, but I never click on that either at all.
These are just cool little features that Trading View has to offer. And if I didn't show it, this little lightning
right here, it's just the latest updates of the market pretty much. So, once again, all you need is Trading View to
analyze the markets. You need a broker to deposit your funds. I recommend LQ Markets or I recommend 1xtrade.com. And
then the only other platform that you're going to need from that is maybe and if anything Forex Factory for you to
understand if there is fundamentals that are going to be happening. Now later into this video I'm going to explain
what fundamentals are good for and how you can actually leverage that into a profitable strategy. So we'll break all
that down into the future. All right. So now that you understand how Trading View works, we're going to go back to
MetaTrader 5, but I'm going to show it to you here on the actual Trading View just because I can show you everything
on one spot. So I know we're going back and forth. So bear with me. have some patience because I'm trying to explain
to you every single feature of trading all inside of the same section so you guys can know exactly how to use it all.
So, this right here is probably when you were looking at Metatrader 5 on your phone and you were probably a little bit
confused whether you were ready to actually either place a market instant execution, you're probably curious on
what's a buy limit, sell limit, buy stop, sell stop, and these other pending orders that are right here. So, this is
once you are ready to go ahead and execute the trade. So, let's say you're looking at NZD JPY, for example, and
you're ready to go ahead and execute that trade and you're ready to place either a buy or a sell. So, if you want
to place a buy or a sell based off of where the market is exactly right now, you would just go ahead go to market
execution. You would put your stop loss and then you would put your takeprofit and then you would immediately take the
trade. So, if you were to put your takeprofit, it would look something like this. And then if you would put your
stop loss, it would look something like this. All you would have to do is come to the MetaTrader 4 or the MetaTrader 5
app and then all you would have to do is just place the stop-loss numbers and place the takerit numbers. So the stop
loss number for example right here it would be on this trade for example you were to look at it on this section you
could look at either on the right hand section or you could just double click on it. You go to inputs and your stop
loss is 87.670. So you would go over here, you would bring up your MetaTrader 5, and then you
would go ahead and implement right here in your stop loss the numbers that you see right here. So your stop-loss level
is going to be 87.670. 87.670. And then you would go ahead and place
your takerit. So your takerit is the green area. And then on this takerit area, you would go ahead and put 88736.
So take profit, you would put 88736. So then this right here would be your take profit positions. Then after that
you have the deviation which I have absolutely no idea what that is. I have never placed anything on that button
right there. All I know is whenever I want to trade whenever I want to take a trade live based off of where the market
is, I go ahead I place my stop loss. I place my takeprofit and then I click buy. Now before I click buy, I need to
make sure that I can calculate my risk on the position. So if you notice here, this lot size is going to be 0.05.
Now, you're probably wondering, Alex, what does that mean? What is a lot size? How does that work? Well, it's actually
very simple. Your lot size is what's going to determine the actual risk on the position that you're going to be
taking. So, if you want to risk a $100 inside of this trade right here, right? So, for example, let's say you have a
$1,000 trading account, right? Your balance on the account is $1,000. You deposited $1,000 inside of 1x trade. So
on your MetaTrader 5, it says $1,000, but out of those $1,000, you want to only risk 50 bucks, right? That is what
you are okay with risking on this position right here. All right, cool. That's a great percentage based off of
your account. And this trade, you're going to be risking $50 to potentially gain $100. That is a positive
risk-to-reward ratio. Now, how do you calculate that lot size that you need to go ahead and place into your position?
Because once again, this lot size that you're going to be placing right into your MetaTrader 5, that needs to go
directly before you click the buy or the sell button. You can't click buy or sell into the market until you haven't
pre-calculated your lot size. Now, determining your lot size is extremely easy. So, you can come over here to
1xtrade.com. You can go to their lots size calculator or you can go to LQ Markets and you can go to their position
size calculator, whichever one you like best. And let's say right here you're going to put your account balance. So
let's say your account balance is $1,000 for the example that we're using right now. And you want to risk 50 bucks. So
50 bucks is 5% of your account. And let's say your stop loss in pips is going to be a total of 35 pips. For
example, let's say we go back to this trade right here. And this is a 30 pip stop loss. So as you can tell, this is a
30 point stop loss. This number right here amount 750. I have no idea what it is. This percentage, I have no idea what
it is. And this stop 0307, I have no idea what it is. All I know is that this number right here, 30.7
is the amount of pips on this actual position. So, let's say this trade is actually a total of 30 pips. All right,
cool. Now, I know for the takerit, I'm targeting to have 61 pips. Now, I don't know what this percentage is, and I
don't know what this target is. All I know is that this is the pips for the takerit. This is the pips for my stop
loss. And my risk-to-reward ratio is A2. I don't know what this quantity is. And I know this open P&L is going to tell me
how many pips I am in draw down or how many pips I am in profit. Is this fluctuates depending how price is
moving. But I set the time of us taking this trade right at this point right there. This is going to be my pip count
for the stop loss. All I have to do is come back to my lot size calculator. My pip size is going to be 30 amount, 30
pips. And then what currency pair are we going to be trading? So this currency pair that we're going to be trading is
NZD JPY. The New Zealand dollar versus the Japanese yen. So all I have to do is type here NZD
JPY. NZD. One second. Oh, I guess we have to look through it
like this. We type it in. Doesn't pop up. We could just look for it. Boom. Boom. Boom. And it's probably organized
in order. There's so many different currency pairs right here. NZDJPY. And then all I have to click after that is
just simply calculate risk. Now, my lot size in order for me to risk $50 with my $1,000 account and a 30 pip stop-loss is
0.17. Now this trade right here as soon as I am going to go enter the trade when I go
place my stop loss all I have to do is put 0.17 on this lot size. I put the number of my
actual stop-loss 87.650 right here and then I put my takeprofit which is going to be 88.570
at this point right here. And then I click buy at no matter what happens in this market. Trump could come out with
the craziest tweets. another Corona virus, uh, another anything pandemic could happen. This can have a massive
candlestick to the downside like this or a massive candlestick to the upside like this. The most I will ever lose on this
position is going to be those $50. Why? Because I have a stop-loss and I have it calculated with the lot size. So, I know
exactly how much I am risking on this position. As soon as I am entering this market, that is exactly what I am going
to be risking. I will not lose any more than what I have pre-calculated here. And I will not gain more than what I
have pre-calculated here. As soon as the market comes to this area, the market will automatically take me out at my
stop loss at this point right here. As soon as the market comes up to this area over here, the market will automatically
take me out at this area right here. The beauty of this right here is that you know exactly how much you are risking to
exactly how much you can potentially gain. There is no random outcome. There is no uncertainty what can potentially
happen. You know exactly what is going to happen. So MetaTrader 5 when you are going to go execute your position and an
instant execution you have to just make sure that you simply just click zero. You simply just place your stop loss you
place your takeprofit and you calculate your risk. Then you click the buy or the sell button. Now the only difference in
between instant execution, buy limit, sell limit, buy stop, sell stop, buy stop limit and sell stop limit is that
you pretty much predict or you place the area where you want for the market to enter you right away. So a buy stop is
an order placed above a current price and you're basically going to be entered into the trade as soon as the market
gets to that point. So for example, let's say I place a buy stop order, right? So let's say we want to place a
buy stop. I would place the market right here. So as soon as I click the buy stop option, there's only one tab more that's
going to open and that's the area where you want to place where where you want to place the price. So this is where you
want to place the price. So this price is going to be at 88145. So you are telling Metatrader 5 that
whenever the market gets to this price 88145 the market is going to immediately enter
you the position. So this is if you have to go to work or you have to go to the gym or you have to go to sleep. Whenever
the market breaks through this area it's going to automatically enter you into the position with your pre-calculated
stop-loss with your pre-calculated take-profit. Everything is exactly the same. The only difference is that you
are literally just placing price whenever and if price ever gets there, it's going to enter it automatically for
you. That's pretty much it. When it comes to a sell stop, it's the exact same thing, but just to the downside.
Let's say you want to sell this market, but you don't want to sell this market right here, and you see yourself that
you're going to be having a long day at work or a long day outside of the office, but you know, once price breaks
this area, you would be interested in executing the position. Okay, cool. So you just simply place a sell stop and as
soon as price is below that current price and that's where you're going to be immediately entered into the position
as if you were to be executing the market at that point. And then you have what is called a sell limit and a buy
limit. So it's an order placed above the current market price anticipating that it's going to fall. And a buy limit is
basically you're placing a limit below the current market price while the market and you're anticipating for it to
rise. So let's say at this price right here, you want to go ahead and you want to place a sell limit. Now for you to
place this sell limit, let's say you want price to get to this point right here. Let's say you want market to get
to 88.277. Once price gets to this area right here, you're going to enter the market as a
sell. So let's say you identify this to be a very strong level of resistance. Whenever the market gets there, you want
to be immediately entered into a sell. Once again, you predetermine your stop loss. You predetermine your takeprofit.
You just see yourself that you're going to be busy and you can't place the limit and it places it for you. The buy limit
is pretty much the same. It's just vice versa. So, let's say you don't want to buy right here because it is way too
high and you want the market to buy at this point right here. You see price is going to have a reaction from this area
from we're going to double click this area. It's going to be 87.723. Okay, cool. So, whenever price makes it
to this area and if it has a dip down into this area, it's going to automatically enter you into the buy
position. Let's say the market continues to go down. Well, you entered the market at that position. That's why I don't
like using these pending orders because the momentum coming into these zones could be very strong. And if you were
just to be watching the market live, you could probably avoid a loss because price can come very strong into this
area and within the same candlestick or within the same minute go straight to your stop loss. And just because you
entered it off of a specific zone, you simply got stopped out. But if you were probably watching the market live as it
was having that deep retracement, you'd probably be like, you know what, I'm going to wait for this momentum to slow
down a little bit to see if I can get a better entry. and then there you can potentially avoid a a loss or even get a
better entry all the way down here. Instead of using these pending order limits that basically execute the trade
for you, I would much rather use my alarms. So, I put an alarm at these specific areas and once price gets
there, I will then be looking at the market to see if I'm interested in executing the trade. Now, I did this
while I was working at Dunkin Donuts. I worked at Dunkin Donuts for a couple of years and I had multiple different jobs
and at no point did I put these limit orders as the decision maker to enter the trade for me. I wanted to make sure
that I am entering the trade based off of a real confluence that I am actually having. At no point did I want to enter
the trade just based off of momentum. And if that doesn't make sense right now, don't worry. I'm going to be
explaining all that later when we actually get into the actual strategy. But that is exactly what these limit
orders are and pretty much how they work. And then the only difference in between a buy stop limits and then a
sell stop limit is that you can pretty much just place it limits at these types of orders. So you can either place a
sell limit or a buy limit or you can place a limit on these orders as well. Pretty much the same thing. You're just
setting different limits. But I can guarantee you if you want to use my profitable strategy and everything I'm
going to be teaching you inside of this video and every other video that I've created, at no point do I ever use any
of these right here. But I do have to educate you on it because sometimes temptation might be there just in case
if you are busy and you want to just place a limit in the event that you know you're not going to be in front of the
markets. I think it's just a lot. Okay, so now that you guys understand exactly how a buy stop and a sell stop works.
You guys understand a buy stop was when it breaks through, sell stop when it breaks through, and how these limit
orders work, let me actually just go ahead and show you over here back on Metatrigger 5 once again. Right? So here
we have our 100 bucks that we just deposited. We're going to go back over to the currency market. So let's say for
example, we want to go ahead and trade EuroUSD. Right? So we click on this trade button for us to actually execute
the trade. Now once again just taking a quick step back on this EuroUSD trade. If you click on chart the chart will pop
up. If on the EuroUSD trade we click details details will pop up. And then if you were to click on statistics
statistics will pop up. The only button that we will ever really be using is just going to be the trade button. So we
can go ahead and click the trade button. So we want to make sure that we are going to do a instant execution on this
market. So we can execute the trade right now where the market is at this point. So if I were to go ahead and take
you to the EuroUSD chart. So from the last time that we spoke, the market has moved a bit. So this market right now on
EuroUSD is for example, let's say at this area right around over here. So if we would have actually entered the trade
where I placed it last week when I was recording this video, we would have actually won this trade. This would have
been a beautiful win from the market where we were actually executing the trade. But we're up over here now,
right? So, this trade is having some pretty pretty clean momentum and say you want to buy this market. So, we're going
to go ahead and go to MetaTrader 5. We're just going to put a 0.01, which is the smallest lot size that you can
possibly put. And we're just going to put market execution. Let's say we want to buy this trade at this point right
here. Let's put our stop loss very tight at this point. And let's put our takerit very tight to this point right here. So,
our stop loss is 1.18001. But our stop loss 1.18001 [Music]
and our takerit is going to be 1.18 1.18308 and we simply just click buy and that's
it. We're into the market now. As you can see as soon as we enter the market we are in some draw down in this
position. Now this position is once again is in draw down because we are obviously having a cost to enter this
trade which we are having some fee some spread and as you can tell that fee in that spread it pretty much was already
gone because the trade is in momentum and we're going into profit and once you start making profit those fees are
pretty much you don't even see them anymore right so this trade right here if you were to want to close it you can
just tap on it and you can click close position you can modify position go to chart or click on bulk operations. Right
here, you can see your exact stop-loss once again to the bottom left corner of this pop-up tab. You can then see your
takerit, the time, and the swap. The swap is the cost for you holding the position overnight or over the weekend.
And the fee of that would just pop up there. So, you have an idea on how much actual profit you are in this position.
So, at this very moment, once you enter a trade, you pretty much just have to set and forget and let the trade do its
thing. You either let the trade hit your stop loss or let the trade hit your takeprofit. Now, later on into this
video when I'm I'm going to actually teach you a strategy on how you actually exe execute these trades at the right
areas. You're going to know when exactly to enter and how to manage your trade because a lot of traders, they maybe
know how to analyze the markets. But the reason why they're not profitable is because they don't know how to properly
manage a trade. And I want to educate you guys on different ways of actual trading first before you actually know
how to manage a trade. because you first need to learn how to trade before you can learn how to manage it. And while
me, I was just talking and explaining that, you can just see how we went from being negative 20 cents to pretty much
now being break even or positive 2 to 3 cents. Now, if I were to want to close this position, all I would have to do
once again is just click on that close. Click on the tab of the actual trade. I could go ahead and click close. And at
this point, I would just click close, that orange bar that has just popped up there, and it would say you would close
with 13 cents in a loss. Now, if you don't want to close in a loss, you can just wait. And if you want to modify
your position, you can just click on modify. And let's say for whatever reason, you want to open your stop loss
and make it a little bit bigger, you can just simply modify your stop loss. So, let's say you want your stop loss to be
1.17966. All you have to do is click modify and you come here modify 1.17966
and then you just click modify and then you stay in the exact same position. You just simply modify your take profit.
Let's say once again you want to modify your your stop loss. Let's say you want to modify your takeprofit to this area
over here. Cool. Not a problem. You simply get this and now your new take profit is 1.1413.
It's always good to double triple check because these numbers literally determine your profits. Click modify and
now your trade is modified. You don't get moved into the position. You don't get entered into a new position. You are
just simply modifying your position after you have entered it. So this right here is every single button that you're
really going to be using when it comes to the MetaTrader 5. Once you're in the position, once you click on trade, it
could just give you the option to add another position. If you were to click chart, it's going to take you to the
actual chart on MetaTrader 5. Just so you can actually see where your stop loss is on the chart, which would be at
this area right here. Gives you a real representation of where it is. And then where your takerit is, it gives you a
real representation of where it is. If you were to click bulk operations, if let's say you were to have many
positions available, this would enter you in all of these positions at the same time. So let's say I agree to the
terms and conditions. I click on bulk operations. I can close all positions. close all losing positions, close all
buys in position, close. It just depends how many positions you have open. You can customize the execution that you
want to do at this point. Personally, myself, whenever I actually go close a position, I usually tend to have
multiple lots open simply because I have a lot of trades at the same time, I just click close all positions and it'll
close them all at the exact same time. I don't have to go manually one by one and then click close. It just saves me about
10 seconds. That's really it. So that's pretty much every single feature when it comes to this MetaTrader 5. The last one
and most creative one is I say you want to not close the whole entire position. Let's say you want to close partial. Now
this would only work if we were to be in this position for more than 0.01 lots. For example, let's say we would be in
this position 0.10 and you want to close half of your position. You can simply come into here
and close 0.05 05 and then you click close and then you would be closing 50% of your position. So this is every
single feature that it comes to actually executing a trade with straight market execution. Let's say you want to enter a
trade and then you actually have a buy limit for example. So let's say we we want to have a buy limit on this market
and we want the limit to be based off of this area right here. So for now let's get rid of this risk-to-reward tool. We
want to enter the market once the market hits this price point right here. So that's going to be
the entry price is 1.18120. So price will be 1.18120. Stop loss is going to be 1.1
7879. And then your takerit is going to be 1.8 28
361. All you have to do is just simply click place. And that is it. So now, as you
can tell, you're not in profit or in draw down. What you have placed is a market execution. So once the market
comes into this area, it will automatically enter the position while you're anticipating for it to go up. It
could come into this area and then keep continue going to the downside, but just depends on the type of order that you
have placed, it will execute you into that market. This right here is great for people once again that aren't
available to be in front of the markets all of the time. And if for whatever reason after you place the limit, it's
been hours and the trade hasn't been executed, all you simply have to do is click it and you can delete the order
that you have placed or you can modify. You can either change your stop-loss, you can change your entry price, change
your takerit or you can just delete it as a whole. So if you were to delete it, you just click on the delete button.
It's going to give you the confirmation and then you go to the history tab and on the history tab it should pop up like
an order that you had in in the past or no since it was in a position it won't pop up when you actually close a
position like this one. Let's say we close it right now at 50 cents in a loss. We can see it over here how this
was a position that we entered and how it has actually closed. So this right here is pretty much every single feature
inside of MetaTrader 5. And when you go withdraw your funds from MetaTrader 5, you don't actually withdraw your funds
from MetaTrader 5. You withdraw it from the broker that you are going to be trading. And then that broker will
reflect that price on the actual MetaTrader 5. And now, for example, let's say that we want to go ahead and
withdraw our $99, right? Because we lost the position, we're not happy about it, and we just want to get the money back.
You can't withdraw Metatrader 5. Metatrader 5 is not the broker. You need to make sure that you go to the broker
so you can go ahead and actually withdraw your funds. So remember MetaTrader 5 is the platform where you
are going to execute the position. Anything related to the money in or out of the actual platform is going to be on
the broker. So the money is reflected on MetaTrader 5 for you to actually place the trades. But when you want to
withdraw the money, you have to go back to the broker and request the withdraw from the broker. Once you withdraw the
funds, it's going to reflect on MetaTrader 5. And then from there, you're going to go ahead and do whatever
with the funds once you have withdrawn them. But MetaTrader 5 never has your funds. They don't get access to your
funds. They're just a a platform that just shows the trades and shows the profit and loss pretty much. But where
the funds actually are are within the broker that you're going to be using, whether it be 1x trade or it be LQ
Markets. So, with that being said, that is pretty much everything when it comes to market orders, uh, and how to
actually take a trade, how to place these orders, every single feature inside of MetaTrader 4, Metatrader 5.
Now, I want to get into actual types of trading. I want to educate you guys on fundamental trading. I want to educate
you guys on technical trading and how I personally do it. So, within this video, you guys can go ahead and actually start
to begin executing trades by the end of it. Now, if you guys aren't subscribed, make sure you guys hit that subscribe
button. This is one of the many videos that I'm being created for you guys. So, if you guys aren't subscribed to the
channel, you're going to be missing out on a bunch of videos, including other valuable ones like this one. So, hit
that subscribe button. It doesn't cost you anything. And personally, I believe this is going to be one of the best
videos that you're going to have in order for you to learn trading from zero to 100. So, with that being said, let's
continue. So, now that you understand all that, let's move on to our next subject, which is going to be
fundamental analysis. Now, before I get into fundamental analysis, we already know what technical analysis is. This is
when for you to determine if you want to buy or sell the market. You're going to focus your analysis on the candlesticks,
on price action, which you're going to be reading the candles. You're you're going to be reading the candlesticks
going to the upside or to the downside. That's where you're going to make a decision whether you want to buy or sell
the market. It's all going to be based off of reading the charts, reading the candlesticks, reading technical
analysis, price action. It's all the same thing for you to determine if you want to buy or sell the market based off
of technical analysis, price action, or candlesticks. This is what it's going to be. Now, let's say you want to base your
trade, if you want to buy or sell the market off of fundamental analysis. This is focused on when you read the
underlying articles of either a company that can directly reflect the price of a currency, the underlying writing of a
economy on a country, a news event or just the economy as a whole of the country that directly reflects on the
currency. So fundamental analysis trading is exactly what it is. You are reading the fundamentals in order for
you to determine if you are interested in entering a buy or entering a sell. You're basically going to go out there
and find different articles of a certain country and see the previous times that articles similar to this reflected the
price. And then there you're going to determine if it's a good time to buy or if a good time to sell. At no point do
you ever go to the actual technical charts for you to determine if you want to buy or sell the market. That's what
technical trading is for. So fundamental analysis traders are a bit more on the higher time frames because they're just
using the overall direction of where the economy should be going and then they make the decision based off of that. For
example, if they cut interest rates, the dollar should get stronger or weaker. Or if they start printing more money, the
dollar gets stronger or weaker and then they base their trade off of that. Now, this is a lot more long-term way of
trading. But some traders have gotten very creative and they've combined both of these as a whole. So they will do
their main technical analysis off of price action and then as they're going to go into the trade, they go and check
out if there is certain fundamental analysis or certain fundamentals coming out to see if it can add a certain
confluence to the trade. For example, let's say we would be using Forex Factory as one of these examples. Right
now it's Wednesday, September 17th. And at the time of us trading today at 2:00 in the morning, there was going to be
well, tomorrow at 2:00 in the morning, there's going to be GBP news. And let's say, for example, that I'm interested in
trading the Great British pound. I can go ahead and look into this news article. And this is going to have
everything is this is basically everything that the forecast is going to potentially be. These are the other
dates that it's had a very similar news event to this day. This is what they forecasted. This is what it was
previously and this is what actually happened. If you notice it was forecasted to be one point up. It was
actually two points up from the previous one. I'm sure that had a very minimal impact in the market. If you want to go
and verify that you can just go to this date on any great British pound market and then you can see if it actually had
some type of effect. The CPI news sometimes work. So they they sometimes do this, sometimes don't. Personally, in
my opinion, from my last four years of really like doubling down and becoming a better trader, I'd say 80% of the time,
the actual fundamentals, follow the technical analysis. So, whatever you properly understand with price action,
right? Cuz this is the big thing like you need to properly know how to read price action. Now, I'm not saying you
need to properly have a strategy for you to deter for you to have accuracy with the news. No, that's that's not what I'm
saying. I'm saying if you know how to read price action, you can be a scalper, a day trader, swing trader, you can be
whatever type of trader, but as long as you know how to read price action correctly, you can determine if
something is bullish or bearish. The news 70% of the time will follow the trend of where the price action
dictates. That is a simple fact right now. I'm not saying if you have my strategy or if you trade with my
strategy that the fundamentals will follow that strategy. No, no, no. I'm not saying that. I'm just saying that
the fundamentals will follow the overall trend of price action. And some people wrongfully analyze the trend. So
fundamentals are just simply news events that come out every single day on each currency. You have some news events like
CPI. You have some new news events like BOC rate, overnight rates, press conferences, FOMC, which tends to be one
of the biggest ones. Then we also have unemployment. We have NFP, official bank rates. These are all different types of
news events that affect the currency of that country. So for example, let's say that I am interested in taking a trade
on USDCHF or let's say US Euro USD for example on Wednesday like okay we do have minor news events at 3:30 in the
morning on the euro. H does it make sense to take the trade? Sure. Or you know what I want to sit on the side
because I don't know what the president is going to say and it might affect the currency very significantly. And let's
say I'm interested in taking the trade at on, you know, Euro USD and I don't find the trade in the morning, in the
afternoon. I say, okay, you know what? I'm going to use these news events in my favor. I'm going to use it to actually
get out of the trade. Personally, in my experience from trading, I tried so hard to figure this out and try to find a
potential edge on reading the market. And the truth of the matter is that there is no real edge. The news are
going to have their news event flashes no matter what. There's some events where they're going to have major moves
to the upside, major moves to the downside, and some like it's it just it's going to do what it's going to do.
Whenever news events come out, the brokers mark up their spreads and their fees just because that's what goes down
in those news events. A lot of money gets moved because the big banks and the big institutions, they get scared. They
don't know if the federal funds rates are going to get cut in their favor or against them. And then based off of
that, they're going to move the money around, which in turn affects the liquidity that the brokers get, which
then they have to change and modify the spread. So then they aren't negative on the business. It's just the news events
are a whole mess, right? And so many different things get moved around when these news events are happening. that is
so much that is out of your control that in my opinion it just logically makes more sense to just focus on something
that matters something that you can actually look at and you can see patterns in the past and that's simply
going to be the charts. If a news event comes out and it does this move, so be it. It's not going to be every single
day or every single week that you're going to have a news event like this go in your favor or against your trade.
There's going to be weeks where it's going to be like this, a pretty big wick, and then it's going to go in your
favor or against your favor. It can happen once or two times a month. It is what it is. It's part of the process.
There's no way that I am going to modify my trading approach simply because of a news event that actually has an impact
one or two times a month. The best way that I can put the analogies based off of my experience and the way that I
trade and how I'm going to teach you right now is almost like if a real estate investor would were to be
investing into real estate, but occasionally he cannot see certain pieces of real estate and it's just a
big mystery box. Now, as a real estate investor, will you sometimes take the risk and buy this random mystery box?
Sure. But sometimes these mystery boxes have good deals. Sometimes they have terrible deals. But you're not going to
make your whole entire real estate investment based off of something that is blind, something that you can't see.
You want to make sure that you can actually look at the patterns. You can see the same thing over and over again
so you can actually make a strategy based off of your approach. Now, is there some times where what's inside of
this mystery box could be a great thing? Yes. But I don't know about you, but if I were to be a real estate investor, I
want to make sure that I can see my property before I buy it. I want to make sure that I can go walk inside of it and
I can at least have an idea of what I'm putting my money into. Now, if I were to go ahead and actually buy this real
estate property, but one of the rooms inside of them happens to be a mystery door and I don't know what's inside of
that door. It could either be really good or really bad for the property. At least I have some type of context that
the overall property is good. I have an idea that 70% 80% of the investment actually makes sense. And then the other
percentage just simply is an add-on. If it's good, it's okay. And if it's not, it's still okay because I know that the
actual core base of the foundation of the decision towards that investment was great. That's exactly what trading with
fundamentals is. If you want to go ahead and take a decision just based off of the fundamentals, it's almost like a
mystery box because you never really know how these news events are go like you never know what they're going to say
and then nonetheless how the market is going to react to it. I've had many many times where I have had a lot of analysis
on a fundamentals and I have read it and I personally believe that the market was going to like I would have reacted a
certain way to those fundamentals but then the market reacted a completely different way. So, one thing is what I
personally would do with that information. Another thing is what the market would do. Or the other thing that
you can do is potentially have your whole entire technical analysis, have your price action, and then just have a
piece of it be a bit of a mystery. So, like let's say I enter the trade at 1:00 in the afternoon, for example, and then
the news events are going to come out at 2. Okay, that can add to my trade or it can potentially make it worse. But what
I guarantee you is that if you're making a logical trade decision based off of price action and you're following the
strategy and you're actually executing the trade with proper price action analysis, the fundamentals the majority
of the time is going to go in your favor. And trading the fundamentals alone is simply going to be a
neverending journey of you attempting to predict what is going to happen next and how the market is going to react. Two
very, very, very big variables that are completely out of your control and you cannot see any patterns. And truthfully,
in my opinion, I just think it's a lot easier to actually have a very clear vision of the type of investment that
you're making with whatever type of trade that you're going to be taking. So fundamental trading to me is just simply
a mystery box. And if you make a logical trade analysis decision, this is just simply going to be an added confluence
to it. But if you want to go ahead and dive into a rabbit hole when it comes to fundamentals, please go to f4
forexfactory.com. They've been around for tens of years and they give you as accurate as it's going to get to the
information. They give you what they potentially believe it's going to be, what it was previously, and then after
the event actually happens, what it actually was. But after it happens, it's no good because the move has already
happened in the market. You can't obviously go back into the past to enter your trade. Now, with that being said,
you understand how the fundamentals work and that it's just really a mystery box. But you're probably asking me, "Okay,
Alex, so how does price action work? How do I actually know if something is bullish or bearish? How can I actually
read and understand the market? So, I'm going to be teaching you guys right now how to read the candlesticks, how to
read these patterns, how to identify if something is bullish or bearish, how to do a proper top down analysis, what is
market structure, just everything when it comes to this market that I'm going to be showing you guys right now. So,
this is where things are going to start getting serious because once I actually teach you how market structure works,
then I'm going to teach you the strategy on how you can actually execute the trades on this market. So, if there's a
moment to pay attention and to be locked in and to actually be focused and be ready to write down notes is going to be
this. If you're driving, if you're at work, if you're at an social event, if you're anywhere but in your office or
wherever it is that you had and focus on learning, stop this video and come back when you're ready. It's just going to
make more sense for you to rewatch the video once you've already understood it properly the first time rather than you
just hearing it in the background and then you go ahead and hear it again and then you have to go ahead and hear it
again. It's better if you pay attention the first time so everything connects right from the start and you use your
time efficiently while you're learning. You don't want to just be having this in the background for no reason, right? So,
let's first start off with what is price action, right? So, price action is literally what you're looking at right
here. Price action is all of these candlesticks going up and down. Price action is these points where the market
hits, it bounces from, and it bounces up and down. All of this right here is price action. Price action is when the
market goes up and down. Now, price action can be reflected either in these candlestick formats or in the line chart
as you guys already know. Now, price action is what's going to tell you if this market is bullish or bearish. So
price action pretty much equals the chart which equals the history which equals almost the
heartbeat or the fight. These are all the same exact thing. Price action is everything. Literally the whole entire
market is based off of price action. Price action is the candlesticks. It's price. It's the trail. It's the history.
It's just like the market. It's almost like saying like the road for you to get to one spot to the next area. Like what
gets you there is the road. What connects one place to another is the road. The pavement, the concrete, the
the signs, the the highways, all of that is just at the end of the day the road. This is exactly what this is. This is
the road to the market. This is the market leaving its trail. Price action is just literally everything. Now, price
action can be seen in two different ways. One, the line chart, or two, the candlestick chart. Now, I know we
already know that we're going to be using both of these with one another. And I'm almost going to teach you
something to then go ahead and unteach it to you. Right? So price action is needed
to determine if the market is bullish or bearish. The only way for you to understand, and you guys can go
ahead and write this down. There's a lot of things that I'm going to say that I might not type, but you guys should
definitely be writing it down. Is the only way for you to determine if price action or the market or the chart or the
trend or whatever is bullish or bearish is with the candlestick and the line chart is with price action. The only way
for you to determine if the market is either in a bearish market or in a bullish market is going to be with price
action. There is no other way that you can tell if the market is bullish or bearish without price action. The
fundamentals will never tell you if the market is bullish or bearish. The indicators will never tell you if the
market is bullish or bearish. No crossover, no Ballinger bands, all these stuff I'm going to teach you later into
the future. But no indicator, no pattern, nothing will ever teach you if something is bullish or bearish like
price action. Price action is going to be the end all be all area section where it's going to tell you if something is
bullish or bearish. Everything that is out there in the market that is added on top of price action, it's exactly that.
It's an add-on to price action. Indicators are an add-on to price action. Tools are an add-on to price
action. Um, any possible EMA is an add-on to price action. Any reversal pattern is an add-on to price action.
Price action is the core. And I'm repeating this because I need you guys to really understand and get this
because once you get this, you get everything. As soon as you understand the proper market structure based off of
price action, it is everything. Right? So now that you understand that price action is everything and price action is
needed to determine if the market is bullish or bearish. The market determines
if it's bullish or bearish based off of market structure. So market structure is what's going to let you know if this
market is actually indeed bullish or if it's going to be bearish. Market structure is everything. Market
structure is every single elbow that you see in this market. every single triangle, every single reversal point,
every single pointy section, every single point where the market had a move to the opposite direction. This is going
to be considered market structure. So this is almost like the red lights. This is almost like the turns in the street
lights. This these are the curves. These are the entry and exit points of the highways. These are all of the stop
signs. These are all of the turning lanes. This is all of the mergings. This is basically every single point that
connects the road with one road to another from one destination to another. The middle point is just the road. This
is just the road to get you to this point right here. Once you are at this point right here, this is let's call it
first street. Now this first street, it only has a turn to the left or to the right. And this turn to the right. This
is just the full road to then second street and then back up and down. Now, this is the road. This road is just a
straight road. Straight one shot to get to this street. Once you get to this stop, then you turn to the next stop.
This is just a road to then the next stop. Once you get to the next stop, then it's just a road to the next stop.
So, every single one of these structure points, look at it almost like a stop sign. Look at it like a turning light.
look at it like an entry point to the next entry or getting off at the next exit. These are literally just points
where the road needs to stop in order for you to then be able like let's say you want to get from this point over
here to this point over here. You can't just cross over because there's buildings in the way. There's a lake in
the middle. There's a lot of stuff going on in the middle. In order for you to get to this destination, you first need
to then hit First Street. After you go to then First Street, there's a stop sign and then you need to go back up to
then Second Street. And then on Second Street South, then you need to turn back into First Street North. And then on
North Street first, then you actually make it to then third street. So for you to go from this street to this street,
you need to follow the ways of the road. There's no difference in between that example and then this market structure.
this market structure in order for get in order from it to get let's say to this point to this point you need to
follow the road in order for the market to get there. Now this is going to be crucial for you to understand how the
market actually works how to determine if it's bullish or bearish. Now I'm not saying for example right now that the
live price needs to in order for it to get to down here that it needs to break this road and stuff like this. That's
not that's not what I'm saying. I'm just saying in order for you to understand how the market got from this point to
this point, just follow the road and follow the structure points. The structure points are going to tell you
how it actually made it to that point. So the structure points are these points over here once again are going to be
these stop signs, these turning signals, these reversal areas. These are going to be market structure points. So market
structure points, just we're just going to write this down, right? One thing at a time. Market structure points are the
elbows in the market, the turning points in the market. These market structure points are where it's
going to determine is bullish or bearish. So market structure points are the elbows in the
market. These are the turning points in the market and these market structure points are going to determine if the
market is bullish or bearish. If you properly read every single one of these elbows, you're going to be able to tell
if the market is bullish. Right? So, I'm going to do a quick quiz on you guys right now. Right? And I expect for you
guys to get this wrong. I don't expect for you to get this right. Right? Just going to do this right here. Is this
market right here bullish or is it bearish? So we understand bullish equals up, bearish equals down. Right? So the
market is heading up when it's bullish. The market is heading down when it's bearish. Go ahead, pause this video and
just take a wild guess. Right? Cool. So I can almost guarantee you you're wrong. And even if you're right of the
direction whether this market is up or whether this market is down, you probably don't know exactly why, right?
For example, let's say if I were to give you a very complex equation, right? Let's say I already give you this plus
this for example, and then I give you multiplechoice option. Oh, for example, let's say we didn't know that, but let's
say I just gave you a multiplechoice option and I give you choice number A or I give you choice number B, right? You
only have two options and you happen to just click on the right option and you're right. Now, that doesn't mean
you're right because you know the solution or you know the way on how to solve the problem. You just happen to
pick the right one because it's really is a 50/50. Like, it's pretty hard to get it wrong. It really the odds are
split down the middle. So, that doesn't mean that you know math. method doesn't mean that you're good at it or that you
should be advancing to the next point. That's exactly what this is right here. Just because let's say you pick the
right one because you know obviously there's only two option like the odds of you getting it right or wrong is pretty
fair. Let's say you do get it right, you're probably not getting it right for the right reason. And that is the big
problem with traders. A lot of traders happen to just guess that the market is in the right trend, but they are
actually executing it wrongfully because they don't know where it's bullish or bearish based off of. Now, let me
explain what I mean by that, right? And and we're going to leave this right here and we're going to come back to it and
I'm going to educate you if and we're going to find out if you were right or wrong. So, once again, pause the video,
take a screenshot, and just write it down. Bullish or bearish and then where why or where do you think it is? And if
you don't even know where you identify this market that it's bullish from, then that even shows even more that you don't
know anything just yet. But don't worry, I'm going to teach you right now. It's very easy, right? So, I'm going to
educate you guys right now on market structure, which is everything in the market. Right now, this market is
bullish, right? This is a very clear bullish market. Now this market is bullish because it is consisted of
higher highs and higher lows or also known as HH or HL. Right? Higher high is HH. HL is a higher low. So this right
here is the higher high. Right? This is the highest point in the market. And this is all based off of market
structure. So if I double click this line, I go to text. just going to put hh. So we've identified this as the
higher low. Now this right here is now going to be the higher low. So this higher low point from this point right
here is going to be what took this from point A to point B. Right here you were at Second Street. You had to turn right,
make it to First Street. Now, in order for you to make it to Third Street, from Second Street, you have to go through
First Street and then you make it to Third Street because obviously there was some trees here in the middle. There was
a lake. There's a big building here. You can't just go from Second Street straight to Third Street. You need to go
around the buildings and then you make it to Third Street. Cool, right? Pretty easy, pretty self-explanatory. Now this
market is bullish because of this higher high and because of this higher low. As long as we remain inside of this market
structure, inside of this higher low and this higher high, this market will remain bullish. This market is bullish
no matter what as long as we are inside of this higher high and this higher low. The simplest way that I can put it is
this is going to be third street and this is going to be first street. Right? We understand that. And this middle
point right here is second street. Right? Very easy, very self-explanatory. As long as we are inside of first street
and as long as we are inside of third street, this market is inside of first street and it's inside of third street.
Right? Pretty self-explanatory. It's almost like obvious, right? Like, duh, Alex, no [ __ ] Like, what are you
talking about? Well, you'll be surprised because some people would say that right now we are on Fifth Street. It's like,
well, brother, how are we on Fifth Street if we haven't even broken through First or broken through third street?
Now, this doesn't make sense. Don't worry, it's all going to start clicking in just a second, right? And I'm not
going to I'm going to try and avoid the analogies too much back and forth so it doesn't confuse you guys, but we will
double down on them later into the video because it's all going to connect perfectly, right? So, we'll put this in
the back burner for now. But all we know is as long as the market is in between this higher high and this higher low, we
are bullish. This right here could create a potential retracement into this area right here. And this is just a
retracement. Now, once we have body candlestick closed above this previous higher high, this has now officially
broken above the higher high, meaning we need to modify our higher high. So, the rules are very simple. Once we body
close above the higher high or the higher low the market has shifted. So once I mean with the body don't worry
for right now we we'll come back to that but once we have closed above the higher high or the higher low the market has
shifted and you need to modify the higher high and the higher low. So once the market has broken above this higher
high, you have now shifted in the market and you need to modify this higher high and this higher low. Cool. So where does
the new higher high go? Where the higher high goes to the highest high point which is going to be right here. And
where does the higher low go? Does the higher low change? Yes, the higher low changes every single time the higher low
changes. So the higher low is going to go to this point right here. Now this is another side note. If we have a new
higher high, we will always have a new higher low. So if this market once again it creates this retracement right here
and it creates this break above. If we have a new higher high, we will always have a new higher low. So if this market
has created this new higher high, it's very obvious we will always have a new higher low. Cool. So the higher low gets
moved to this point right here. Now I like to use to identify the new higher low as just the previous structure
point. And I'm going to get to all that in just a second. But as long as this market continues to be inside of this
higher high and this higher low, this market will remain bullish. Right? So for example, once we broke out to this
area, this over here went to then Fourth Street and this over here was at Second Street, right? Pretty self-explanatory.
We broke above Fourth Street and now we are at Fifth Street, right? So this is fifth street and this over here is going
to then be third street. Right? So we are using one street to get to the other street. So for now let's remove this one
cuz we're already pretty far away from over here and we don't need to be aware of that. So right now we understand that
this is fifth street. This is third street. And as long as we are in between fifth and third street we are in between
fifth and third street. This right here is just Fourth Street right in the middle. Or we're at fifth. Or we're at
third. We're at third and a half. We're at fourth and a half. Fourth and a quarter. But at no points are we ever at
Sixth Street or Second Street. As long as, once again, as long as we are inside of this higher high and inside of this
higher low, we are bullish. Write this down as well. As long as we are inside, we are bullish. Right? Very easy, very
very self-explanatory. Now, once we have body candlestick closed above, what happens? Once we have closed above the
higher high or the higher low, the market has shifted. You need to modify the higher high. Okay, cool. So, this
turns into the new higher high. This will then be Sixth Street. And then where does the higher low go? It goes to
this point right here, which was the last point, which is now Fourth Street. Right? Pretty easy, right? We're just
kind of following the market and we understand as long as we are inside of the higher high and higher low, we are
bullish. If we make a new higher high, we will always have a new higher low. We modify the higher low. Very easy. Now,
what if I told you, you see that? There's an alarm from a market that I'm currently trading right now. And uh
we're going to do this live here right now. We're just going to see how my market is moving. So, I'm actually in
this position here in a major loss right now. So, this is getting super sidetracked here and we'll go back to
the market structure in just a second. But, as I am educating you guys live, I am also trading live and this trade is
into major draw down right now. Not looking good. Not looking good. And this other trade is looking good, but I need
to wait for this next candlestick to close in the next 30 minutes. So, I will wait for that. So, we'll come back to
the SPX500 now. Little distraction there, but it's okay. It's good, right? To show you guys how we're executing
everything live, right? So, back into this area over here, right? Let's just move this a little bit more up. We
understand that as long as we are inside of these structure points, we are going to be bullish. Now, the moment that this
market structure breaks below this higher low, guess what happens? Now, this market is no longer bullish. this
market is now going to be bearish. So we went from creating higher highs and higher lows to now lower highs and lower
lows. So this market went from being bullish to now being bearish. So now that this market has broken below this
higher low structure point, it means that this market is now bearish. So once we break below the higher low structure
point, this market is now bearish. So this goes from actually being bullish once it closes below the higher low we
are now bearish. Now bearish means we are selling and a bearish market is equivalent to lower low
and lower high or also known as LL or LH. Now they're both basically exactly the same. A
higher high is the highest high and a higher low is a low that is higher than the previous low. When a market goes
bearish, we have a lower low. So this right here will turn into the lower low. And then the lower high is going to be
the low. That is the last high, which is going to be this point right here. Now, don't worry if this doesn't click right
away. It's all going to click in just a second. Just give it some time for me to educate you guys into this. Believe me,
what I am teaching you guys right now took me months to understand. And my goal is for you to understand in just
one single video. And I'm going to do that to the best of my ability. How I have been doing this for the last 3
years on educating people. So now that we have a lower low and a lower high, this market is officially bearish. Now
the same exact principle applies right here. Once we have closed above the lower high or the lower low, the market
has shifted and you need to modify this into the lower low and the lower high. If we have a new lower low, we will
always have a new lower high. As long as we are inside of the lower high, the lower low and the lower high, we are
bearish. Once we break below the lower high, the structure point is now bullish. Very easy. Everything is just
changing the letters. So what does it mean? Once we have closed below, so this is going to be below instead of above.
Once we have closed below the lower low, the market has shifted and you need to modify the lower low and the lower high.
If we have a new lower low, we will always have a new lower high. All right, we have a new lower low. It's very
obvious it's the new lowest low. And then where is the lower high? Well, the lower high is going to be the next lower
high. And I'm going to teach you a way on how to identify this market structure point literally seamlessly and it's
going to be absolutely perfect in just 1 second. I just want you guys to be able to understand the difference in between
lower highs and lower lows, higher highs and higher lows. So, as long as we are inside of the lower high and the lower
low, we are bearish. Once we break below once we break above the lower high structure point this market is now
bullish. So for right now as long as we remain inside of this lower high and lower low we're going to be bearish. So
this is now going to be a lower low. This is now going to be a lower high. This market can simply have a smaller
retracement and then we have a new lower low and then this point right here becomes the lower high. Right? The lower
high is always going to get moved every single time we have a new lower low. Now let's say for whatever reason this
market decides to now do this. Well once we break above the lower high structure point this market is now bullish. So
this market right here goes from being bearish to being bullish. So this market is now bullish. So this now gets shifted
into a higher high and then this structure point over here gets shifted into a higher low. And this market once
again it can have its retracement into like going like this. And now we have a new higher high. If we have a new higher
high, we have a new higher low. If we have a retracement, we have a new higher high. And then we have a new higher low.
Right? So this is how the market works. Same exact thing applies if we now do this. If we break this structure point,
guess what? We now have a new lower low. So this market now goes from being bullish to being bearish. So this goes
and turns into the lower high and then this turns into the lower low, right? As long as this market remains inside of
this lower high and lower low, we are now bearish, right? We have a new lower low and we have a new lower high. Very
easy, very self-explanatory. So this way you can see how the market goes from being bullish to then being bearish to
being back to bullish to now being back to bearish. The market is shifting constantly from bullish to now bearish.
But I want to teach you guys on a trick that I like to call the snake trick. And this snake trick is a trick to identify
the last structure point, which is going to equal the higher low or lower high. Alex, what
are you talking about, dude? You're talking Chinese to me. I just met you right now. I'm already 2 3 hours into
this video and I still don't understand anything. Don't worry, trust me. This is all going to start slowly making sense.
Right? So, we have something that is called the snake trick which is going to help you identify the last structure
point which is equivalent to the higher low or the lower high. What does that even mean? Very easy. Let's say this
market is bearish, right? And we have this retracement to this point, right? This is this right here considered a
lower high? No. We can only have a lower high or a lower low once we have a new higher high or lower low. So at this
point right here, this market we have yet to create a new lower low. So we have not created a new lower low in this
market. So we can only have a new lower high once we have created a new lower low. So this market right here, this is
the lower high. This is the lower low. What is this point right here that is being created into the market? What is
this elbow? What is this stop sign? What is this red light? This turning point. What is this right here? This is
literally just curb in the road. This is literally just a market structure point. This is literally nothing. three yet.
This is just another point in the market, but it's not anything significant because it has not broken
above the lower high or below the lower low. So, we can only have a lower high or lower low once we have broken above
the higher high. And all right, lower high or higher low. Once we have broken above the higher high or lower low.
Don't worry, it's all going to start clicking right now. Let's say this market actually ends up indeed breaking
below. All right, cool. this market actually indeed breaks below. Guess what? Now we have a new lower low. So
once we break the new lower low, if we have a new lower low, we will always have a new lower high. So if this
becomes the new lower low, we always have a new lower high. So how do you identify this lower high? Well, you
identify this lower high with the snake trick. The snake trick is to be able to identify the last structure point, which
is either the higher low if bullish or the lower high if bearish. So, we're going to get the head of the snake right
here. And once we get this head of the snake, we're going to start moving backwards. And this snake moving
backwards is going to leave a trail, right? So, we start catching the snake. I don't know if you guys know, but
snakes pretty much just kind of move like this, right? Snakes don't really move like this if they're going to
actually be moving somewhere. they actually just move straight. They try and move very seamless. And if they
actually need to turn, then they will turn because there was something in their way or something was in the middle
that they had to now go this way. So let's say a snake is trying to go from this point to this point over here. If
there is a log in the middle or if there's an object in the middle, the snake will simply just go around it and
then continue going. But this snake is leaving a trail that obviously he had to go around something in order to get to
the destination where he was looking to go. The snake is leaving a trail of his footprint almost. It's like his trail of
him leaving the leaves squashed down or whatever trails snakes leave. So a snake in this market structure right here
which is the snake trick is you're following the trail of the market and as soon as the snake has to turn that is
going to be the lower high. Wherever the snake or the body turns that shows that there was something there there was
something in the way and that the market had to go ahead and then turn. So the first turn of where the snake actually
turns that becomes the previous structure point that becomes the lower high. So this is a trick for you to
identify the previous structure point. If you cannot properly understand how to place the lower high or the higher low,
we're going to use something that is called the snake trick. So once again, right now we are bearish. This is the
lower high. This is the lower low. Let's say that this market breaks above. Let's say this becomes now bullish, right?
This is now broken above the lower high. Now that we've broken above the lower high, this becomes the new higher high.
So this higher high once you have a new higher high you mandatorily need to have a new higher low. So if we have a new
higher high we will always have a new higher low. You guys should have this written down somewhere. So if we have a
new higher high where is the higher low? Well I get my trusty snake trick and what I do is I create the head of the
snake. And on the head of the snake I just start following the market back. And as soon as the market then turns,
that right there shows me that the snake turned. There was something in the way. Now this becomes the higher low. Very
easy, very, very self-explanatory, right? So this now becomes the higher low. So we can only have a higher low
once we have a new higher high. So let's say, for example, this market does this retracement right here and then we have
this push to the upside. Once if we have a new higher high, we will always have a new higher low. Cool. The higher high is
always easy to put. But where is the higher low? Is it at this point or is it at this point? I don't know. Let's bring
out our trusty snake trick. And our trusty snake trick as soon as it first turns and it creates the first point.
Boom. That right there is going to be the perfect higher low. And it's the exact area where the market turned. So
now this is going to be the higher low, right? Pretty easy, pretty self-explanatory. Now let's say that
this market does this right here. What is this right here in the market? This right here in the market is technically
nothing. This is just simply a structure point. This has not broken above or below the higher low. So this is just
structure. This is just market doing its thing. This is just a stock. This is just a little curb in the road. This is
really nothing. Okay. What about this? That right there is nothing. The market has not body candlestick close. And I'll
get into the candlesticks in just a second. But the bodies or the the move the price has not closed below the
higher low or above the higher high. Meaning this market right now at this point is still nothing cuz we have not
broken above this line right here or above this line right here. Cool. Cool. Cool. What about that right there?
Nothing. We have not body candlestick below this line. We have not body candlestick closed above this line. What
about now? Okay, we have now officially broken below the higher low. So if we break below the higher low, this market
will then turn bearish. So price will go to the lowest low. Now if we have a new lower low, we will always have a new
lower high. We can only have a lower high if we have a new lower low. So how do we identify that lower high or lower
low? Well, we're going to use our trusty snake trick to be able to identify our previous structure point. So, if this
right here is the new lower low, we're going to get the head of the snake, start working our way backwards, and as
soon as the market has had a turning point, boom, this turns into the lower high. The lower high is the last
structure point where the market had a turning point from. So, this right here is going to turn to the lower high. Now
once again, as long as we are inside of this lower high and lower low, we are going to remain bearish. And I'm going
to repeat myself a lot cuz what is required here for you to understand this market and for you to understand this
new language is just repetition, repetition, and repetition. This going to have a major move like this. Cool.
We've broken below the lower low. So this is now the new lower low. Where is the lower high? I don't know, but I do
have my trusty snake trick. So I'm going to get the head of the snake. We start working our way backwards. Start working
our way backwards and turn. Now this right here becomes the lower high. Understanding that that is now the lower
high. The market could remain inside of this lower high and this lower low. And we're going to remain bearish. This
market can literally do all the structure point that it wants. As long as we are inside of this lower high and
lower low, we are bearish. Right? Pretty simple, pretty self-explanatory. Now let's say this market does this. Oh
[ __ ] Now what? No problem. No big deal. The market has now broken above the lower high. So guess what? We are now
bullish. This becomes the higher high. And where is the higher low? Because if we have a new higher high, we will
always have a new higher low. Okay. So if we have a new higher high, where is the higher low? I don't know. Let's
bring out our trusty snake trick. It's the head of the snake. We start just working our way back, working our way
back and turning point. This right here is the higher low. So, our snake trick helps us identify where that higher low
and where that lower high is going to be placed into the market. So, we have a clear understanding of where the market
is at this point right now. Now, we use the line chart that we're using right now to be able to very clearly identify
this structure point. So, right here, we are using the line chart to tell if something is bullish or bear. So we know
that this is the higher low and that this is the higher high. As long as we remain inside of this right here, we are
bullish. If we break above once again, this becomes the higher high. This becomes the higher low. And from this
point right here, we break below. This becomes the lower low. And then this becomes a lower high. Right? Pretty
self-explanatory. Just repeating the same thing in many different types of examples. Right? Cool. Now let's come
back to this example right here. Right? Is this market bullish or is this market bearish? Right? Let's find out if you
were right about this trade and if you were right, if you're right about the correct point, right? Because if you
have I'm going to write this down as another note. If you identify once you identify the market being bullish or
bearish, you need to place the higher low, higher high, lower low. My computer gets a little bit slow. You need to
place the higher high, higher low, lower low and lower high. Want to identify the market being bullish or bearish. You
could only identify that by being bullish or bearish by placing the higher high point and the higher low point. If
not, the market cannot be bullish or bearish. So for examples purposes, let's begin from over here. Right? This market
at this point when we are identifying this market, let's make this all the way to the left. This is the higher high and
then this over here is the higher low. Right? Do you guys agree this is the higher high in this market and that this
is the higher low. Right? Very easy, very self-explanatory. As long as we are inside of this higher high and higher
low, we are bullish. Right? So, we start moving a little bit more to the right and boom, we now body candlestick close
below or we just candlestick close below. This turns into the lower low. Now, if we have a new lower low, we must
have a new lower high. So, where's the lower high? I don't know. Let's bring out the trusty snake trick. This is the
head of the snake. We start working our way backwards. Boom. We turn it. That right there is our lower high. Pretty
easy, pretty self-explanatory. Cool. We keep working our way down. This structure point right here, does that
make us bullish or bearish? This point right here, 1 second. At the time of us looking at this market like this, is
that still bullish or bearish? Bearish. Technically, this market is still bearish. This is still the lower high.
This is still the lower low. We are yet to break above or below this line, making this market still bearish. Cool.
All right. What about now? We have officially body candlestick closed below this lower high. I mean, excuse me, this
lower low. So, this becomes the new lower low. Where is the new lower high? I don't know. bring out our trusty snake
trick. Start working our way backwards. This is the first turning point. Boom. That right there is going to be the
actual lower high. Beautiful. We now modify our lower high to that structure point right there. As long as we remain
in between this lower high and lower low, we are going to be bearish. Cool. This structure point right there, is
that a new higher high? Is that a new higher low? No. That is absolutely nothing. We have not. This is just
another structure point. This has not broken above or below the lower high and lower low. It's nothing. What about
this? Is this a new higher high? Is this a new higher low? No, we have not body candlestick closed above or below the
lower high and lower low. This market is still bearish, right? So, let's keep this going. Keep this going like this.
What about that? We got very close. That means we have to be bullish, right? Like we have to be bullish because it got
that close to the actual lower high. Like it's it's got to be bullish. No. If we have not body candlestick closed
above, if we have not structured closed above or below, we are still bearish. What about now? That's like three
touches. It has to be it's almost there. Like come on. Like just count it. [ __ ] it. [ __ ] it. No. If we have not body
closed above or below, we are not shifting structure. Very simple. What about here? Exact same thing. We have
absolutely nothing. This market structure is currently still below this right here. So, we are still bearish. We
keep it going. And guess what? If you called this market bullish, you were wrong. And if you called this market
bearish, you were probably also wrong because you did not know from where this market structure was bearish. And this
is the problem with 99% of traders. They cannot identify if something is properly bullish or bearish depending on the
market structure. They just simply don't know how to read market structure. That is a simple fact. they are uneducated or
they just don't care to get educated and they don't know how to read market structure. It is very simple. You can
see a market that is trending like this, right? For example, and then you would probably think that this market is
bullish, right? Let's say right now, take take a pause. Bullish or bearish. Go ahead. Okay, it's bullish. Where's
the higher high and where's the higher low? A rookie trader or somebody that thinks that they know how to trade like,
"Yeah, that's the highest high and and then yeah, this is the higher low over here." Buddy, you realize how many times
this market has like you do you see how many other structure points? It's like saying it's like if you're calling this
right here sixth street and you're calling this right here fifth street. Are you seeing how many times in between
here? We have gone through so many different streets in order to get to this right here. This is not even sixth
street. This is like 10th street. People are just confusing it because they don't know how to read market structure
correctly. People are just confusing the roads because they don't know how to read the signs. They don't know their
streets. It's why people use GPS's everywhere they go because they don't know the roads. This right here, people
don't know how to read market structure, but there's no GPS's to read market structure. So, they get these [ __ ]
indicators for them to actually read market structure thinking that that's the hack or the way to do it. This
market right here, what if I told you is actually bearish. And it's bearish based off of something extremely obvious,
right? So, we'll just do it one more time, right? We have this right here. B for example, this is the higher high.
This is the higher low. As long as we remain inside of these two structure points, we are bullish. Boom. We have
body candlestick closed above. This turnins into the higher high. We get our trusty snake trick. Start working our
way back. This is the turning point. This is the higher low. Let's continue going in this markets. We are still
bullish because this market is yet to break above or below this structure point. So, this right here is absolutely
nothing. We are still very much bullish. Okay, we continue to go. What about this point right here? Same exact thing. This
is still between the higher high and between the higher low. So, we are still bullish. What about now? Still bullish.
This is still the higher high. This is still the higher low. We have not body candlestick closed above or below. What
about now? We body candlestick closed above. Cool. That becomes now the higher high. Where is the higher low? I don't
know. All I know is if I bring out my trusty snake trick, I start working my my way backwards. The first turning
point that is now going to be the higher low. That right there is going to now be moved to my higher low. So this will be
my higher low at this point right here. We keep moving to the right and then we have boom a little bit of a break above.
This is officially broken above the higher high. That's the new higher high. Where's the higher low? I don't know.
This is the head of the snake. We then turn then this is officially going to be the higher low structure point in this
market. We turn this into the higher low and if we continue going to this market we body candlestick or structure point
close below that small break right there counts. Yes indeed this turns into the lower low. Where is the lower high? I
don't know. I get the head of the snake. I then start working my way backwards. First turn that is going to be the lower
high point at this point. right here. So now this market is bearish because that is the lower high and that is the lower
low. This right here has not body candlestick closed above this point. So now we are still technically bearish.
That right there is what 99% of traders cannot do correctly. And I wish I could just educate people on just that. I
don't want to teach everybody my strategy. I don't want everybody to have my strategy. I really don't. I could
give a [ __ ] I just want people to learn how to read the market. I feel as if people were just to be able to
understand if the market is bullish or bearish in the first hand, then they would be able to actually be able to
make a logical trade decision because right here, let's say you don't know how to identify if this market is bullish or
bearish. You would see this market heading up. You're like, "Yep, buy." You're actually buying at the worst
point because this market has just shifted bearish. This is having the retracements to then literally create
the perfect lower low leg to the downside. This has hit the top of a trend. We've had a reversal pattern
right here. This is the left head, right shoulder of this market. It's creating the perfect reversal pattern, retesting
the neckline, and then we're selling. But you can't even tell the difference in between if it's bullish or bearish.
And that's why you're losing. You're not losing because you don't have a strategy. You're just losing because you
don't know how to read the market. Not knowing how to read the market. Not having a strategy is already bad. But
not knowing how to read the market and not having a strategy. It's just a combination for the worst possible
outcome ever. That's what I want to educate people on first. It's like learn how to read the market. And then you can
think about how you can actually execute a strategy. Learn on how to read the streets. Learn how to read the stop
sign, the red lights, the green lights, the turning signals, the highways. Then you can think about speeding and getting
to places fast. But you can't speed and drift and and and and haul ass to places if you don't know where you're going and
you don't know the roads. You cannot ident you can't buy or sell a market if you don't know the difference between if
it's going up or if it's going down. This right here is going to be the core foundation of everything else that I
want to teach you. So I really really really really want to break this down to the tea and
get you guys to understand everything to perfection because once you understand this you get everything else right. So,
what I've just taught you right now is how to identify if something is bullish or if something is bearish based off of
the line chart. Right now, let's say right now I'm going to grab this market right here. Right? So, for example,
we're going to go to the most recent price. Right? This is S&P 500 right now in the live market. Right? So, we're
going to switch from the candlestick chart to then the line chart. Now, if you were to go ahead and tell me if this
market right here is bullish or is this market bearish, it would almost be extremely obvious, right? Because based
off of everything that I have pretty much just showed you, you would be able to identify that this market is
obviously bullish, right? You can tell that this market right here, this is going to be the highest high and that
the higher low is going to be at this point right here. Right? You can tell that this market is bullish. You can
tell that this market, if we were looking at it from over here, for example, you can tell that this was the
higher high. This was the higher low. If we body candlestick closed above this line right here, this becomes the higher
high. Where is the higher low? You get the head of the snake. And then this head of the snake, you start working it
backwards. And then at the turning point, that is going to be the higher low. All right, very easy. I've taught
you all this up to this point. Right? Now you know that this is going to be the higher low from this point right
here. Cool. You know if we body candlestick close below it, we'll go bearish. So this then becomes the lower
low and then this right here becomes then the lower high. You know if we body candlestick above this, we then go
bullish. Oh, that right there did not body can well we'd have to go check if the bodies did and I'll explain that in
just a second. But based off of the market structure, guess what? We did not break above that point. So we still
remained bearish. We continue to go and then now we have officially broken above this structure point over here. So this
became the higher high and then where was the higher low? I don't know. I get my trusty snake trick, start working my
way down and boom, this is a significant point where the market actually reversed. So then this right here is
actually going to become the higher low. We break above and then we have higher high and higher low. Very clean, very
obvious, very straight to the point. This right here is a very very very obvious market determining whether it's
bullish or if this market is bearish. Wow. I have just hit stop loss on my trade. I just uh I'm looking at it here
right now live. Great. I just hit stop loss. Let me make sure. One second. Uh yep. I just hit stop loss. I lost right
now $153,000. Could have definitely been worse. Could have definitely been worse. I just took
a trade that simply made absolutely no sense. And this trade right here that I was saying I was going to wait for the
candlestick to close. Guess what happened? That's what happened. So, you guys have seen this happen in real time.
The market moves very fast and you know, I'm focused on educating you guys right now. It is what it is. I missed out on
this trade, but just perfect example of the market moving to perfection right here. So, this right here, hit my stop
loss. I took this trade against the trend. And then I'll explain all this to you guys later. This trade, I would have
taken this loss. And this trade, I missed out on this win. It is what it is. It is part of the game. But for
example, if we were to go ahead and go to a different market, for example, let's say we were And by by the way, ju
just to show you guys, I'm not lying. So GBPC uh USDCHF, this market right here, let me go back over here. I literally
just took this loss right now. took this loss right now for $153,000. So you guys can see it right there for
yourselves. $153,000. Now, I should have not taken the trade in the first place. It was a very
high-risisk trade. But, you know, I personally accepted it and I even recorded me taking that trade live and
I'll put the channel my other channel probably somewhere in the link below where I break these trades down live and
why I'm interested in taking it, so on and so forth. But yeah, this just happens to be a very degenerate trade,
right? So, for example, let's say we're looking at this market right here and we're looking at it based off of the
line chart. The exact same trade that I have taken. What can you tell based off of this market right here? Well, you can
obviously tell that this market is bearish, right? This market at one point, this was the lower high over
here. This market was this was the lower low. We broke below. So, this makes this the new lower low. And then if we were
to do our trusty snake trick, this would be the head of our snake. And if we start working our way backwards, this
would be the first turning point right here. This would be the lower high. So this market would have gone from bearish
to then bearish, right? This would be the new lower low. This would then be the new lower high at this structure
point, right? So we can tell that this would be bearish on this time frame. If we go down to the 4our, on the 4 hour,
we can tell pretty much the same thing that this is the lower low. And if we start doing the little trusty move for
me personally, if I were to be a snake, this right here is just another little bump on the road. This is just a little
bump in the road. But this right here is a very significant turn. There was probably something very sharp, very
important there. So I would put the lower high at that structure point right there. You always want to place your
lower high and your lower low at the points where there's a significant move just like this one. something that is
very obvious that the market had a reaction from from like this from this to this to this to this to this. These
smaller points right here aren't really as significant as structure points for me. Neither are these very small ones.
It needs to be a very sharp clean turning point. That is what's going to be considered a valid structure point.
Now we for now we're going to be using the line chart to identify these very sharp structure points. But we are going
to be moving to the candlesticks soon. Now moving on to the next subject which is the actual candlestick trading. It is
actually very easy right because a lot of traders sometimes they get confused and what they end up doing is that they
pretty much come here into the market and they'll be confused if this is a higher low if this is a higher high this
is a higher low if this is a higher high. And what if I told you that it's just extremely easy for you to be able
to identify if something is bullish or bearish. just go to the line chart back into exactly what I was just educating
you guys on and just do the exact same thing that I was showing you right now to this point. Let's say we start
breaking it down from this point right here for example, right? We're going to use the bar replay and we're going to go
back this market right here. Why would you get lost in identifying if all this over here is bullish or bearish when you
can really just work from this structure point right here? You can tell that this structure point right here is obviously
the highest high in this market. So, we're going to count this as what it is, the highest high. Now, if we were get to
get the head of our snake trick and we start working our way down, working our way down. Boom. This market has indeed
reversed from this point. Right now, this is the first turn. So, then this will turn into the higher high and then
this will turn into the higher low. Now, this market turning into the higher low confirms that as long as we are inside
of this higher high and higher low, this market will remain bullish. Pretty easy, pretty self-explanatory. All we have to
do now is go back to the candlestick chart. And would you look at that? We have our higher low placed perfectly at
our higher low and placed perfectly at this higher high. All we really have to do here is just adjust it slightly and
put it to the bodies of the candlesticks. When it comes to identifying market structure on the
actual candlestick chart, it really is no different than the line chart. You just want to make sure that you are
doing it based off of the bodies of the candlesticks. Do not take the wicks into account. Remember, the wicks are the
trail of where the market has been, but it's not the actual structure of where the market has been. You want to make
sure you are going based off of structure. So, a little bit of a of a hack if you would in order for you to
have a bit more clarity on this if it's your first time identifying market structure. It's better if you do it with
the actual candlesticks and not the wicks. So, double click on the charts and once you double click on the charts,
go to style. Make sure you have all of these un unchecked. And then make sure you go to the no gap candlesticks. Go to
the settings of the no gap candlesticks. And then on the wicks, just put them to the color of your background. and my
background is white. And if you notice, if I were to do that, I no longer have wicks. I'm only looking at the market
structure for what it is, the market structure. I'm looking for it based off of every single elbow point. So, if I'm
basing the structure, it's very easy for me to play structure structure throughout all of here. It's very easy
for me to identify this structure exactly how the line chart would do it. So, I want to first practice on the line
chart. So, first I can identify all of these structure points here as clear as I can. And then after I identify all
these structure points, I then want to be able to just go ahead and do it on the candlestick chart for my own without
actually using the line chart. So here for example, we have this as the higher high. We have this as the higher low. As
long as we are in between, we are still bullish. Now what has happened here? We have now body candlestick closed above.
That is now the confirmed higher high. Where is the confirmed higher low? I don't know. We place the head of the
snake. We start coming backwards and boom, we turn. That right there is indeed going to be the higher low. We
just get the higher low. We move it up. And as of right now, that's the higher high. The higher high can obviously
move. So this higher high, if it continue to move a little bit more up, then that's the higher high. What gives
us the indication that that high push is done is once we actually start to have some type of retracement, a candlestick
like this that starts to have a pullback. That pullback is what creates that elbow. It's what creates that
structure point, which creates that stop sign, that turning point. This candlestick is what leads us to
understand that this push has somewhat stopped and now this can potentially start coming back into a pullback.
whether it's going to continue going to the upside or go bearish. But this candlestick confirms that that body
structure right there is indeed the higher high. And obviously a continuation push after that would just
confirm that. So as of right now, we know that this is the higher low to this structure point. And we know that this
is the higher high. This market is very much bullish. If we go back out to the line chart for just some verification,
we can tell that this is the higher low and that's the higher high. very clean, very obvious. There's no if ends or
buts, right? As long as we are above this higher low, we are bullish. Now, let's say something like that would
happen. Something like that is now confirming that we have body candlestick closed below the higher low and now we
are bearish. So, as soon as this singular candlestick right here, body candlestick closed below this structure
point, we are bearish. So, I know I I kind of sneaked it in there and I said it a lot throughout the whole entire
part of us speaking about market structure, but this market could have been creating a wick. This market could
have wicked into this side. And let's say for example, right now we are on the 4hour time frame, right? It's the 4hour
time frame. There's still 2 hours left in this candlestick. And this candlestick has is below this higher
low, right? It hasn't closed below. It is below this higher low. And there's still two hours left for this
candlestick to close. Is that a bearish confirmation? No. Because that candlestick has not closed. In those two
hours, for all we know, this candlestick can come back up and then close above this higher low and it was just creating
a wick and then this continues to have the push to the upside. You only take the trade or excuse me, you only confirm
that this market is bearish once we have body candlestick closed below after let's say we are here for 2 hours left
to the candlestick and then the remaining 2 hours it just consolidates here and it closes below. Now we have a
confirmed shift of structure. This market is no longer bullish. It is only confirmed shifting structure once this
candlestick has closed below. So then this would turn into the lower low. And then let's go backwards. Let's pretend
we don't know where the lower high is. This is the height of the snake. Start working our way backwards. This is the
turn. Boom. That right there is the lower high. So we know that this is the lower high. And we know that that down
there is the lower low. Now, this lower low can continue go down into who knows when. We don't know until that lower low
is going to stop. But we know that lower low will stop once we start to have a retracement. When we start to have some
type of a pullback, that is our first indication that now we are stopping. Right? So, this move has stopped and now
we can potentially create a new lower high to then create a new lower low. But as of right now, this is not the
confirmed lower low. This is just the current low low. Like this is the lowest point in this move. We only get a
confirmation and you guys should be writing all of this down and you guys can go back if needed. But you only get
a confirmation once the candlestick has actually closed. And as of right now, this candlestick has closed, but it
hasn't stopped. So you only get the confirmation once this candlestick has stopped. And as of right now, for all we
know, this next candlestick can keep going down or it could stop and start to have a retracement. So let's see what
happens. So the next candlestick that we get from this market is going to be a reversal. Okay, cool. So this
candlestick having this retracement to the upside let us know that this candlestick has officially stopped here.
So now we know that this is the confirmed lower high and that this is the confirmed lower low. The next
candlestick can pretty much do something like this. And then guess what? This will now be the new lower low. And then
this will now be the new lower high. And you can see this very clearly in the market structure area. Market structure
area. If you guys were to see it, you can tell that this is the lower high. This is the lower low. And this is now
potentially having a reversal to continue going down. We know that as long as we are inside of this lower high
and this lower low, we are bearish. And by the way, I just switched over to this camera because my other camera just ran
out of battery, right? But let's continue to go with this example. Right? So now we know that this is the lower
high. We know that this is the confirmed lower low and that this market is indeed bearish as long as we remain inside of
this lower high and this lower low. We are then bearish. Cool. So right now this market can do exactly right could
do exactly what it's doing right now. Has this closed below? No. So that is not indeed the bearish move. As you can
tell took me way too long to pause it. But as you can tell this candlestick indeed did break below that structure
point. So then that will go as the lower low. And if we were to then go ahead and do our trusty snake trick, this is the
head of the snake. This is where the snake has to then turn. That will then be the lower high right then at that
structure point. Then, as you can tell, we body candlestick close below once again. This turns into becoming the
lower low. And then if we were to do the trusty snake trick, this becomes the lower high once again. And then we body
candlestick close above this right here becomes the higher high. And then if we were to do our trusty snake trick head,
the market turns, then that right there will turn into the actual higher low. Now all that right there shifted from
bearish to bullish to bearish to bullish in just 12 hours cuz we are currently on the 4hour time frame. Now you guys can
see if we were to go to the line chart for example, you can see how this created lower high, lower low, lower
high, lower low, and then we shifted bullish. So right now that this market has shifted bullish, we can simply wait
for a retracement to then buy. But we don't know if this move has stopped. We don't know if this is the ultimate
higher high or not. So let's see what this market brings. So right now it's showing some type of a retracement. So
this is the confirmed higher high. And now right here we're having a retracement. And this can be the perfect
higher low to then create a new higher high. So this market is yet to break above this higher high. And into that
candlestick is not closed. It is not a confirmed closure above the higher high. If you notice that minor candlestick
closing above the higher high, guess what gave it that confirmation push to the upside. Now, that is the confirmed
higher high. Now, where is the higher low? Is the higher low at this point right here? Or is it at this point right
here? Now, just for examples purposes, since you guys watching this are beginners, the easiest way to do this is
just go to the line chart and then check where is the structure point. If this is the head of the snake, start working our
way back. This is the reversal point. That right there is going to be the higher low point. So very clean for you
to identify that reversal point and you'll be able to tell where the higher low is. So all you have to do is come
place that as your higher low and that is your higher high and that is it. Now you understand that this market is now
bullish. Uh this market is bullish. You can identify this as the higher high and let's see if we can predict when it can
potentially stop. So for right now there you go. It's showing some sign of a pullback. So this is so far the
confirmed higher high because if this next candlestick has a push to the upside then that would then be the new
higher high and then new higher low. So for right now this market just seems to be consolidating just a little bit.
Shortly after that this market after having this retracement did exactly as I just said had this retracement then it
comes to the upside. It breaks above this is the higher high. This becomes the higher low and after this becomes
the higher low we just start chasing or continue pushing with price. And this was the higher high but then no
pullback. Now as of right now this right now where this market is at this very moment is the ultimate and the newest
highest high. And this candlestick at this very moment has 1 hour and 22 minutes before closing. So as you can
tell I'm literally placing it right at the live price right now. So this market is currently bullish. That is the
highest high. That is the higher low. So if I were just to bring back the the wicks really fast, we can see more or
less where the trail of the market has been. And as you can tell, this market has been all the way up to this point
over here. This was the highest high at one point. This whole entire candlestick was full like this at one point, making
that the higher high. But right now, we cannot confirm this higher high and where it is until this candlestick does
not close in the next hour and 20 minutes. This next hour and 20 minutes is going to be used to identify where
this higher high officially closes. So right now we're kind of just moving this up and down until the market finishes
closing it. Once that market finish closing it, we could identify to that point and the market can either do two
things. Start to have a retracement or continue pushing to the upside. And if it continues pushing to the upside, all
we have to do is just keep moving that higher high with it. Very similar to how it did with this candlestick because
once upon a time, this was the higher high at this point right here. And then after that higher high, the next
candlestick after that just simply closed as a another bullish candle. And if it closes another bullish candle, you
just move the higher high to that point. So on and so forth to the point where we are now. So right now this market is
bullish. That is the higher high. And then this is the higher low. Now this is the simplest way to identify market
structure. You can literally identify this on any market. And a lot of people make the mistake on not properly
identifying structure correctly and they just simply don't know how to do it. For example, we can go to USDCHF and this
market right here on USDCHF is pretty much very clear to the point where you don't even have to go to the actual line
chart. You can tell that the lowest point that this market has ever been is this market right here. But if this
market you would call it bullish, just say yes. or if you would call it bearish, just say no. What would you
call this marker right here? Bullish or bearish? I'll let you take a second and decide. Go ahead and pause for the
video. Okay. So, you probably either made a mistake or almost made a mistake on this market. This market, arguably
speaking, depending on who you are talking to, would technically be bullish as of right now. You might be asking,
Alex, how this market is clearly going to the downside. This is clearly all the way at the lowest point it's ever been.
It has to be bearish. No, not necessarily. This right here is technically could be considered the
lower high. And then this right here could technically be the lower low at this point over here. So, this market is
technically bearish, yes, but it's not bearish because of the lowest point that it's ever been. It's bearish because of
this lower high and this lower low. Now, if I were to look at this quickly on the line chart, you can see how this would
actually be the lower high structure point. And then this would be the lower low structure point. At no point would I
possibly call that an actual structure point cuz the snake, if we were to just do the snake trick once again, the snake
would just simply pass right on by there. No big deal. And then over here, it would actually run into some more
structure points. So this market is actually bearish because of that lower high and that lower low not because of
the current price that is happening right now. Now if this market indeed does close where it is now in the next 5
hours and 17 minutes then yes then this would become the new lower low and then we just simply go back to the line chart
and then we would be able to identify that the lower high would then be at this structure point right here. very
clean, very easy, very straight. But a lot of traders make the mistake that they overlook a lot of market structure
and they only focus on one thing and they're just looking at this right here, right? Some traders, they get way too
zoomed into the market and they go analyze or do a full top down analysis. They're just looking at the market like
this. They're looking at the market for this move right here and they're looking at the market for just this move right
here. So guys, you got to understand, you need to take a step back. You need to look at the market for what's going
on. Now, some other traders make some very big mistakes also, and they do this when they go analyze the market. They're
like, "Yep, this market is uh bearish. Yep. You see how how it's been going down for like the last 5 years." It's
like, "Yeah, but you need you need to understand like where the market is right now. The market is all the way
down here." Like, why are you looking at price all the way up here when it was here in 2022? It's like that's 3 years
ago. Like, we are very far away from that. We want to trade the market today. So, we want to make sure we can zoom in
an a healthy amount to where we are right now to where we can actually center the charts right in the middle. I
don't know why, but I've seen whenever I get on calls with my students and I review the trades, like I literally see
that they're analyzing the markets like this and they're like far away from the screen. I'm like, dude, are you scared
of the market? Like, what's going on? And or they look at the market like this or they look at it like this, just like
barely looking. It's like, bro, you need to get the market. You need to control it and put it in the middle. You need to
focus on what's going on right in front of you. Because if you can't see what you're trading, how are you actually
going to trade? Like, you literally need to be looking at it. And if you're having the market like this, too skinny
or way too flat, how are you going to be able to identify if you're ready to buy or sell? You need to be able to actually
look at the market for what's going on and centering it right in front of you. And that also goes hand inand when
placing these structure points correctly. A lot of people will just overlook these things and they won't
realize that this market is actually bearish. And I cannot count how many times I have seen a market like this one
where 5 hours will still be in this candlestick closure and in those 5 hours this market will then do this and close
as a bullish candle and then everybody counted it bearish wrongfully. Yes, you are right that it's bearish but you're
wrong from where it is bearish and then from wherever you're wrong from it's bearish that's going to determine where
you're going to be interested in selling or buying. And that is crucial to actually having the perfect entry for
your trade, which we're going to getting we're going to be getting to all of that later into this video. I just want you
guys to have a very clear understanding that there is so many different potential examples and and scenarios
that could be happening on these markets, right? For example, let's say we go to GBPCHF, right? GBPCHF for
example, if we were to be looking at it on this time frame, because again, remember every single time frame, the
market structure is going to be different. The market structure on the 4 hour will not be same as the daily and
the daily will not be same as the weekly. Every single market structure is going to be different. Would you call
this market right here bullish or bearish? Go ahead, take a second, pause the video, test yourself. Okay, perfect.
This market structure very, very easily. We go and hop over to the line chart. And the line chart, you're going to be
able to identify that this market structure point right over here is the lower high. And that this market
structure point over here is the lower low. Lower high, lower low. As you can tell, this market is yet to break above
or below that lower high or lower low even up to this point right here. And this, keep in mind, we are on the weekly
time frame, meaning every single one of these candlesticks is a whole entire week. We have literally like for us to
make one of these candlesticks, it takes five trading days, which is a very long time. So the weekly time frame, for
example, is bearish. So this would be the weekly lower high and this would be the weekly lower low. Pretty easy,
pretty self-explanatory. Let's go look at the daily for example, the daily time frame. We take a step back as well and
we can see everything that's going on. We can see our weekly lower high and lower low. But on the daily time frame,
if we were to identify this for the daily structure, you can see how the daily actually goes lower low, lower
high, lower low, and then we end up shifting bullish. So now we we know that we can look for more recent price action
to determine if something is bullish or bearish. We don't really have to look at the weekly structure point because we
know that the weekly structure point is the weekly structure point and within that weekly structure point the daily
time frame went bearish and had an additional structure point and then we went bullish. So for the daily, I would
zoom into pretty much a price action like this. And then within within this price action, I can very clearly
identify that this market was at one point creating very clean lower high, lower low. We pretty much broke through
all this over here. Then at this point down over here, we created a lower low and then this was the lower high. Right?
So I'm talking about this example right here. This lower high, this lower low. Obviously this market then then we broke
above this structure point right there. So at this point we are very very much bearish. We broke above that structure
point making it now bullish. So we look at it on the candlestick time frames. We can see how it is bullish. We can pretty
much see how that time frame stopped. And if you notice look how precise it is when I'm telling you guys that it is
based off of the body candlestick closing below the line. If you notice this broke above this structure point
right here. it breaking above this structure point made it bullish. So now this turns into the higher high making
this the higher high then turns this into the higher low because if we do our trusty snake trick this is the point
where the market has a turn and if for whatever reason you can't see it that clean. It's totally fine because you can
go back out to the line chart and on the line chart you can see that that's the higher high that's the higher low and
then we want to make sure that we can squeeze price to the bodies of the candlesticks. And if you notice, guess
what happens? Price comes all the way back down to this higher low because again, this is very, this is bullish as
long as we don't break below this line. And then price never body candlestick closes below that higher low. And then
guess what happens? We then have a massive push to the upside. Look how precise placing these higher highs and
higher lows is and the importance of it. You want to make sure that you can place this at an area that it is very clear
and very obvious. Once again, you could go back out to the line chart and you can verify higher low, higher high. We
have now body candlestick obviously above this area. So, we can go out to the daily time frame and place it on the
body. This right here is a very clean higher high. Now, I would argue that I would not count this as a higher low.
This right here is something that I can see the head of the snake just simply kind of just going right pass by. I see
this as a much more sign significant turning point than that one. And the best way for me to confirm it is if I go
out to the actual candlestick chart, which is what we're going to be trading. And I don't see any possible
candlesticks creating an elbow. It's not something clean like it's not something for example like this that it actually
creates a structure point. Here it creates a structure point. Like there's something here. It just looks like it's
one whole move to the upside. So, not only does the actual line chart structure not look clear, but when I go
out to the candlestick chart, I also confirm that it's not clear. So, for me, I would then make the higher low, this
structure point right here, making this the higher high and making this the higher low. Now, keep in mind, this is
not the confirmed higher high from this market because this market could simply continue going to the upside. We don't
know. But as of right now, that is the higher high and this is the higher low. So, let's see what happens next. My
point exactly. So, now this is the new higher high. And if you notice, there's no difference in the higher low
structure point on this time frame. There's just still a whole entire move to the upside. The move just keeps going
up. And now looks like we are stopping. So this looks like we are at the confirmed higher high. Now having this
confirmed higher high is so important because you're going to be able to actually be ready to either enter a
trade or set up the perfect trade to enter. I'm telling you, as soon as you understand this market structure, you
understand everything. I'm going to be able to teach you how to actually use the inverted head and shoulders, the
head and shoulders, entry time frame confirmation, shift of structure. I'm just going to teach you how to do
everything. Once you understand this, this is like me teaching you the ABCs to a language. As soon as you get the ABCs,
you can basically put it all together and then you're going to actually be able to go ahead and speak on it. But
first, you need to learn the alphabet. So this right here, as you can tell, the market has actually shown a sign of
stopping. And this market looks like it's ready to start having some type of retracement before continue going to the
upside. So that's what I thought. But then guess what? The market just simply created another higher low and kept
going to the upside. It doesn't look clean on the actual candlestick chart. You can just use the line chart to be
able to identify. We have body candlestick closed above. Let's make sure of that first before anything. And
yes, we did body candlestick close above this higher high. So now this is the new higher high. I go back out to the line
chart. And on the line chart, this now turns into the higher low, meaning we are still very much bullish on the daily
time frame. Now the daily time frame, guess what ends up happening? We end up actually having a break below that
higher low. Okay, what happens once we break that higher low? First of all, let's just go out to the line chart just
to confirm. So now on the line chart, we're going to make this the new lower low. And then we are going to make this
the lower high, right? Very clean, very simple. Now the daily time frame is bearish, quote unquote. And if we were
to just continue following price action, this right now, as of right now, is the confirmed lower low, but it is not fully
confirmed yet because we don't know if this has stopped, right? We need to make sure and figure out where it's going to
stop. So if we keep it going, perfect. Price has very much stopped there. So that is the confirmed lower low. We can
look at it also on the line chart. As you can tell, lower high, lower low. Once again, I would not count that as
the structure point. Feel like the snake would pass right by there exactly how it did here. And if we were to look at it
on the candlestick chart, I don't see any elbows being created. So right now, we have lower high, we have lower low.
And this trade as of right now has not body candlestick closed below. No body candlestick closure, no confirmation.
And now that we have a body candlestick closure below, we can then confirm that this is actually indeed a proper lower
low structure point. So I would go ahead and then count this as the lower low. You don't know where to place the lower
high. Go to the line chart and find the cleanest structure point. So if I were to make this the head of the snake,
start working my way back, I would not count that one as the cleanest structure point. I would count this one as the
cleanest structure point. And that cleanest structure point is what's going to lead me to then make the lower high
right at this area right here. Now, these potential examples are literally never ending. These things are just the
market creates so many different unique types of structure points that it's a neverending different scenario. There's
never always a perfect exact black or white structure point. And I want you guys to understand that because that is
so important to having that mindset when it comes to trading the market. I wish I would have known that when I came into
the market. I always tried to perfect and get the precise exact structure point every single time. And the truth
of the matter is that the market doesn't move perfect. It's going to move however it wants. And sometimes it moving
however it wants. It doesn't make things extremely clear for you to actually be able to identify as a lower high or
lower low or higher high and higher low. You have to make it make sense. And if it makes sense, it makes sense. If it
doesn't, it doesn't. But there's never going to be like a proper black or white textbook that's going to tell you, "Yep,
that's exactly how it is." Exactly what I'm teaching you right now is as close as it's going to get. Everything is just
based off of where it's the cleanest and where it makes the most sense because every single move is so different. And
that is this is a perfect example on how placing that as the lower high at the area where it makes sense. Price had a
pullback to that area, did not have a body candlestick closure above and then guess what? We had a massive push to the
downside. This is what I'm saying. Everything is just textbook. You need to follow it as close to it as you can. And
the patience is the most important thing. Next, this is obviously going to break below. This is the lower low. And
then I can almost guarantee you that the lower high will be right at that structure point right there. Once again,
you go back to the line chart and then you can identify that that right there is the lower high. That right there is
the lower low. And if we just continue following price, this market right now is bearish. As long as we are inside of
this move right here. And then let's see what happens next. As you can tell, we come all the way back up very near that
lower high. We do not body candlestick close above it. And guess what happens? Beautiful sells to the downside. Like
this is just so easy because it's so predictable because you know exactly where the market is. So this turns into
the lower high. This turns into the lower low. If we go ahead and look back into the line chart, it's very obvious
where it's at. For right now, this is not the confirmed lower low because we don't know if that's where it stopped.
And then that is exactly where it stopped. Right now we're having a retracement. As long as we remain inside
of the lower high and lower low, we are bearish. And then would you look at that? This market as of right now did
not break above the lower high, lower low, and you could have caught a beautiful sell inside of this bearish
move right here. I'm just showing you guys how easy it is to identify if something is bullish or if something is
bearish. And this right here, it is very obvious that that is the lower high and that this is the lower low based off of
this structure point on how I am teaching you guys right now. So you use the line chart to determine if something
is bullish or bearish. And then when you come to the candlestick charts, all you simply do is just adjust it and make it
to the bodies so you have a clear understanding of where it is. This right here is how you identify if something is
bullish or bearish and how market structure works. I cannot stress on how much I wished I knew how this is this is
how things work because this would have made my life so much easier and I would have saved so much time on trying to
figure out different ways on how to identify if something is properly bullish or if something is properly
bearish. But right now you can just tell that the weekly time frame is bearish. So this is the weekly lower high lower
low. That is what the daily lower high and lower low looks like on the weekly. The daily time frame, this is the lower
high and lower low. This is what the actual weekly lower high and lower low looks like on the daily. And now if we
go to the 4our time frame, on the 4our time frame, we can do the exact same thing that we have just done right now.
Go out to the line chart and on the line chart you can identify that this 4hour time frame is also very much bearish.
This is a lower high and then this is the lower low. You can follow all this structure. lower high, lower low, higher
high, higher low. D, higher high, higher low. We break the structure and now we are bearish. So this is the 4hour lower
high. And as of right now, this is the 4hour lower low. So if you ask me a question and you know you have the
weekly time frame bearish, the daily time frame bearish, and then the 4our time frame bearish, h doesn't it make
sense to sell? Of course, that's how you can kind of just start building a picture and then everything else just
starts coming into play. So, without you even realizing, we have just done a top down analysis. We've gone from the top
down. We've gone from the weekly time frame down. And that's how simple it is. But for right now, I just want to
educate you guys exactly on how market structure works. We're going to be using the line charts to understand if market
structure is bullish or bearish. And then after we go to the candlestick chart. And on the candlestick chart, we
just place it to the bodies. And the most important rule is that you make sure that you place these lower highs
and lower low lines or if you're going to be using a bullish market that you are actually placing these higher highs
and higher low points. You want to make sure that you actually place these lines so you know exactly where your higher
lows and higher highs are so you aren't mistaken from where the market is bullish or bearish from. To get your
line, simply come here, place higher high, and then place the higher low at the point wherever the higher low is.
This way, you have a clear understanding of where the market is. This way, you are actually having a perfect base to
build your trade off of before you enter the trade and you know exactly the type of trade that you're entering before you
even enter it. This market right here arguably is going to be bullish. So, as you can tell, this is the lower high.
This is the lower low. This is the lower high. This is the lower low. Now, this is the higher high and this is the
higher low. This right here is the weekly higher low at this point right here. And then right now, we are
currently in the works of creating that weekly higher high. It's very simple, very straightforward. This right here is
how you read market structure in the markets. Everything is based off of the elbows. Everything is to this market
structure. You do it on the line chart. It reflects on the candlesticks. And the only difference in between one or the
other is that the other one is just straight lines and this one is straight candlesticks. We want to make we want to
make sure that we can focus on the bodies of the candlesticks and not the wicks. The wicks are just a trail. We
use that for the entries that is not any use literally all the way into the end. The wicks are pretty much the last thing
that we use. But right now, you want to make sure that you can just read the market structure and be able to identify
if something is bullish or bearish based off of that structure. That being said, that is the candlestick charts and the
line charts. All right, so at this point into the video, we are obviously very deep into what trading is, how trading
works, and truthfully the very very simple concepts on how to read market analysis. Right now, you just understand
to determine if something is properly bullish or if something is properly bearish. Now, we're going to get into
top that analysis. We're going to get into area of interest, support and resistance, entry signal, double tops,
double bottoms, break and retest, indicators, trading plan, strategy, everything inside of this video. So,
want to take a quick pause and make sure you subscribe to the channel. If you haven't subscribed, hit that subscribe
button, hit that like button as well. Leave a comment on what has been your favorite section so far. And to do a
quick recap. So, up to this point, we have talked about what a currency pair is. We have talked about different types
of traders, day traders, swing traders, scalpers, intraday investors. We have also talked about the types of technical
trading. You have the line chart, the candlestick charts, multiple different forms of bar charts. You guys now
understand what platforms you need to actually execute a trade and which ones you should focus on. That's only going
to be Trading View, a broker of your choice, and then MetaTrader 5 to actually execute the trade. and then
maybe Forex Factory if you want to use the fundamentals. Now you guys understand the actual trading sessions
to be involved into the market because there yes the market is there to be available 245 to actually go ahead and
execute a trade but that doesn't mean that you should actually execute a trade at whatever time you want whenever it's
at the best of your convenience. You need to make sure that you're trading within that proper window of you
actually executing a trade. So now you guys understand the different types of orders in the market. You guys
understand what's an market instant execution? What's a buy stop, sell, stop, market order limits, and how you
can actually place that on MetaTrader 5? You guys are educated exactly on how to identify the market structure. Now, if
you need more practice and you need to see it all over again, just simply go back before you continue watching this
video forward because there is no other market structure education that is to be done to determine if something is
bullish or if something is bearish. All I can just really do is have a neverending amount of examples and then
I would actually never get to the point when it comes to the strategy. Inside of my channel, I have many other videos
like this one where I actually educate you on market structure alone and it's a full class on just that. But what I've
just taught you previously should be more than enough for you to be able to go ahead go to any chart and determine
if it's bullish or bearish. Now that after that you've learned and you've been able to identify that something is
bullish or bearish. But what's next? Well, it's exactly what we're going to be getting into right now. Just want to
do a quick pause quiz recap because that's a lot of information and that information has taken me a very long
time to even remotely get near understanding it. And now the fact that I've just put it all to you in one
single video is pretty crazy. And I just wanted to make sure that you realize that before we continue going forward.
And if you think that you need to just watch the market structure section a bit more before moving on because now things
are going to get a little bit more advanced and I'm going to start going a bit faster paced. Just literally take a
quick pause at this section. Go back, watch the last 30 minutes to 45 minutes, even the last hour, and just watch that
section over again. Go look over throughout your notes. And all I'm going to be doing now is teaching you now the
advanced way on how to do it, how to actually do a proper top down analysis, and how to place your areas of interest.
So, with that being said, let's get started. Okay, so let's see if you've been doing your homework and you've
actually been paying attention, right? So, what I'm about to show you guys is going to be topdown
analysis. Topdown analysis. This right here is what's going to lead you to determine if
it's a good time to buy or a good time to sell. Now, you might be asking yourself, why is top analysis so
important? And that is because top-down analysis is directly connected to the actual trend of the trade. And you
should only be executing a trade if you are trading with the trend. The trend is your friend. I cannot stress this
enough. And you want to make sure that you can be trading with the most amount of trends in your favor. So the trend is
your friend. If you were to get something to write that on a piece of paper, this would probably be on the top
of that forefront. Now, at the point when it comes to actually entering a trade, everything when it comes to
educating you on the market, there's a bunch of other valuable notes, but when it comes to actually entering a trade,
this is going to be probably one of the top things that you need in your favor for you to actually determine if the
trade is good to buy or if the trade is good to sell. So, for us to do a top analysis, it's very simple, right? You
have a weekly move that's going to be like this. So this box over here that we're going to be having at our left
section, this is going to be the weekly. Then inside of this box, we're going to have the daily. And then on this box, we
are going to have the 4 hour. And in just a second, I'm going to be breaking down what every single time frame is
used for and how you're going to use it. Right? You just learn to determine if something is bullish or bearish. Right
now, you can very clearly tell that this weekly time frame is bullish. That's the higher high and that's the higher low.
Right? If you were to do the snake trick once again, this is the head of the snake. The first turn that is going to
be the actual turn of the snake and that's going to be the higher low. So this is what the
market looks like on the weekly. Now, if we were to look at this same exact market on the daily, for example, this
is exactly how this market would look like. So, I'm literally just copying this exact same structure move, but I'm
just basically zooming into this price. So, this is what the weekly higher high would look like on the weekly. This is
what the weekly higher low would look like on the weekly. If I were to copy this weekly higher low and place it over
here on the daily, this is what it would look like. Or even lower. We're just going to place it literally at the exact
same price where it is over here. And this is what the weekly higher high would look like if I were to place the
weekly higher high at this daily time frame. Now, this is the weekly higher high. This is the weekly higher low on
the daily time frame. But the daily time frame, this is the daily higher high as well. So, if we were just to put here
daily higher high and then where is the daily higher low? Well, let's say you don't know because you've just started
to learn how to trade, but you do know how to use the snake trick. And this crazy guy in the internet keeps saying
that the snake trick is based off of the first turn and that's where the higher low is. So, if this is the head of the
snake and we start going backwards, that is the first turn. That indeed right there is going to now be the higher low
of this market. All right, this crazy guy in the internet is somehow making sense. So that right there is going to
be the higher low. Now this is what the daily higher low looks like on the weekly. And this is what the daily
higher high looks like on the weekly. So as you can tell we have the same higher high and then we have a different higher
low because there's different structure, right? Pretty easy, pretty self-explanatory. Everything so far
should be making sense because we are not breaking down anything new. This is just what it looks like on the weekly
and this is what it looks like on the daily. Now, if I were to do the exact same structure move on the 4 hour,
obviously the 4our time frame is going to have a lot more structure, a lot more detail that is going to define the
weekly and the daily time frame, right? Because keep in mind, every single candle of this is just one week. But two
of these candles is going to be 10 of the candles on the daily. And then on the weekly it'll be north of 26 candles.
So the lower the time frame we go, the more detail you're going to see everything. It's just going to be broken
down into many more candlesticks and many more structure points. It's going to be broken down the same way whether
you look at it on the candlestick chart or whether you look at it on the line chart. The market structure is going to
change because the price movements change based off of the time frame. So, so far right now we have the weekly time
frame and we have the daily time frame. Right? Now, on the 4our time frame, we're also going to identify the higher
high and higher low. Right? 4our time frame is bullish. As you can tell, this is the 4hour higher high. And then the
4hour higher low is going to be at this point right here. Once again, if we do the trusty snake trick, get the head of
the snake, turn backwards, that right there is going to be the higher low. Pretty easy, pretty self-explanatory
just showing this in a very very very simple format. So we have just done top down analysis on for example EuroUSD.
We have understood that this market structure as of right now. This is what the 4hour higher high looks like on the
4 hour and this is what the 4hour higher low looks like on the daily for example. And this is what the 4hour higher low
looks like for example on the weekly. So this is just to give you perspective when you're going to go enter a trade
where you are entering the trade. Should you be entering the trade on the 4 hour? Should you be entering the trade on the
daily? Should you be entering the trade on the weekly? Now all of that I'm going to be breaking down inside of this
video. I just want you guys to understand one thing at a time. The trend is your friend. So now this market
right here, yes, the weekly time frame is going to be considered bullish, the daily time frame is going to be
considered bullish, and the 4hour time frame is going to be considered bullish. Now, this quote unquote is great because
you have all three time frames that are going to be in your favor. So this means that it's a great time to buy. Now,
while this is what I'm saying to you guys right now in this specific example, that actually might not be the case. And
I'm going to break that down in just a second. But the most important thing that I want you guys to understand right
now is going to be top down analysis is to literally determine if something is bullish or bearish from the top down. So
all of the time frames that we will be using are going to be these. So we have the weekly,
daily, 4 hour, 2 hour, 1 hour, 30 minutes and 15 minutes. Now we will be using the weekly, the daily and the 4
hour. All of these three time frames, these are going to be used to identify the trend. So these are used to identify
trend and area of interest slashsup support or resistance. And we'll get into that in just a second. Don't worry,
one thing at a time. But we will be using these higher time frames to identify where is the overall direction
of the market going because we want to be trading with that direction. If the majority of the higher time frames are
going up, best believe we're just going to keep going up. If the majority of the higher time frames are going down, best
believe we're are going to continue that trend to the downside. There's no better option when it comes to buying or
selling. They're both equally the same. And then we're going to be using these lower time frames as entry signal
confirmations. Now, I'm going to prepare you guys right now for something. The entry signals
is going to actually be the most simple thing that I can possibly ever teach you. It's going to be the easiest thing
you are ever going to learn. But it will be the last thing. Why? Because when you go enter the trade, that means that you
have done your whole entire analysis. That means that you have broken down your strategy. That means that you have
done literally everything and you're at the point of entry. There is so many more things that we need to get to the
point before the market is even near entering the trade. And just want to prepare you guys mentally for that. That
if you try even remotely to skip this video straight to the entry section because you can you're going to be
making a very big mistake because just because you have the entry portion of the trade doesn't mean that you
understand how to have the whole entire analysis of the trade before entering it. You need to properly know how to
enter the trade prior to actually having the entry signal. Where is the trade? Do you have certain confluences? Are you at
a proper support and resistance? Do you even know how to place a proper support and resistance? You have added
confluences that you can have before your entry signal. There's so many more steps that go down before the entry
signal that you skipping all the way to the entry signal portion is actually going to cause you more damage than
good. Just wanted to add this as a side note in there because I get it might be a lot of time for you to sit down and
watch this video, but I will tell you this. it's going to cost you a lot more time you trying to figure this out and
cheat your way through it and try to just skip it when the best way to do it is just learn properly and take your
time. Right? So with that being said, entry signal time frames are going to be this. And then the trending time frames
for top down analysis are going to be this. So when we do our top down analysis, we are only going to be using
the weekly, the daily, and the 4 hour. We don't involve the two hour, the 1 hour, the 30 or the 15 minutes until we
are not ready to enter the trade. So these time frames right here are completely avoided until we are ready to
enter the trade. And we are not ready to enter the trade until quite some time. So for now, we will completely disregard
all of these time frames and what an entry signal is. And our only focus for right now is going to be the trend. And
for us to identify the trend, we need to do a top down analysis. And that is with these three time frames the weekly, the
daily and the 4 hour. Now the way to do top down analysis is to identify the structure
on these three time frames to identify
trend. So it's very simple. The way for us to do a top deadline analysis is to
identify the structure on these three time frames to identify the trend. Exactly what we've done right now.
Perfect example is we can go right now to S&P 500 for example. We can go to a different market. For example, let's say
we go to AUD JPY, right? For example, right? This is a real market that I'm actually
interested in trading. And we're just going to go to a different server. So, we don't have a bunch of stuff in our
way. We're going to start off on the weekly time frame. Top.alysis. analysis is meant to literally start from the top
down. So remember, we don't want to be looking at the market way too back to the point where we can't even look at
the market structure where you can't even see the candlesticks. And remember, you don't want to be super zoomed in to
the point where you can only see the last five candlesticks and you can't look much to the left. You want to get a
healthy amount. For you to do a proper topdown analysis on the weekly time frame, you should go backwards. Max
anywhere from five to six years. Five to six years should be the max. You go backwards to identify
structure. If something is bullish or bearish five, six years back to identify the market structure. Now, I know this
might seem like a lot. You're like, Alex, that's a long time. That's a lot of market structure, but you really only
need to do this one time. And you only need to do this one time because once you understand where the market is and
where it's bullish or bearish from, you really don't ever have to go back. So like let's say right now we go back
five, six years and that's the max, right? Because we don't really have to go all the way to this point right here
because we can very clearly tell this has shifted to the upside and then we've gone bullish or bearish. But let's say
if we were to go through all of this market structure right now, it would probably take us 10 minutes, 15 minutes,
and then we end off with this market being bullish or bearish to wherever, right? Just for a random example, let's
just call this the higher high. Let's just call this the higher low, whatever. Once this market breaks this structure
point, we don't have to go back five years again to determine if this market is indeed bullish or bearish. No, we
just know if it breaks this structure point, this market will then be bullish. that will be the higher high and then
the higher low will be somewhere here and then we don't ever have to go back and do it again. And that's why I trade
or quote unquote trade. I analyze all of these different markets simply because I just know where they are every single
time because I already did the work. I already analyze the markets and I already know where they are. Like I
already did all that work and all that work is really not a lot of work. Just kind of preparing for you guys for that.
And then on the 4 hour, the max we could go back is going to be anywhere from six to 12 months
back to identify the market structure. So make sure you guys write this down. You guys don't need to go further than
this to determine if something is bullish or if something is bearish. So if we can just go over to the line chart
for us to have a very clear indication to determine if this is bullish or bearish. All we can see here is that
this market at one point started from this high point. This was a higher low. Now we can just start off from this
point. It'll be very easy for us to determine this. So if you are confused and you are a beginner and you can't do
it off of the candlesticks just yet, don't worry. You can just go ahead and use your trusty line chart and that'll
be your cheat sheet. That'll be your hack. But if I were to be using the candlesticks, I can tell that this is
the higher high off of that body right there. And then I can tell that this is the higher low based off of that body
right there. We switch over back to the line chart and look at that perfect accuracy right to the structure point.
So we know that this is the higher high. Excuse me. This is the higher low on the weekly.
And then we understand that this is the daily higher high. Cool. We know as long as we remain inside of here, we are
bullish. When we break below, we are bearish. Look at that. We go out to the daily time frame and what do we have? a
daily body candlestick closure below. Now what does that mean? That means that now this if it has confirmed closed
below and as of right now it hasn't closed. Let's see if this candlestick has closed. Now it has officially
confirmed close below. This is the weekly lower low. Cool. This is the weekly lower low. And then our weekly
lower high goes to which point? Well, if this is the head of the snake, we start going backwards. This is the first turn.
That right there is indeed going to be the actual lower high. So this point over here is now going to be turned into
the daily, excuse me, the weekly lower high. Human error weekly lower high. Cool. We know as long as we
are inside of the structure, this is still the continuation cells. The candlestick hasn't closed. Would you
look at that? Still hasn't still pushing down. We keep we do the snake trick once again. There's still no stopping point.
So, this move hasn't hasn't stopped just yet. Cool. Looks like it's going to be stopping somewhere around here. And that
looks like exactly where it's going to stop. Let me confirm based off of the line chart. Beautiful. It stopped at
that point right there. Beautiful perfection execution. We continue following this market structure. As long
as we are in between this lower high and lower low, we are still bearish. Would you look at that? We body candlestick
closed below. That makes this the new lower low. We do the snake trick. This right here becomes the lower high. You
need some clarity, just hop back on over the line chart and take a look at it. Lower low, lower high. As long as we
don't body candlestick close above this, we are still bearish. And would you look at that? We did indeed body candlestick
close above this becomes the higher high. So this is now weekly higher high. And then this becomes the weekly higher
low. And we basically do this all the way up until the point where we understand where the market is right
now. This is extremely healthy for your vision when it comes to seeing the market patterns and determining if
something is bullish or bearish. As you can tell here, it has struggled extremely hard to break above that
structure point. And this is showing the power of these higher high and these structure points. Look how strong that
line was that it for nearly six weeks. 1 2 3 4 5 nearly seven weeks it did not manage to break above. It made it all
the way to this close and it never body closed. Now it did body close below. So this becomes a new lower low. Then this
over here becomes the lower high. So we are now bearish. Then this becomes the lower low. Then this becomes the lower
high. We are now bearish inside of this move. Once we body close above, we then go bullish. We wicked out. Never
actually were able to body candlestick close above and uh we are about to do it very soon. Now we have officially closed
above. That is the higher high. This is the higher low. We're just following a live right now just so we can not waste
too much time on these examples, but everything is pretty obvious on where it is. So we're just continuing from this
lower high, this lower low, then this becomes the higher high. And then this structure point right here becomes the
higher low. So we could go out to the weekly time frame just to confirm, excuse me, we go out to the line line
chart just to confirm. And look at that. That is the weekly higher high. That is the weekly higher low. So right now all
we are doing is top down analysis to determine if this is bullish or bearish. And the weekly is bullish. This is the
higher high and this is the higher low. I am not making this up. This is not part of my strategy just yet. At this
point right now, I am just exe I'm just educating you on how to read the market. Next, we go down to the daily time
frame. We would pretty much do the exact same thing. We could start off from whichever point, but we can start off
from right here. And it would be very obvious if we would just hop over to the line chart that this market at one point
was creating these higher highs and higher lows. And we can pretty much just pick it up from like right around here.
This right here would be the lower high. This right here would be the lower low, lower high. We body candlestick close
above. Then this would be the higher high. I would leave that as a higher low. Let me go to the candlestick to
confirm. Yes, because if this was the lower high at one point, correct? This was the lower high. This was the lower
low. I wouldn't really count that as a structure point simply because it's not as strong or as significant.
Once this move has actually closed above and we created this new higher high prior to this candle, if I'm looking
down, I don't see any clean elbows. I don't see any clean structure points. I don't it's just it just looks like one
clean continuation up. The head of the snake can very clearly just move on right through there. It's not like a
move like this. If this were to be the head of the snake, it would actually have to like go and make that turn. I
don't see any significant turns at that point right there. Meaning that then I would include
for this to be the higher low. Obviously this candlestick now closes above this becomes the higher high. This becomes
the higher low and then I would count this as the higher high. I would not count that as the higher low. But let's
see what it looks like on the line charts. And if we were to look at that on the line chart, it could be
considered the higher low. And this is where experience and just being part of just being in front of the markets for
hours will lead you to be able to make this analysis. I personally would not count that as the higher low. Even
though on the line chart it does look like the higher low. If you were to look at it on the daily candlestick, if you
were to ask me, the head of the snake would just simply come right on through there and not do a significant turn. It
can easily just slide right on through there. this market structure is far more significant and I could actually doing
see it doing a turn before continuating to the upside. Now, I know in the past for my advanced students, if any of you
guys are in here, I know a lot of you guys sometimes say, "Yep, that's exactly what I learned inside of my strategy
because a one candlestick pullback, I'm not saying it's not significant enough, but it it would need to be a lot cleaner
in order for me to actually consider it as a structured pullback." And this one candlestick right here to me is simply
not strong enough. There's other different examples of a one candlestick pullback that could look far more
interesting and far more respectful. It looks a lot more like structure point compared to that candle. Even if
something as small as this, as you can tell, this right here actually had an engulfing candlestick and then it had
the push up. I would personally count this as a pullback compared to the other one just because this has more of a body
to it. It has more of a statement to it. This right here shows me some type of elbow. And if we were to look at it on
the line chart, it looks exactly the same as the market structure that we're running into right now. But this looks a
lot more respected. This right here looks pretty soft in my opinion. And I want personally I want to risk my money
on something that I feel comfortable with and something that is respected. And to me, I don't see the market
respecting that structure point right there. Right. So daily time frame, we are also indeed bullish. So this is the
daily higher high. This is the daily higher low, weekly higher high, weekly higher low. Cool. Pretty easy, pretty
self-explanatory. Now, I want you guys to go ahead and pause this video and tell me whether this 4hour time frame is
bullish or if this 4hour time frame is bearish. Go ahead, pause this video. I'm going to give you guys 5 seconds to
determine if this is bullish or if this is bearish just based off of the line chart. Go ahead. If you make a mistake,
it's okay. Don't worry. It's very tricky. But go ahead. All right, you guys came back. So the
4hour time frame, if we were to follow just the structure point, obviously this would be a higher low. This would be a
higher high. Arguably, this can be a higher low. And then this could be a higher high up here. But let's see what
it looks like on the actual candlestick chart. Well, if you notice on the candlestick chart, the body line has
officially closed above that structure point right there. And I would consider this to be the higher high. I would have
actually never considered this to be the higher low for the exact same example that we just did on the daily time
frame. I would have actually considered this the higher low. But the point is that it doesn't even matter because this
structure actually closed above making that the higher high and then making this right here the higher low. If that
was the higher low, that was the higher high. The market shifted it making this now bearish. So then this became the
lower low. Then if we that becomes the lower low. We do the head of the snake. We start working backwards. That's the
first turn. That is then going to be the 4hour lower high. And then if this is the 4hour lower low, let me just erase
this right here. If this then becomes a 4-hour lower low, we then do the head of the snake. This is then going to be the
lower high. That right there is why this 4hour time frame is indeed bearish. So this time frame is actually bearish. Let
me just put that right back up there. There should be a right there. So this is the 4hour lower low and then this is
the 4our lower high. 4 hour lower high.
4our lower low. So, if you said that this was bearish, I want to make sure that you
understand why this is bearish. If you were say that it's bullish, I want you to understand why you weren't correct
that it was bullish. You should have obviously very easily seen that this broke above this structure point and
that was the higher high. And if that's the higher high, that's very clearly the higher low. We broke below, lower low,
lower high, lower low. So, the 4hour time frame is indeed bearish. Now, at this point of us analyzing this market,
this is pretty much what it looks like. This is our top down analysis at this point right now. So, if we were to look
at everything on the daily time frame, which is probably my best my my I I say it's my favorite time frame just because
you can kind of see everything without it being either too far or too close in. You can very clearly see here where the
weekly higher low and weekly higher high is. You can see where the daily higher high and the daily higher low is. And
then you can see where the 4hour lower high and the 4our lower low is. Now this top down analysis looks pretty empty in
my opinion. Right? You might be looking at all these lines and you might be like, "Okay, Alex, cool. I understand
that the daily is bullish because of this and I understand that the weekly is bullish because of this." Now, what do I
do with that information? Well, that information is actually extremely powerful because you understanding that
you have two time frames in sync is the most powerful thing that you can possibly do. Now, you might be saying,
"Wait, what the Alex say? Two time frames in sync?" Yes, you need two consecutive
time frames in sync in order to be interested
in a trade. Now, these two time frames could pretty much consist of two different formats. You
either have the weekly and the daily or you have the daily and the 4 hour.
You either have both of these that are bullish or you have both of these that are bullish or both of these that are
bearish or both of these that are bearish. If you were to have let's say for example the weekly time frame that
is going to be let's say bullish and then you have the daily time frame that is going to be bearish and then you have
the 4hour time frame that is going to be bullish that is not two consecutive time frames in sync. You need to at least a
minimum have two time frames in sync weekly and then daily or 4hour and then daily. So you need to pick which ones
you're going to trade together because that right there is what's going to let you know that you are trading with the
trend. Now at this very moment you have the weekly and the daily in your favor. Meaning that you have the highest
possible time frames in your direction. So it makes the most logical sense to buy. Now I'm not saying that it's a good
time to buy right now. I'm just saying that critique right there that we have just done will remove 50% of the markets
out of our watch list every single week because sometimes some markets just aren't consecutively having two time
frames in sync. They aren't trending together. They are, you know, one could be bullish, the other can be bearish,
the other can just be the other. It just doesn't even matter. They're not in sync. What you want to do is you want to
create the base first by having two consecutive time frames in sync for you to be interested in the trade. For you
to be like, "Okay, cool. I have the trend in my favor with two time frames. All I have to do is either one, take the
risk by not waiting for the third or wait for the third to go bullish and then I trade with that time frame as
well." Now, at that point, all the stars are aligning and it's literally telling you to just continue buying. It makes
everything extremely easy and it is not a high-risisk trade. Now, I get it earlier. You might have seen me sell
this AUD JPY trade and I'll explain all of that later into the future of this video. That was a very high-risisk trade
that I was taking and that's why I also took a very high risk trade on USDCHF and I lost. But that's just me trading,
breaking the rules, and making mistakes right now. But I'm going to explain to you guys how to do things the right way
first. Before you learn how to become a drifter or do a burnout in a car or even switch lanes and and race, you first
need to understand how to drive a car, how to properly drive in the roads, and how a car even works. You can't think or
compare yourself to somebody that is a professional street racer when you don't even know what a transmission is, right?
So everything is baby steps, one step at a time. So for top down analysis, the main main main main main main main thing
is to just determine where the market is. And right here you have pretty much cornered the market, right? You have
locked the market in to essentially this spot right here where it is right now. So the market is very very very
big, right? And it could be very intimidating when you look at it like this because you see so much happening
to the left, so much happening up here, so much happening down here. But what if I told you that you no longer have to
look at any of this stuff? This is all completely irrelevant. All you have to focus on and look at is right here. This
is all you really have to look at because this is your zone of where you're trading in. You're trading within
the higher high and higher low. Traders make a mistake and they're like, "Okay, yeah, this market right here, sure it's
bullish, but then I'm going to make this level down here. here. I'm going to make this my support level, and then I'm
going to make this my support level, and then I'm going to make this my resistance level. It's like, all right,
uh Jeff, you understand that if the market comes back into this support level that you're claiming that it
should come back to, you understand that the market is no longer going to be bullish at that zone, right? You
understand that, right? You understand that if the market makes it to this support level that you claim the market
should have a reaction from, the market will then be bearish because it's breaking below the higher low, that is
going to be then the lower low. And then if that is bearish, then there's an extremely high chance that the daily
time frame is also going to be bearish and so is the 4 hour. So at that point, does it even make sense to buy?
Absolutely not. It's going to make more sense to then sell. So that is the beauty of the way that I trade. I
eliminate all of the noise from the markets and all of the stuff to the left that can just cause confusion. And I
basically let you dial in and focus on just a very specific part in the chart. And that's all you really have to do.
You really only have to focus yourself inside of this zone right here. And I'm going to educate you now how to focus on
this exact zone. Same exact thing goes for the daily. Traders would come here to the to the daily time frame, excuse
me, and then they would place this as a support level. places as a support level like yeah once
it gets here I'll then buy it and then yeah and then I'll I'll I'll sell it here. It's like bro you understand if
like it comes down here the daily will be bearish and so will the weekly. Why would you even buy at that point and no
longer make sense? So this top down analysis not only does it let you understand where the time frames are and
where the market is but it also lets you focus on a specific zone in the chart. We only need to look within this higher
highs and these higher lows. We don't care what happened down here. We don't care what happened up here. That is
completely irrelevant to what we have going on right now. This is where we are focusing on the charts right now. So top
down analysis and the way that it works is all based off of market structure. Market structure will lead us to
understand if something is bullish or if something is bearish. Now, we're going to be using the line chart back and
forth to determine that these structure points are actually valid and valuable. Now obviously we don't want to be
looking at the 4our structure where we're in the daily just doesn't really make sense. So you can either do one
thing you can you know double click this line can click visibility and then it just won't be available on the daily and
then you can click the 4 hour here click on visibility and it won't be available on the daily. Now here you can focus on
the higher time frame stuff. When you go down to the 4 hour there, you're going to get access to the 4our higher low,
lower high and lower low. Just a little bit of a of a tricky secret trick that I have sometimes when there's too many
things in front of the charts and I want to clear things up, right? So, top down analysis is done. Just going to write
this down. Top down analysis is to determine if something is bullish or bearish based off the trend time
frames. Once we determine that something is bullish or bearish,
we will then place the higher high, higher low, lower high, and lower low on the weekly, daily, and 4our to trap
price. So, this right here is the stepby-step way. Do the top down analysis to determine if something is
bullish or bearish based off of the trend time frames. So we know that the weekly, the daily, the 4 hour are the 10
the trend time frames. Once you determine that something is bullish or bearish, we place the higher high,
higher low, lower high, lower low, whatever the case is on these three time frames to trap price. Now that you have
determined that you these time frames are like this, then you're going to go to the next step. After you have done
your proper top analysis, next comes area of interest slashs support and resistance. slash not residence
resistance slash supply and demand slashorder block. All of this stuff right here is
the exact same thing. Area of interest is a support and resistance. It's a supply and demand zone and it's an order
block. So once you've done your top analysis, which is what we've done right now, next we move into support and
resistance and all of this stuff. So let's get into that right now. Now, before I I I show you how to do this on
the chart, I first need to tell you what this is right here. What is support and resistance? What is supply and demand
zone? What is an order block? What is a all of this, right? Very simple. Now, the market as as we
have already said in the past, it moves based off of trend and structure points. Now all of these structure points right
here leave a history or leave a trail in the market and this trail in the market tends to get respected time and time and
time again when we cross through these areas. So a level of support or a level of supply and demand is just simply an
area that the market has not only reacted to it once but it could potentially react to it again. So all of
these elbow points, all of these structure points, they're leaving a story, right? They're leaving something
in the past. And this in the past can potentially repeat itself again. So all of these structure points say a story.
Now, what if I told you that whenever we're below it and it's done it in the past, it could potentially do it again.
So if we just start off from this left point right over here, and we get a little little box, we get a little
trusty zone. we start going to the left. As you can tell, when we are below, we are also indeed rejecting it. And what a
coincidence that when we are above that zone, we are also rejecting it. All right, cool. Now price has broken below
this area. It came back and retested it. What a coincidence that we also rejected when we're below. Cool. Now, what a
coincidence. When we are above, we also came and retested it. Wow. What a coincidence. Exactly how we've done in
the past. Exactly how we've done in the past right here as well. Okay, cool. Keep going to the left and just for
examples purposes, we're going to modify this this right here. Wow, what a coincidence. Whenever we are below, we
are also rejecting it. So this right here where you are seeing this blue box, this right here is a supply and demand
zone. This right here is a support and this right here is a resistance. This right here is an order block. This right
here is an area of interest. It is all the same [ __ ] Supply and demand zone, support and resistance,
order blocks, all of this is literally the same [ __ ] People have complicated this over the last couple of years. I
don't know why, but it's all the same thing. It's an area of interest. It's an area where the trade where once the
market gets there, it's an area that you are interested in because the market has a reaction from it. Whenever we are
above, we use it as support. Whenever we are below, we use it as resistance. Support and resistance is extremely
simple. Support is literally exactly what it says. It is support. It is when price is
being held up from something. Right now, if I were to push up from this table, I am using this table as support to then
lift myself up. This right here is a support area. Price is using this area as a support area to lift itself up.
That is my support to then stand up from this desk if I want to stand up. But let's say I'm a [ __ ] giant and let's
say I'm 10 feet tall. As soon as I stand up from this table, I hit the top of this screen right here that's going on.
Or if anything, I can also do it like this, right? As soon as I stand up from the table and I use this as the support,
I come up and then boom, I hit this top of the screen. This is the resistance level. This is what's going to then push
me back down. And then I'm going to try and push off of support again. And then I hit resistance, which is going to be
the ceiling of the screen. And then I hit support. And then the top of the screen is resistance. And then the
battle goes on. Right now, can this resistance be used as support? And can this support right here be used as
resistance? Absolutely. Right now, since I am above the support level, I am pushing price. I'm pushing myself up.
But if I were to get out of the way and I were to get under my desk, I can use this same uh uh no desk to push myself
down. So, I'm using the same support area as then resistance to pull myself down. Now, if I can somehow figure out a
way to get on top of this screen right here and then I use myself as support, I can then make this resistance level a
support level where then I'm going to grab myself and then bring myself up. That is exactly how price works. This
right here is the support level. Whenever price is above it, it's using it as support. Whenever price is at a
resistance, it's using it as resistance. Can the resistance be turned into support? Absolutely. We just have to
break it and then retest it. Can the support, excuse me, can the supports be used as resistance? Absolutely. We just
have to break it and then retest it. That is it. Support and resistance can both be used with each other. And they
could be used against each other. They could be best friends. They need each other to actually validate themselves.
If something is a very strong resistance level, it could be a very strong support level. If something is a very strong
support level, it could be very much a very strong resistance level. They both go with one another. If this is very
well respected when you're below it, when price is above it, it should also be very, very well respected. If this is
very well respected when above it, when below it, it should also be very well respected when below it. Now, this right
here is just basic support and resistance. And that is what an area of interest is built off of, right? So, as
you can tell right here, price used it as resistance at this point. It used it as support at this point, at resistance
at this point, at support at this point, and at resistance at this point. This right here is a perfect example once
again of an area of interest of a support and resistance of a supply and demand zone and an order block. It is
all the same [ __ ] It is an area of interest where whenever price approaches this area, it has a reaction. Now, an
area of interest is only valid is only valid once we have a minimum of three touches.
A minimum of three touches. Now, these three touches, this right here is a touch of the area of interest. This
right here is a touch of the area of interest. This right here is a touch of the area of interest. a minimum of three
touches. It could be three resistance touches. So, for example, let's say we don't have this right here. And let's
say we don't have this right here. We move this up. This right here is a valid area of interest. We have one rejection
as resistance, two rejections as resistance, and three rejections as resistance. That right there is a valid
area of interest. Yes. Now, what if we don't have this second touch as resistance and we have this touch as
support? Well, this support right here is a third touch. So, we have one resistance, one support, and one
resistance. That is another valid area of interest. Well, what if we don't have any resistance and then it's all
support? That is also a valid area of interest. As long as we have a minimum of three
touches, it is a valid area of interest. Area of interest is good for buys and sells.
Is good for buys and sells. If you're interested in buying and it only has support, that's great. If you're
interested in buying and it only has resistance to validate the area of interest, that is great. It is all the
same thing. As long as you have a minimum of three touches, this is now going to be a valid area of interest. If
you're looking to buy and you only have resistance, that is also a valid support level. So, obviously, the more touches
you have, the better. Obviously, if you have something that has been rejected 15 times, I would much rather be interested
in something that has been retested it 15 times rather than something to three. Now, the area of interest,
the more touches, the better because it means that it has been
respected more in the past. Anything less than three touches, it is no longer a valid area of interest. It is not a
valid supply and demand zone. It is not a valid order block. Could it be a support level? Sure. Could it be a
resistance level? Sure. But it is not a valid area of interest. An area of interest is needed to enter a trade.
To enter a trade, you cannot enter a trade if not at the area of interest. Now, if you not if you don't understand
this right now, don't worry. All of this will make sense in just a second. You know, I don't expect you to get this
right off the bat. Like, I I've just taught you what different trading concepts are. On top of that, I just
showed you everything when it comes to the candlestick charts. And now I'm showing you area of interest. Like, this
to me, this to me is crazy. Like, this took me so long to understand. Like, this was
literally some [ __ ] where it took me forever just to get this right here. It's just crazy. So area of interest is
needed in order for you to actually enter the trade. You cannot enter a trade if you're not at an area of
interest. So this right here is a valid area of interest. Let me ask you a question. Is this right here a valid
area of interest? Yes or no? No. This right here simply only has one touch. So this right here is not a valid
area of interest. Making this not a valid area of interest. Cool. We move on. What about this right here? Is
this, you know, we just do this for examples purposes. Is this a valid area of interest? Yes or no? Well, we have
one, we have two, and then we have three. Yes, this is a
valid area of interest. All right, cool. Let's keep going. Right? We're just finding something that
has three touches and we're going to count it as our area of interest. But this is not how we find our area of
interest. Is this right here a valid area of interest? We have one and none. Nothing to the left. So no,
not a valid area of interest. We keep coming down. Boom. We run into this zone. What do we have here? We have one.
We have two. And then we have three and four. Is this a valid area of interest? [ __ ] yeah. It is very clean and obvious
that it has respected this area. Now once again, what am I showing you based this area of interest off of? I'm
showing you this off of structure. These are the elbows. The elbows are based off of the bodies of the candlesticks. At no
point are we including wicks here. Like if I were to be doing this on the actual line chart, for example, if we were just
to go here to the line chart, I'm doing this area of interest to the elbows. If you notice this right here, we have one,
two, three, four, five. I'm taking these elbows into consideration. At no point am I doing this area of interest to the
wicks or am I making the box big enough to include the wicks. No, I'm doing this to the structure points to the elbows.
Now, how big should the box be? How do you do all that? Don't worry, I'm going to get into all that in just a second. I
just wanted to really explain that and make that very clear. We're obviously doing it to the structure points. So,
you continue to do it on the structure points, right? Let's just continue going down. Let's find something that has a
minimum of three touches. Boom. We run into this price right here. What do we have? Can we arguably have three points
here? Sure. You know, just for argument sake, we'll lower this in a little bit. one, two, and three. That is also an
area of interest. Oh, that is also an area of interest. So, this right here is also an area of
interest. One second. This right here is also an area of interest. And so is this right here, an area of interest. All
right, let's just keep going down. Let's find another example. And keep working our way down. And boom. We also have
right here one, two, and then three, one, two, and then three. And then we keep going
and boom, three. And if we keep moving this to the downside, this right here, boom. Let's just call
this one, two, and then three. Right? So, we'll call this one right here as well. One, two, and three, and four,
right? Boom. So, right now, at this point, you're probably looking at this market and you're like, "Yo, what the
[ __ ] It was right in front of me the whole time, but also this is like so much [ __ ]
going on." Well, what if I told you that technically in this market right here, all of these are valid areas of
interest. Yes, because they have a minimum of three touches, right? That is the core foundation to have a valid area
of interest. Now, what if I told you that there's only one of these areas of interest that are actually applicable,
my [ __ ] accent that are actually editor, leave this in there. I have a major accent, guys. So, if sometimes my
grammar or my my accent isn't the best, I did not know English until like the other day, right? I'm I'm kidding. I
learned it in in school, but Spanish is my first language, right? So there's only one area of interest inside of this
chart that is actually applicable applyable whatever that is actually appliable to this market. Only one area
of interest is appliable to this market. Now which one do you think it is? Do you think that it's going to be the first
one? Do you think that it's going to be the second one? Do you think that it's going to be the third one? the fourth,
the fifth, or the sixth. I'm going to go ahead and give you guys a minute to just think about it and determine which one
of these areas of interest is actually applicable, applyable to this chart. One of these areas of
interest stays. Every other area of interest is completely invalid. So, go ahead, pause this video and I'll give
you guys a second to do it. Well, actually, let me see how I explain this. Let's do
this. How about now? Yes. So, I kind of cheated there a little
bit. I'm not going to lie because I I read the market structure incorrectly. But at this point, right now, there's
technically only Let's do it like this. If we were to do this market structure like this, just for this example's
purposes, right? So, let's just get rid of this first one. Just for this example's purposes, there is only one
area of interest that is appliable to this market right here, and that is going to be area of interest number two.
Now, you might be wondering why. Well, I I mixed it up a little bit, and for some reason, my return tool isn't working,
but I'm literally trying to trying to click that [ __ ] but it's not working. Um, it's because I read the market
structure wrong, but technically this market was bearish. So technically this was the lower high and this was the
lower low and technically multiple of these areas of interest are valid but just for this example I wanted to make
it bullish just so it can connect a little bit more. So there's only one area of interest in this market that is
actually valid and that's going to be number two. So area of area of interest number three is not valid, four is not
valid, five is not valid and six is not valid. Now you may be asking why. Well very simple. This right here is the
higher high. This right here is the higher low. If this is the higher high and this is the
higher low, you can only have an area of interest within the higher high and the higher low. Having an area of interest
below the higher low completely defeats the purpose of having identified if it's bullish or bearish. Because if the
market makes it to this area of interest, we're then bearish and we're no longer looking for buys. If this
market is bearish, we're going to be looking for sells. Could it be an area of interest for then for us to sell? Of
course, for sure. But we're not there. We're very far from that. We're way up here. And if we have all the indications
telling us to buy, why would we place an area of interest to sell? We don't. So, we get rid of the areas of interest that
are not valid and have absolutely no use to our trade this area of interest. Once again, below the higher low, it's not
valid. Not valid. and not valid. So now we've taken all of this noise, all of this area of interest, all of these
structure points and we have completely removed them all and just focused on one part of the chart on one area of
interest on one zone where the market has a very high probability of having a reaction from this area of interest. So,
I basically just answered a question which I'm sure I would get and that is how where do I place the area of
interest and how do I know it's a valid one? Well, simply because you could only place an area of interest within the
higher low and within the higher high. So, if you guys were paying attention to what I said earlier, you guys would have
known that I said we only look within this zone to actually trade. So, we're only going to place an area of interest
within this zone. So our area of interest will only be inside of here. How many areas of interest can we get?
Could be an infinite. You can get a thousand, 500, a quantillion. Obviously these are not real numbers. The most you
can actually really get will probably be four and five. Could you get more? Sure. But the less the better because you want
better quality zones rather than an abundance. You want quality over quantity when it comes to identify these
areas of interest. So an area of interest is identified on something that has a minimum of three touches. An area
of interest is good to buy or sell whether you are above it or below it. As long as we have three touches, the more
touches the better. And an area of interest is needed because you need to enter a trade at an area of interest.
You cannot enter a trade if it's not at the area of interest. And you can only only find an area of interest inside of
the higher high and higher low or the lower high and the lower low. At no other point can you find the area of
interest elsewhere. If you put an area of interest up here, it's pretty much [ __ ] because dude, we're like like
the market hasn't even gotten there. And if we're looking to buy, we can't buy at a [ __ ] resistance. Like, how does
that make sense? You're basically betting that you're going to break through a resistance. And that's not
logical. You want to buy at a support level. You want price to be at a support level and then it push itself off of it.
That is simply the logic when it comes to trading. So when you buy, you need to buy at a support level. When you sell,
you need to sell at a resistance level. So you buy at support and then you sell at resistance.
At no point do you break this rule right here. This is probably the simplest thing that I can write in this whole
entire class and it will probably be the most valuable. I cannot stress to you guys how many of you guys are buying at
resistance or selling at support. Like how does that make sense? If the market is going down, right, and the market is
going down and you are literally at a support level right now where the market has reacted to it three times from this
level. Why are you selling into this level where literally historically what it does from here is have a reaction.
Why are you buying from this level? Some people just don't they don't they don't know what to say. Some people just don't
have an answer. They're like, "Well, I didn't know." Well, no [ __ ] you to know cuz you wouldn't be doing that. This is
like jumping into a twoft pool. Why the [ __ ] would you do that? Like you're going to literally smash your face. Is
there a one in a thousand possibility that you know you happen to break through the pool and and break the
concrete and then go through the the foundation. Yeah, if you're Superman or some [ __ ] But the odds of that
happening are very rare. Can it happen in trading? Yes, of course. But I'm talking about in real life, right? You
would never jump into a twoft pool. So, you would never sell into a support level. You sell at a resistance level.
Once price is at an area where it has had more than three touches, this right here is a valid resistance level. You
sell from a resistance to a support. You buy at a support into a resistance. At no point do you flip those tables
around. If the opportunity is not there, you simply don't do it. Let's say you really want to take the trade at this
resistance level right here. Please, by all means, but you need to be above it. Price cannot be below it. You need to be
above it. You need to be above this area for you to really buy at this area. But if you're below it, what confirmation do
you have that it's actually going to react from it if it's yet to do it to the past? It's never done it, so why
would it do it now? So when it comes to area of interest placements, I need you guys to understand that you are placing
in between this higher high and this higher low. And our job as traders, literally our
only job is to wait for this retracement. So we know that this is bullish. Our job is to wait for this
retracement to happen. And this retracement can literally happen anywhere, right? This can happen here
and have the push up. Here and have the push up. Here and have the push up. This retracement can literally happen
anywhere in the chart. Now, we have a higher probability of it having a reaction from here than from here. Why?
Simply because if you look to the left, this area has only been respected one time. And this area here, this area here
has been respected four times, five times. So, if the market makes it to this area, the odds of it reacting are
going to be a lot higher than this one. Can the market still have a reaction from this level? Of course, and it will.
And then you won't be able to enter this trade here. But with a proper strategy and trading with a plan, you need to
take the trade where it simply makes sense. And it will always make more sense to take the trade here than to
take the trade here. So trading with areas of interest or support and resistance is literally getting you to
be able to pretty much predict precisely where this retracement has the highest probability to stop. Once it stops at
this area, then you start to apply extra confirmations and then see if you're interested in entering the trade. This
retracement is going to be a key fundamental to your success in trading. Whether you are patient enough for this
retracement to happen or not, that is entirely up to you. I can't teach patience. I can teach you what you need
to know in order for you to apply patience, but patience is what's going to either make or break you as a trader
when it comes to applying any type of strategy. So, back to areas of interest. Areas of interest are placed in between
the structure points. There is a never-ending amount of areas of interest, right? If if I were just to
let's just say just for examples purposes, I'd bring this structure level up here and I'd bring this structure
level up here just for examples purposes. This right here would also be a another area of interest. Why? Because
we have one, two, and then three. So, this right here is a valid area of interest. Now, price
is going to have a retracement. On this retracement, we can potentially have a push up or we can make it to this area
and potentially have a push up. That is it. Our job as traders is to wait for the market to make it into this area.
And when the market makes it into this area, we apply our strategy to enter the trade. That is it. You only buy at this
support. Now, let's say the market just keeps going into this area, keeps having a push down, keeps having a push down,
and from here it just does something like this. It breaks below the area of interest. Do you still buy it? No.
Because we did not respect the area of interest because this market can now use this as resistance. What did I just say
in this example over here? This example, you cannot buy at a resistance. So yes, even though we've had the retracements
and we've broken below price, technically right now we are below this resistance exactly how we've been here,
exactly how we've been here and exactly how we've been here. So this is destined to literally create a move like this.
Can there obviously be the events where it from here does this? Of course. And that will happen and that is inevitable.
But in order for you to enter this trade, you want to wait for it to actually break above this area and then
use it as support. You need for it to actually come back and retest it as support. How it has done here and how it
has done here. You need to use it when price is above it, not when price is below it. Once price has broken above it
and it comes back into it, that is when you use it. Could you use it right as soon as it breaks above it? Sure. But
I'm going to be teaching you guys on how to have the extra confirmations to actually use it when it comes back into
it and uses it as support. I'll explain all that later when we get to the entries and how to actually start
applying a strategy. Right now, I'm just teaching you what areas of interest it is, what is support and resistance.
Like, this is all very basic standard stuff. I haven't even taught you guys anything of a strategy yet. The only
thing that I did teach you is how to properly place this area of interest. So many of these traders just place these
areas of interest randomly in front of the market and they just place it anywhere. They're literally just putting
zones throughout the whole entire chart and calling everything a supply and demand zone, an area of interest, so you
could just pretty much get bombarded by this information and you buy into their [ __ ] because they make it seem like
you need them. They're trying to manipulate you so they can get you to make them feel like they have this
better understanding of the market and that you need to learn from them and you need to follow them and you need to No,
you don't have to do none of that [ __ ] Having an area of interest only makes sense to have it within the higher high
and the higher low. Very [ __ ] simple. So, can it break below it and can it have a reaction and move to the upside?
Sure. Now, this is where I would use this support level. If it breaks below it, I would not be buying below it. I
would only be using it if we break and retest above it. But for this example, let's just say that we did something
like this. Sure. Let's say we actually had the move and we had the push to the upside. Cool. Our area of interest is
validated. And guess what? What happens now? But we have a new higher high. And
where's the higher low? I don't know. Get the head of the snake. Start working our way back. Make the first turn. And
now that right there is going to now be the higher low. All right, cool. If that's the higher low, we got to start
cooking again. we got to start finding the next potential area of interest where this market is going to now have a
reaction from. So the way we find an area of interest properly, right, is by getting this box at the top of the zone.
And our job as traders is to start working our way down all the way to that higher low and find points where the
market could potentially have a reaction from. So we start working our way down, working our way down, working our way
down. Boom. We run into the first resistance. Is this a potential valid area of
interest? No, because it only has one touch. Cool, cool, cool, cool. We keep working our way down. Keep working our
way down. Keep working our way down. Boom. We run into a second spot. Well, you know what? This is actually pretty
close to this spot. And it's pretty close to this spot. Let's see if we can get a very tight small zone. Sure. We We
have one, two, and three. Three touches makes a valid area of interest. So this is the first potential area of where the
market could have a retracement to then have a reaction to the upside. That's just the first potential area. Right now
we have absolutely no idea from where else. Bring out our trusty box. So we already understand this is area of
interest one. Let's keep working our way down. We can boom. We run into this structure
point right here. Can we add another structure point right here? Sure. We have one, two. Is that a
valid area of interest? No. Can we make a big zone like this and we get one, two, three, four? Sure. But
the zones have a maximum and minimum sizing of these zones. And I'm going to get to the sizing of these zones once we
actually get to the charts. But the max a zone could be is going to be six, excuse me, is going to be 60 pips. Max a
zone could be is 60 pips. Anything bigger than 60 pips, it will no
longer be a valid area of interest. So the max a area of interest could be is 60 pips. So we're going to add this as
another side note over here. Alex, how do you measure the pips? I already taught you this. You use this tool over
here to the left hand side. Start from the bottom, work your way up to the top, and what do you have here? This zone is
now going to be 70 pips, making this too big of a zone. The biggest an area of interest could be is a total of 60 pips.
This zone right here is 70 pips, making it no longer valid. We start off from this zone to right here. You can tell
this is 28 pips. That is perfect. That is half of the maximum a zone could be. Now, could you have something smaller?
Yes. I'd say the smallest a zone could be. So, the max it could be is 60. And then the minimum it could be is five
pips. You never really go that small, but just in case if you do for people that ask that question, a minimum of
five pips. So, this zone right here, as you can tell, it cannot be used as a valid area of interest. one because this
one right here doesn't have a minimum of three touches. And then that one right there is more than 60 pips. Right? So,
we start working our way down. Working our way down. Working our way down. And boom. What do we run into? One,
two, and then three. What do we have here? A valid area of interest. Now, we can make
this one very tight. As you can tell, this one respects it very, very, very strong. So, we can make this one five
pips like this. Or we can make it the actual max length, which right here would be 62 pips. Let's just call it 60
pips for this example's purposes for us to then have a fourth structure point. Could we do that? Sure. But personally,
myself, I would much rather have this zone be as tight as it possibly could be. I wouldn't want to stretch it out to
have more touches. I would rather make it just be tight. The tighter the better and the more respected it's going to be.
So here we have one, two, three, and four. That right there is a valid area of interest. Now I know a lot of people
in the past have asked me when I do classes and when I educate people, can we consider the actual higher low a area
of interest? Of course. If the higher low happens to have three touches, sure. So for examples purposes, this one has
one, none, and none. And no, we cannot go below the higher low to add touches to the area of interest because if we go
below the higher low, guess what happens? We are then bearish, making this no longer a valid area of interest.
So now this market right here, we've just done the top down analysis. We've determined that this market is bullish.
And now we've found two areas of interest. This right here is going to be daily area of interest number one. And
then this right here is going to be daily area of interest number two. So these are two areas of interest where
the market could have a retracement into this level. And after having the retracement into this level, it could
potentially have a reaction. Now again the the big important thing is potentially uh one of these areas of
interest could do it or none of them this area of interest right here area of interest number one is not stronger than
area of interest number two area of interest number two is not stronger than area of interest number one quote
unquote obviously if it has more touches it's supposed to be stronger but that doesn't mean that I would prefer to
enter the trade at area of interest number two rather than area of interest number one they're both equally as much
respected to me personally. And the only reason I the only time I take into account how many touches is inside of
the area of interest is when it comes to the entry signal and I'll be explaining that later inside of the actual entry
signal area. But for right now, to make a valid area of interest and to wait for the market to have a retracement, this
is all I need. I need my areas of interest and area of interest one is equally as strong as area of interest 2.
I would never pick one over the other. Even if this one has a 100 touches and this one only has three, the market can
have the reaction from both or from none. The market can simply have a reaction to right here in the middle and
then have a push to the upside. And a lot of students ask me all the time, they're like, "Alex, what happens if the
market does that? What happens if it actually has a retracement either in the middle and it doesn't hit any of your
areas of interest or right above your area of interest and it never hits it and then it has a move to the upside?
What do you do then?" The answer is nothing. You don't do [ __ ] That wasn't your trade. That never
met your strategy. You move on to the next [ __ ] pair. Why are you trying to figure out to make something work when
you already have something that works? You just have to wait for it to happen. Why are you trying to make everything
work when all you have to do is wait for one thing to work? Don't try and catch every move. I don't I don't try and
catch every move. You know how many moves I miss a week and I still predict the overall trend, but they never come
to my zone. So, I never take the trade. I just say two to three moves every single week. Hundreds of pips. Hundreds
of thousands of dollars. But I also avoid hundreds of pips. And I also avoid losing hundreds of thousands of dollars
by sticking to my plan. It's never worth breaking my plan just to try and catch a move and prove a point because I know
how to trade or I know how to identify the trend. Waiting for the trade to these areas of interest is going to be
the key thing. So now let's say for example, this market actually does this, right? This market has a push to the
upside. This is the higher low. This is the new higher high. Make this a new higher high. This will be the higher
low. Obviously, this area of interest is no longer valid because if price gets to there, we will then be bearish. And this
obviously this area of interest is no longer valid. Now, on the daily time frame, if I were just to place this area
of interest, start working our way down. Boom. We run into this structure level here. And then, guess what? That's it.
There's no three touches here. There is no three touches here. There's barely two touches here. Can there be a
scenario where there is no area of interest? Of course, this is 100% a possibility. Does it happen? Very rarely
does it happen. But if it does, there's just simply no area of interest. You just simply go down to the next time
frame or go up to the next time frame and wait for an area of interest at that point. Right now, I'm just teaching you
what an area of interest is and how you can identify it. There's 110 million different what if possibilities and one
of them is this. And if that happens, well then that happens. Now let's say this market, for example, just does
this. All right, cool. Now what? We're bearish. This is the lower low. Where's
the lower high? Right up at this point right here. If this is the lower high and this is the lower low, guess what?
We're now going to get our area of interest in between like this. And then we're going to do the exact same thing.
just now working our way up because our job is to predict this pullback and on this pullback for us to then potentially
take this out. Now, where does this pullback stop? Well, it's the same thing. We start working our way up.
Boom. We run into this area right here. We have one, two, and nothing else. Oh, I lied. We look a
little bit more left and bang. Cool. Let's call it right there. We have one, two, and three. That right there, ladies
and gentlemen, is a valid area of interest. That right there is indeed considered an area of interest. Area of
interest number one. One, two, and three. Cool. We have the first area of interest. We just simply go ahead and
start from this point right here and keep going back. We have one, none, none, and none. No area of interest. We
keep working our way up. Boom. We run into this right here. One, two, and three. So, we already had this area of
interest in the past. Very clean, very obvious. We keep working from this point right here. We keep working our way up.
Bam. Boom. Guess what we run into here? One, two, and three. And I'm sure we can squeeze this one in here for four. One,
two, three, four. And then if we keep working our way from the top, from this right here, keep working our way from
all the way right here, we run into that point. There's only one structure point there. And then there is another one
like this. How many pips is this? This is a total of 52 pips. So technically on this lower low leg there is one, two,
three and four areas of interest that the market can potentially have a reaction from. The market can have a
pullback to either here and have a reaction here and have a reaction here and have a reaction or here and have a
reaction. Once again, is this something that can often happen that you would have four areas of interest? Yes. But
our job as traders is just to wait for the market to get to every single one of these or whichever one of these it gets
to and then us apply the strategy to it. I can say based off of my experience that if I were to have four areas of
interest, my strategy would probably have a full check off checklist at maybe one or two of these areas of interest.
Now, not because the area of interest isn't valid. It's just because the market isn't going to react to every
single one of these. It's probably going to break right through this one and then maybe here it'll have a little bit of a
reaction, but then I don't get the proper entry signal that I need. And then it'll actually make it to this area
right here. And then here is where I then get my entry signal and then I actually take the trade. If I miss this
trade at this area, can then I enter the trade if it breaks below this area of interest to then sell? Sure. Yes, you
could do this. These are all different possible potential scenarios and hypotheticals of things that can happen.
But our job is to wait for this retracement. So once we get this, we can then sell. So this is just a very simple
example of a sell markets. Same exact thing. This is now the new lower low. For example, this is now the new lower
high. We could invalidate this area of interest. We could invalidate this area of interest. This area of interest could
stay because it's still within the lower high and the lower low. We just do the exact same thing. We start working from
the bottom right into this point right here. We can find one, two, three, and let's just call this one four. Don't
worry, I do this very fast because I think I've been doing this for longer than I can remember. But here we have
one, two, three with this point right here, four, five, and six. So, let's just say we have two areas of interest
in this market. Same exact thing. We're waiting for a pull back into here to then sell or a pullback here into then
sell. That right there, ladies and gentlemen, is how area of interest works. How you can spot it in the middle
of the market and how you use it with market structure. Now, we go do this in the real market in real
time. It is no different ladies and gentlemen. If we come here to the weekly time
frame, we can only place a weekly area of interest within this higher high and within this higher low. Now, same exact
principle applies as to the trend. For you to identify the area of interest is going to be the exact same thing. So,
here we're going to do weekly and area of interest. Daily and area of interest, 4hour, there's going to be no area of
interest. So, we only look for an area of interest on the weekly and on the daily. But we use these three time
frames to identify the trend. But we only find an area of interest on the weekly and the daily. Now, some of you
guys may be asking, why are we going to only find an area of interest on the weekly and the daily? Well, the truth is
that the market is going to be respected so much more from the higher time frames compared to the lower time frames. In
the 4hour time frame, I have found that I can have 10 areas of interest. And I don't want 10 areas of interest. I want
maybe one, maybe two, max three. I don't want more than three areas of the market could potentially have a reaction from.
And I always want to trade with the higher time frames. Not because I'm a swing trader. I don't want you guys to
get that confused. It's because I like to trade with the higher time frames backing my trade. I want the weekly and
the daily trend to be in my favor so it can push my trade in that direction. I want to buy or sell the market at a
daily or weekly area of interest. So that support level is being pushed by the higher time frame. I want to buy at
a daily support because that's what's going to give me that daily push to the upside. I don't want to do it off of a 4
hour. A 4 hour area of interest could break and retest it 10 times within the same day. On the daily, it'll take much
longer just simply because the candlesticks take much more to move. So they get respected a lot more. So in
order for me to find an area of interest on the weekly, I have to go back max five to six years, the exact same time
it takes me to identify the trend. And I only have an area of interest in between the weekly and the daily. No area of
interest on the 4 hour. So if I were to get this area of interest and I were just to drag it left, I don't really
have to go further back than let's say two years. But for example, right now on the weekly time frame, we understand
that that is the weekly higher high. That is the weekly higher low. And what we could start doing is working our way
down. If we start working our way down, what do we run into? If we don't have a clear vision, we can go to the market
structure. And in the market structure, what do we have? For example, right here,
we have one, two, and three. Can that be a valid area of interest? Sure. Can we make this a very tight area of interest
like this? We have one. We have to include this one right here for it to be a valid one. One, two, and three.
Technically, four if we include this as well. So, we can probably move it up just a little bit. And nothing else to
the right. Now, let's see how that looks like on the daily with the candlesticks. Very clean on the daily. Very clean
elbow here. Very clean elbow here. And very clean elbow here. This one is not so clean on the candlestick chart, but
we still indeed have three very valid elbows including the candlesticks. So maybe on the line chart you can have 10
structure points but when you go verify this on the actual candlestick chart you maybe only have five. So you always want
to use the line chart to make it a obvious area of interest. After you make it an obvious area of interest, right?
So we would also have counted this right here. So that's an obvious elbow rejection from this area of interest. We
then go to the daily to confirm that it's a real rejection or a valid elbow. And then there we would actually remove
it and be like okay it's not as clean for example as this one or this one or this one. These are more obvious
reversal points. So even then this is still a valid area of interest. So this right here would be a weekly
area of interest. We keep going from this point down right here and uh keep working our way down. So we go back to
the line chart. Switch to the line chart. And on this line chart, we're going to now identify the next potential
area of interest. Start working our way down. Working our way down. And boom, we run into this right here. We have one,
two, three, four, five rejections from this area. All right, cool. Can make this a very tight zone. Also, by the
way, we have to measure this zone. I forgot it. So, we measure this zone. We have a total of 54 pips. So yes, this is
a valid area of interest as long as it's below 60. Cool. This area right here, we have one, we have two, we have three, we
have four, five, and then six. Let's go check out the candlesticks to confirm that that
[ __ ] is legit. This one's okay. So, we have one. This one's okay. We have two for sure. three, four, and five for
sure. Okay, so we can technically remove this one. I like this elbow. I like this elbow. I like this. I like this. And I
like this. Very clean break, retest, sell, rejection, sell. Cool. So that's area of interest, too. Not bad. So we
have a weekly second area of interest. Next, we're going to continue going down. We're going to go all the way
until we make it to the higher low. We stop at the higher low every single time or we stop at the lower high if we're
looking for sells. Right? So now we continue going to the downside and we then run into boom this structure point
right here we have one two three four and five. All right. Cool. Right here we also have one two three four and five.
So if we were to once again get our trusty circle and do this right here. And I've never
seen anybody do this. how I'm walking it with it. Like you guys right now, everybody tries just to speed through
this stuff. Like I really want to generally take my time so you guys can learn from this because I'm telling you,
I searched the internet for [ __ ] months to understand this. Like you guys have no idea.
We go back to the candlestick chart. This is a clear rejection. This is a clear rejection. Very clear. Very clear.
And not so clear. I would not count that as a structure point. I would count this one. I would count this one. Yes. And
yes. Even then that is more than three that makes that a valid area of interest. Now this right here
technically are the three weekly areas of interest. This is weekly area of interest number one, weekly area of
interest number two and weekly area of interest number three. That right there as you can tell ladies and gentlemen is
a very clear indication that these are the potential areas where the weekly time frame could have a retracement to
buy, retracement to buy and then retracement to buy. Now, what we would do is we would go down to then the daily
time frame, right? And on the daily time frame, we're going to do the exact same thing, but for the daily higher low and
for the daily higher high. So, we're going to have this blue on blue box be the weekly area of interest and this
blue on blue box be the weekly area of interest. This is also the weekly area of interest. But for the daily area of
interest, we're going to have a red outline, right? So, we're going to get this box right here and we're going to
make the outline of this box. We're going to make it red. So, we can start off once again at the high of this
market. And we can just basically start working our way down. Start working our way down. We're basically going to run
into this structure area right here. Resistance, support, support, and we can look more left. We're going to see more
structure points coming up to the left hand side over here. In just a second, we're going to see more structure
points. And the goal for us to do here is just to try and minimize as much noise as possible and focus on as many
things as just focus on like the the clear market structure points. And right here, as you can tell, we can have here
one structure point up here. Two, go a little bit more to the left. And then we can also focus on one, two, three, four,
five, six, seven. Right? So we have more than three for sure. Let's look at it on the candlestick chart. So right here as
you can tell we have one two three four five six seven eight nine at that point right there we got 10. So obviously
there is also a valid daily area of interest right in here. Now if you can tell what a coincidence that that daily
area of interest also happens to be the weekly area of interest. Right? So just putting that on to the side and that's
going to be important later on. Right? But for now let's just let's keep going. Right? Let's focus on from this high
point up here, working our way down from this point right here. And then boom, we run into this next structure points that
we have right here. Obviously, for just the simplicity of the video, I've skipped this structure point. Then I've
gone to the more obvious one. Can there be more structure points at this area right here that I have just identified
over here? And I go more to the left. Sure, I'm sure we can find some structure points there. You can find
three touches anywhere, but our goal is to find the three closest touches to where price is right now and the most
relevant. If you have to go back far left, you could. No problem. But you want to get the most strongest and most
relevant points. Now, if you notice right here on the daily time frame, what do we have right here? Well, 1 2 3 4 5.
How does this look like on the candlestick chart? Perfect. 1 2 3 4 5. We have another area of interest. And
what a coincidence, we can also align that with our daily higher low. Well, would you look at that? We have weekly
area of interest number two happens to also line up with our daily area of interest number two. So now this right
here is pretty much a perfect coincidence, right? I wish I would have known this before I even started this
analysis. So, it would have been easier if it wasn't, but it would have been easier because I could have separated
the areas of interest and stuff like that. But this right here shows you how areas of interest from the weekly and
the daily happen to align for this example right here. We're going to go through all those examples where they
don't. So, for now, we're just going to remove this weekly area of interest, the third one, because there's so much that
price has to come back through and actually be able to break before getting there. So, now we go back to the weekly
time frame. This is what it looks like. This weekly area of interest happens to also be a daily area of interest. This
weekly area of interest happens to also be this daily area of interest. So what do I like to do in a scenario like this
when we have two overlapping areas of interest. What I like to do is to combine them as much as I can. I like to
find the happy medium. I try and see if I can make this area of interest right here on the daily somewhat fit in the
middle of this weekly area of interest. And if it could still have more than three touches to fit inside of this area
of interest, then I would just minimize throughout the top. So, as you can tell here, I moved it down a little bit and I
have more taps here, more taps here, more tabs here, more tabs here. And what I try and do is just make this as tight
as possible. So, 60 pips is the biggest, but the sweet spot is around 20 to 35 pips. Now, this daily area of interest
is right at that 25 pip mark. And I'm sure that I can squeeze this weekly area of interest to this structure point and
then squeeze it right into that daily structure point as well. So, if we go out to the weekly, let's see if we have
a minimum of three touches with that right there. As you can tell, indeed, we somewhat still do. I would have to move
the weekly a little bit higher for us to actually get that right there for us to get that right there. And then, in order
for us to also count that structure point right there. So, right there, we are counting that structure point and
that structure point, what I can do here as well is move the daily time frame up along with that weekly. And then, boom.
Right there we have a perfect daily area of interest that aligns with a weekly area of interest. This is a beautiful
sweet spot. This right here lets me know that if price retraces to this area, which is where we are right now, not
only are are we at a daily and weekly area of interest, but they're both overlapping. And if it just doesn't get
respected here, then it has a higher probability of coming to this area and then basically respecting and having a
reaction from that point right there. This right here is beautiful. I love to see this. I love having both of these
confirmations because this just lets me know that these time frames are actually in sync. The weekly and daily are in
sync. Areas of interest in sync. All overall, it makes sense to actually enter this trade as a buy rather than a
sell. Because at the end of the day, that's all we're trying to do. We're trying to make this trade make more
sense that it's going to go to the upside and to the downside. So, right now, this is very, very, very simple,
over-the-top top down analysis. Now again, if this looks a little bit confusing, you know, you don't have to
leave these lines up here. You can you can move them if you want. I like leaving them sometimes because it just
gives me an overall idea of where the market is. And it lets me know that I should only be focusing inside of this
zone right here. And it lets me know that all I have to do as a trader right now is wait for price to actually have a
retracement into this zone for the market to have a reaction from there or let the price come into this zone and
then let the market have a reaction from there. This right here is what 99% of traders cannot do. Right? Traders cannot
identify trend. Traders cannot identify market structure. They can't even tell where to properly put an area of
interest or where even the market is. Now, we can very clearly tell if we were just going to look at this market based
off of market structure. So, if I were just to look at this for the structure of the market, which is what we should
always look at it, but on the candlestick chart rather than the line chart. If we were to look at it just on
the candlestick chart, just so you guys get a visual, if you look at this without any of the drawings, what does
this look like? If I were just to focus on this move right here, this looks like a perfect break, then a retest to this
structure point and then a push to the upside. What a coincidence that structure point happens to be the weekly
area of interest and also the daily area of interest and also at that daily higher low. If I were to pick an area of
interest, if I were to pick one over the other, I would for sure pick this one just because it's more of a textbook
trade. When you see a textbook move, you see something like this. Comes back to this structure point. Then it just
continues to go up. If you ask me, that is exactly what this is right here. That is the previous structure point. That is
the break. And now we are on the way to retest that to potentially have this move to the upside. So that right there
is just basic market structure. I have taught you guys what is top down analysis, how to use these time frames
in sync to determine if something is bullish or bearish, and how to place a proper area of interest. All of this is
quote unquote still very beginner stuff but also getting into a bit intermediate just simply because
all you need now is just practice. Go out there and go practice this because that is going to be the crucial part of
you to actually perfect it and see it as effectively and as quick as I do. But to this right here, what I am showing you
guys, this took me a year to understand, a year to really like get it and like put it into practice. ICS took me such a
long time and so many wasted hours of just placing market structure incorrectly putting areas of interest in
areas where it didn't even make sense. Just so much wasted time which obviously led to waste of money that you guys
can't even fathom. Like I'm making all of this in one video. But I also don't want to overload you on information that
it's just me repeating myself and I want to make sure that you get the point perfect and then you can go on and go
practice it. Right? So right now that is top down analysis. That is how it is. it has worked. We do a top down analysis
from the weekly to the daily to the 4 hour to determine if something is bullish or if something is bearish. Once
we determine that we have two consecutive time frames in sync how we have here for the weekly time frame
where this would be the higher high and this would be the higher low. We then go ahead to the daily time frame. We
identify the higher high and then we identify the higher low. We then just do it on the 4 hour just to see if we have
that added time frame. Then we place our areas of interest within these higher highs and higher lows. And then we can
tell that we're only looking at this right here in the market. And we're waiting for the market to come back,
retest this zone, apply the strategy here. If we don't get it, then we wait for the strategy to get applied here.
Now, once again, if the market for some reason somehow breaks below this area of interest, could we then have a reaction
from the middle of this area? Do we buy in the middle? No. Do we buy at the bottom? No. We have to wait for the
break of it, come back, retest it, and then you have the trade to the upside. This right here would be the perfect
trade setup. As long as we are above the support level, we either take the trade fully at this area of interest or above
this area of interest or above this area of interest. There's no if ends or buts about that. You need to buy at a support
and you need to sell at a resistance. Now, for a sell, pretty much just the complete opposite. You can literally
just flip the chart. You right click this section in Trading View and then you click invert scale. And then it's
pretty much the same exact thing. You have the bearish move. You have to wait for it to come back to retest this
structure point to then sell. Or you would have to wait for price to then come back and then retest this structure
point over here to then sell. Either one are equally as strong and each one of them are equally as valid. You just have
to wait for the strategy to be aligned at that point. So with that being said, let's move on
to our next point which is going to be kind of handinhand with what we are talking about with right now and it's
probably going to be one of the most common things you've heard if you've heard anything about trading and
probably one of the main things that I personally use on a daily basis and it's going to go handinhand with everything
that we're talking about right here and that is going to be break of structure slash break and retest. test
slashtouch slash shift of structure.
All of this right here is almost the same thing. This one right here is the only one that is different
to every single one of these. Break of structure, chach, and shift of structure are all the same [ __ ] So, let's start
off with break of structure. Right? This market right here is clearly bullish, right? We know that already. We
know that this is the higher high and we know that this is the higher low. Cool. What happens if this does this?
Well, [ __ ] [ __ ] We just broke the structure. We broke the higher low. We shifted the structure. We ch What the
[ __ ] is chach? I don't know. All these fugazi traders came up with this [ __ ] Chach is equal to change of character.
This is what chach means. Change of character. Change of character. It they were identifying this that the character
or the what it identifies as was bullish. Now it has changed that identity to now bearish. Same [ __ ]
[ __ ] as shift of structure. Same [ __ ] [ __ ] as break of structure. That [ __ ] pisses me off how they put all these
different names to all these same exact [ __ ] They just [ __ ] complicate everything. Change of character is when
the market shifts. When you changes from bullish to bearish. Simple. Break of structure is when this was the previous
structure and we break it. Shift of structure is when this structure shifts from bullish to bearish. Easy. Change of
character is when you change identity from being bullish to then being bearish. Simple. Now what is break and
you guys already know this I have pretty much have been doing this for the last two hours right doing shift to structure
doing breaks of structure now what is a break and retest now this one is uh probably the the easiest one to explain
so let's say price is currently being held up at a resistance level how we were previously right or how we were
doing for these examples right so this right here is a valid level of resistance so the resistance is clearly
trapped within this spot right here and we know we cannot actually enter the trade at this resistance. What would we
need for the market to do? We would need for the market to break above this area and come back into this area to then
actually buy. We need to buy above it. Well, this right here is called break and retest. And break and retest is
exactly what it says like the name of it. It's a [ __ ] break and retest. It is extremely easy. It is extremely
self-explanatory. All you do is wait for the break and the retest for you to take the trade
to the upside. That is it. It is really that simple. Break and retest are very crucial for you to take. Whether it be
on a area of interest, whether it be at a resistance used as support, at a support used as resistance. You can only
take the trade once you've had the break and then the retest. I get thousands of messages throughout the weeks of asking,
"Hey, Alex, can I enter the trade at the break at the high?" Yes, you could. You could enter the trade at the break. Just
understand, you cannot add that as a break and retest confluence. And we're going to get into confluences later into
this video, but you understand that it's just a break. It's not a retest. A retest is when something comes back, it
retests it. it uses it as support and then you can be interested in buying the trade to the upside because that's where
you anticipate for this trade to actually have the move to the upside. Could you count something as a breakout
and add it as a confluence as a breakout? Sure. But it's always a 50/50 chance if it's going to come back and
retest this point. Now, if it comes back and retests this point, it is once again another 50/50 chance that it's going to
actually have the reaction from it because it could have just done this right here. And this is a fake out. This
is a liquidity grab and then guess what? It continued back into this area and then price stays ranging in the zone or
just rejecting this resistance. Personally myself, I rarely I'd say 30% of the time I get a
breakout. I enter at the breakout. Now, the breakout, as you can tell, I'm doing everything based off of market
structure. The breakout is based off of the candlestick of the market. It's not based off of the wick. It's not based
off of the the tail, the do. It's all based off of the actual body candlestick closing above this zone. So, this zone
is at these structure points. It's at these bodies. And right now, we have a body that has actually closed above this
area. That right there is a confirmed break. Now I sometimes enter on that break. Just depends the momentum where I
am in the week as a trader as a whole. Where's my mindset? How much I'm risking? How many confluences I have?
But the correct thing to do is to wait for the retest. Now in the retest, you want to wait for the body to retest this
area and then you get some wick rejections. And those wick rejections is one of your entry confirmations to enter
the trade. So can you enter the trade on the body closure above this area? Sure, but you can only enter properly on the
retest and then you need proper body rejections on that retest. Perfect example could literally be this right
here. As you can tell, this is a very valid level of resistance. As you can tell here, this is resistance,
resistance, resistance, very valid resistance and area of interest. As you can tell, this right here, these are all
wicks. This is not market structure. This is all that price once upon a time at one point was a full blue candle,
full green candle, full strong candle up here. But guess what? It was never strong enough and it always closed
below. So that right there makes that a non-confirmation of a break above that area. If we go look at this on the
actual market structure, which is based off of the line chart, as you can tell, market structure never broke above that.
But the one time that it did break above that, guess what happened? Price came back and then we retested it. We body
candlestick closed above with this very very strong candle. Then we got a retest and then we bought. Could you have
entered at the breakout? Yes. Would you have much been better off entering at the retest? Yes. But these break and
retest examples are literally everywhere in the market. I can just simply go to the left and I can almost guarantee you
I can find another one of these in just a simple like in any possible scenario in any possible time frame you can find
these examples right here. Perfect example could be this. This right here is technically a resistance level.
Resistance level has three touches. If we look at this on the actual market structure time frame you can see how
this market structure has more than one two and then three. We confirm it with the actual body candlesticks. And yes,
we notice here this never body candlestick closed above. Never body candlestick closed above. Never body
candlestick closed above. And guess what? Body candlestick closed above. Let's say in this scenario, we were
waiting for the retest. Guess what happened? We never retested it. We missed the trade. It is what it is. It
happens. Sometimes I enter the trade at the breakout. Sometimes I enter the trade on the retest. Perfect example
could be this right here. We have resistance. Resistance, right? I could just move this resistance a bit more up.
And on this resistance right here, you can tell we have resistance, resistance, resistance, resistance, body candlestick
close above, retested right there with that wick on the daily time frame. I know if we go to the 4hour time frame,
it's a much cleaner retest. Beautiful push to the upside. This happens in sells equally as the amount of times
many times as well. It also has fake outs and fake trades that actually never actually end up having the move. But
there's other times where it also gets very much respected. But this right here of a break and retest is the most
textbook example that I can possibly give right here. This is a resistance level and it's just one structure point.
Not as strong as if we were to have three, but as you can tell right here, we have broken this area. We retested
this area. Then we headed to the upside. Very, very simple. A break and retest is just whenever we break an area and then
we retest it and then we head to the downside. Examples like these I can show you literally never ending. Perfect
example is right here. This is a very strong resistance level. We broke this area and then we came back and then we
retested. We sold off. Another example that we could have is for example right here. This is an area where I actually
took this loss on this trade right here. this area right here. We actually had this support, this support. We got this
break and then I waited for the retest and I just jumped off on the retest and guess what? I took the loss. It is what
it is. It's okay. It happens. It's part of the process. As you can tell right here, this is a very strong level of
resistance. And this right here was the resistance structure, structure, structure, structure. We can go to the
line chart to go ahead and confirm that. And once we look at that here on the market structure chart, we can see that
this was creating structure points. I don't know why. There it is. So we have one,
one, two, three, four, and five. Very clean and obvious area of interest. I would not count that one because the
candlestick isn't that clean. One, two, and three, and four, and five. We break this area. We retest it. We head to the
upside. Break and retest happens every single day on every single possible market that you could imagine. This is
probably one of the most textbook things that happen in the market. And personally, it's one of my favorite
continuation patterns. So, a break and retest is a continuation pattern that happens once you are looking to either
go with the trend or get out of it. But a break and retest is a trade continuation pattern because this is
breaking out of this area and it's continuing in that direction. This right here, as you can tell, this was bullish
in this example. It broke above, created the new higher high. It retested it. Trade continuation pattern. Again, I can
show many more examples of it reversing and then just going in the complete opposite direction. But break and retest
is a trade continuation pattern with the market that it's going to be break and retesting for. Now breakout works the
same exact way. So I call breakout the little brother of break and retest. So we have breakouts and that's the example
that I was giving. Once we actually have the breakout of the area, you can enter the trade once it breaks out without the
retest. I first like building the foundation on break and retest because personally myself, I want to trade with
as many possible confluences that I can and having that extra retest is going to be that extra confirmation. At no point
do I want to have overexposure in the markets just because I want to enter a trade. I always want to be as less
exposed as I possibly can. So that's why I always create the base off of the retest. And if sometimes I get the
breakout, sure, I could decide if I want to enter the trade at that time, but I'm going to make sure that I have in my
mind that I need the retest in order for me to actually enter the trade. But break and retest is the exact same
thing. You either enter at the breakout once it breaks out with the body candlestick closing above or you can
then wait for the retest. Sometimes you might miss out on some trades. Sometimes you might avoid some losses. But break
and retest. Breakout is the most textbook trade continuation pattern known to exist. So now at this point you
understand the law, right? You understand the different types of markets that you could be trading. You
probably know how to understand top analysis and see if something is bullish or bearish. you know on what sections of
the market to actually focus on because the market is huge. There could be a lot of noise either at the top or the bottom
or at the middle or and you simply don't know where to actually go and find the proper area for you to go ahead and
execute the trade. So now you know the difference between actually finding the top or the bottom of the market, knowing
where the market is, and most importantly being able to place that area of interest, and how an area of
interest could be combined with the weekly and the daily, and that you only need an area of interest on the weekly,
and you only need an area of interest on the daily. You don't need an area of interest on the 4 hour, the 2 hour, and
the 1 hour, the 30 minute, or the 15-minut. Those time frames, the area of interest is simply not going to be as
respected. Can you apply the same principle to it? Sure. But it's just going to be a lot more high risk, and
it's not going to make sense. I personally myself I I think trading already is as a risk as it is because
the outcome is not guaranteed and I want to minimize that risk as much as I possibly can by simply having the most
amount of confluences or reasons in my favor and making sure that you're on the higher time frames is that so now that
you understand all of that you kind of have to like read the more important candlesticks in front of the markets
right because the candlestick the markets are full of candlesticks all different types of candlesticks but
there's certain candlesticks that stand out and are key candlesticks in the chart. And these candlesticks that I'm
about to educate you on right now are basically the top performing candlesticks in the market. And they
happen everywhere in the chart. They happen at the areas of interest. They happen in the middle of the chart where
there's no area of interest. They happen literally. They happen everywhere. Anywhere that you can think of, it's
going to happen. But where they have the most impact is at those areas of interest and at key points in the
markets. Now, I'm going to teach you these patterns right now just so you can have them in the back of your mind and
then you can go look for them when you actually see the market. You're going to see them randomly throughout the market.
And I just say they have a 70% of the time where they are actually respected. But once they're at a key point in the
middle of the chart where there's no area of interest, where there's no respected point, they're not supposed to
be rejected because there's just simply no reason for them to actually respect that. So, you got to make sure that you
read these candlesticks for what they are and where they're supposed to be because yes, you're going to get them in
the middle of the chart, but doesn't mean that you just trade them because they happen in the middle of the chart.
Once again, they need to happen at a key area of interest. So, let's break down these points. Right now, I'm going to be
sharing with you these candlesticks that these are the only candlesticks that you need to prioritize when it comes to
analyzing the market. Is there other formations? Yes. I don't know any other formation that works anywhere near
remotely as much as these. And I'm actually going to be eliminating some of these just because they're a bit complex
and they're not as strong. It's only one of them. And I'll be explaining why in just a second. Right. So, I'm going to
be showing you bullish candlestick patterns, which are going to be these patterns right here. And then I'm going
to be showing you bearish candlestick patterns. Whatever I show you on one side, it's pretty much the same thing,
but just opposite on the other side. Right? So, I want to I want you guys to have a clear understanding of exactly
how it works. Once again, so you have the open of the candlestick. So let's say this is a bullish candle. So this is
a bullish candlestick how it opened and then this is how it closed. This is the highest points in the candlestick which
is where the wick is. And then this is the lowest point where the candlestick was which is where the bottom of the
wick is. Same exact thing right here. You have the open of the markets. Then the market closed down here. But once
upon a time it was a green candle creating a wick up here. And once upon a time was a very strong red candle all
the way down here. But the market has closed at this point. So this right here is how the wicks get formed. And I just
want to give you guys a very detailed breakdown explanation. I know we've talked about it already and I've shown
it to you, but I think a visual image like this is going to help. One of the main reversal candlestick patterns is
going to be a dogee and a spinning top. So a dogee is very obvious that there's a lot of indecision in the market. Both
of these right here are indecision in the markets. But a full dogee is a much more clear indecision in the market. A
dogee is when the market basically closes as a cross or closes as a plus sign, however you want to see it. But
what matters is that there is no body in this candlestick. So, as you can tell, in this example right here, there's a
green body and then there's a red body, which leads you to understand that it closed a little bit more in one
direction versus the other. Even if it's something as small as that, there's a little bit more red, there's a bit more
strong sellers, or they close green, there's a bit more green, there's a bit more buyers. If it closes as a complete
dogee like this, it's a that the market is completely standill, right? The buyers and the sellers cannot make up
who's stronger or who is weaker. and then it stayed with the body like this. This is a great point as an indecision,
right? This is good for you to anticipate a continuation move to in your direction or this is just so you
have an idea how the market is moving. If I personally see the daily time frame that is having an indecision like this
after it comes back to a strong area of interest, logically in my mind, I'm going to determine that as a slowdown in
price. If I see a dogee like this example right here, after I see a market that I've had a very strong push up and
then on this push up, we are retesting this area of interest. Price is back at this area of interest. This is a very
wellrespected weekly and daily area of interest, for example, that they both overlap. And then at this area of
interest, I then get a dogee candlestick that is leading me to understand that this pullback is potentially stopping.
And now the buyers that are at this support level are going to hold price to the upside. That right there to me is a
great indication that this market is now slowing down and that the next candlestick could potentially be an
engulfing rejecting this area. Now, if I were to pick in between both of these, if I were to pick in between a dogee or
a spinning top, I would obviously much rather have a bullish spinning top because then that just means that the
buyers are a bit stronger than the sellers. But having a dogee isn't a red flag either. It is equally as strong.
But just understanding that this just means undecision in the market. And this means that there's a bit more on either
side depending on which one the body closes in. Nonetheless, this could be used as a perfect reversal and showing
you that the market is ready to move in the other direction. That means that the market has been battling to go to either
side and it couldn't make up its mind and it closed like this. Now remember key note for this. The higher the time
frame, the stronger the formation. If you go down to the one minute time
frame, you're going to get these formations that form every single minutes. If you're going to go to the to
the 30 minute time frame, these formations happen every 30 minutes. Why? Because it just it it moves a lot more.
It's a lot more volatile. The probability of it happening is a lot easier. I like using these candlesticks
to have my entry or to determine if I'm going to enter a trade based off of like, yes, the 30 minute, the one hour,
the two hour. But where I like to use these indecision candles, and I'm going to teach you how to use them later on,
is on the higher time frame. Seeing a daily dogee like this at an area of interest, having a full 24hour
candlestick battle up and down and close at an undecision candlestick like this, that is amazing. Seeing a 4 hour
candlestick like this, it's also good because it's four hours. But then seeing a one hour candlestick, it's okay. And
then a 30 minute just loses less value. The longer it takes for this to be created, the more respect I'm going to
give to it. But this as a whole could be used as a reversal and showing slowdown in the direction that I'm interested in
taking the trade. This is just a very educational candlestick and it's something that I use on every single
time frame just on the higher time frame obviously the more respected it's going to be. Moving after that we then have
the hammer and the inverted hammer. So this is basically very similar to the spinning top but this is something that
would happen once we have reached this support level and then we basically close with little to no wick on the
upside. So this means that the momentum is extremely strong and the market opened up. Sellers brought this price
all the way down, but buyers were so strong that it brought it all the way up and actually had it close to the upside
with that momentum. So this was going to be a dogee where it was going to be a a full cross, but then the buyers were so
strong that actually made it end up closing to the upside. This right here is an additional very strong and very
powerful reversal pattern. I like to have this one as well as once you have approached a support level because then
this is showing that we are obviously rejecting it and then we have taken out the lows. Next we have the inverted
hammer. So the inverted hammer is actually what is like what I like to call a wick fill. So that wick right
there because it's happening in the favor of the direction that we are going in is where the next candlestick could
anticipate to then fill that. We notice this next candlestick has filled that perfectly. So if the do if the wick is
to the downside, it's a rejection. If the wick is to the upside, it's a fill. Only if we're at an area of interest.
Now, this could again work on the 1 hour, the 4 hour, the daily, the higher the time frame, the better. So if this
right here, you get it, that's great. That's a rejection. Could the next candlestick from that be a bullish
engulfing? Yes. If this is a wick like this, could the next candlestick be a bullish engulfing? Yes. They're both
equally as strong. I just personally like the wick fill a bit more. Just really depends on the trade. But don't
get me wrong, a strong wick or a strong hammer is a very strong rejection. Next is a dogee is a dragonfly dogee. So this
is the [ __ ] that I'm talking about. This is pretty much the same [ __ ] as this. They just decided to make the body
a little bit smaller. And at the end of the day, I'm going to call it a hammer or a dogee. No matter what. You might
see me call it dogee more than dragonfly or a hammer. But this is the exact same thing. I don't want to waste your time
or get you distracted on having to remember the dragonfly dogee when it's pretty much the same [ __ ] as the hammer.
It just has a smaller body, but it means the exact same thing. One is not stronger than the other. The one that is
stronger than all of these is going to be the actual bullish engulfing candlestick. So, this bullish engulfing
candlestick is one of my favorite reversal patterns because this candlestick is showing power. is showing
strength and is showing that we are literally going in the complete opposite direction. It is showing that we are
literally engulfing the bears and we are going with the buyers. This candlestick needs to engulf the last candlestick and
then the previous one minimum to be considered as a bullish engulfing candlestick. That's how I personally
consider the bullish engulfing candlestick. Others like for it to just be the previous small candle. I like for
it to engulf a minimum of two candles just to show the strength of it because that is what's going to lead me to enter
the trade and have more confidence that it's going to go in that direction. So if you have a bullish engulfing that
means you want to buy in that direction. And once again that would happen at a support level. If you have a dogee or if
you have a hammer or if you have a inverted hammer, whatever you want to call it. And then the candlestick after
that is going to be a bullish engulfing candlestick engulfing the hammer and then the bearish candlestick that it was
right here. That right there is the perfect formation in my opinion. And that is also known as the morning star
formation. This pierce line and I just jumped right through it. This is [ __ ] [ __ ] I don't even know what this
is. This is just they made up this formation. In my opinion, it's not even real. They just try to like take value
away from the bullish engulfing and validate something when it's not there. If it's not a bullish engulfing, it's
not a pierce line. They try to make something out of nothing. No, if it's not an engulfing, it's not strong
enough. I'm not taking the trade. I am good. And trust me, I tried to figure this [ __ ] out for way too long. And then
later throughout my journey, I realized that I was just wasting my time. and it makes more sense to just focus on one
good candlestick formation and that's it. My favorite and above all is going to be the morning star formation. The
morning star formation or the morning dogee star formation, but once again it's the same [ __ ] They've pretty much
just added an additional verb to it is going to be that this candlestick has engulfed both of these candlesticks and
it has that dogee that I was just explaining. Either you have this bearish candlestick right here and this one
engulfs or if you have the shooting star to the downside, you have a bullish engulfing candlestick with the dogee.
That right there is a morning star formation. This is my favorite end all be all candlestick formation because
what it essentially does is it combines the bullish engulfing and it adds it in with the inverted hammer or the dogee.
And you you're putting the engulfing and the dogee together. Now, obviously, if this example right here
were to have a wick like that, even better. But if it doesn't, it's fine. All that matters is that this
candlestick has engulfed the last two candles. And that is what makes it a morning star formation. Last but not
least, and definitely least is going to be this right here, the three white soldiers, and then the three black
crows. I I I don't know how it goes from white soldiers to then black crows. I don't even know how how this makes any
sense. This candlestick formation is not even a real thing. If you ask me, it looks exactly the same as the three
cloud clover. This threecloud clover looks exactly the same as the three black crows. Three black three red
candlesticks, three red candlesticks. Looks exactly the same to me. These formations are total [ __ ] and
they're simply a waste of time and there's no need to even focus on them. it makes more sense to just focus on a
formation that actually makes sense like the morning star formation, the bullish engulfing, and then the hammer. That is
all you need when it comes to these candlesticks. Now, for the bearish examples, it's pretty much the exact
same thing, just the complete opposite. The shooting star is going to be happening at a rejection as it's going
to be happening at a resistance. So, if I just delete all this right here real quick, the shooting star, you want it to
be at a resistance. So, let's say this market is trending to the downside and now we are retesting this resistance
level right here. This resistance you're at this resistance level and then once again the camera battery has died. I
guess I'm definitely I've been doing this for a while now. I don't even know how much time I'm into this video. But I
will tell you this, I'm loving it. I am very committed to continue doing this right now. One second. And we're back
over here now with the other camera angle. So over here on this bearish example, we have this market being a
bearish trending market and we are at this resistance level where we're going to potentially be using it as
resistance. Now these market indications, these market patterns are going to actually give us the indication
that we're actually rejecting it. So once again, price could come into this resistance level and then give us a
shooting star. Whether it be with a very small body, whether it have a small body, so it looks like a dogee. So it
looks like a hanging man or a shooting star. As long as we have some type of rejection at this area of interest, it
is considered in my opinion a dogee. So this gravestone dogee, this formation right here is the exact same thing as
the hanging man and the shooting star in my opinion. Now, if you combine that with the bearish engulfing candlestick,
that is where you have the beautiful formation, whether it's a dogee or a shooting star or a hammer, a however you
want to call it. I just call them dogeis, honestly. It's just so much [ __ ] easier. So then this bearish
engulfing candlestick is what's going to give you that beautiful end all be all evening star formation. This is the most
beautiful formation, morning star and then evening star formation. And once again, this right here, they just
figured out a way to remix it and add the actual dogee into it, but it's all the exact same thing. As long as the
candlestick engulfs the last two, you have a beautiful formation where you have a combination of a shooting star
and an engulfing candlestick, which makes the morning and evening star formation. Now, these candlesticks,
you're literally going to see them everywhere, right? We can come here into the chart and then look at this for
example right here. This right here is a bullish engulfing candlestick. This candlestick has engulfed this
candlestick. Guess what happened after? Continuation push. Here we have a pull back to the to the to this retracement
break and retest. What do we have here? A beautiful hammer, shooting star, dogee, whatever the actual name was.
It's that it's that type of candlestick. What's the candlestick you get after? A beautiful bullish engulfing candlestick
that eats the last two candlesticks. This right here is my formation of a perfect morning star formation. This
right here is a beautiful formation continuing to this area over here. Bullish pin bar rejection. Beautiful
continuation push to the upside. What do we have here? A beautiful morning star formation with these very very long
dogee wicks showing this indication that we are indeed rejection. Meaning once upon a time we're fully red, we
rejected. We were fully red, we rejected and we closed bullish. Obviously look what happened after. So, as you can
tell, things were never going things are never going to come out exactly textbook how they are here in the picture, right?
I wish. But I'm not here to sell you a fantasy. I'm not here to sell you a dream. I'm here to tell you [ __ ]
straight up how it is. It's never going to be perfect, picture perfect, exactly like this. It's going to have the
formation and then it's going to be a little bit ugly. Kind of like when you go on a date with a girl you meet on
Tinder. Like on the pictures, they all look great, but when you meet them in person, it's all like,
"Whatever, I'll do it. [ __ ] it. I'm already here kind of vibe, right? And it ends up being a great time. It's the
exact same thing. This, for example, right here is a perfect dogee bullish engulfing candlestick break and retest
of this area of interest. You buy. You see how now we're combining all of the things at the exact same time. We have
this very strong trend, right? This is obviously being a bullish market. We have a break of this strong resistance.
We have a retest. We have a morning star formation with a dogee. That right there, just right off the top of the
bat, I just gave you five confluences on why you should take this trade. You have two time frames in sync. You have area
of interest. You have breaking retest and then you have a morning star formation. Five confluences in 30
seconds on everything that I have just taught you in this video could have easily gotten you to enter this trade at
this retest. Have a very simple stop-loss and with a 1 to2 risk-to-reward, you could have made 118
pips. You multiply whatever you were going to risk times 118. This is easily a5 to $10,000 trade. Just showing you
guys how simple it is. And I'm just educating you guys on things that you are already seeing and I have been
showing you, but you just didn't even know that they were there. It's almost like playing where's Waldo, right? When
you play Where's Waldo, which is this game right here, you pretty much don't know where he is.
But as soon if as soon as I'm able to point out where is Waldo, you're almost going to be like, "Wow, was he really
there the whole entire time?" Like, I already found him. So, for example, let's say I spotted Waldo right here,
for example. And then once you spot him, I'm totally kidding. I did not spot him. But if you do spot him right off the
bat, once you see him, you can't unsee it. It's the exact same thing when it comes to this training view and this
examples right here. Once you see these examples, you can't unsee it. Perfect example of a morning star formation
being at an area that is not valid and it not working. Obviously, if you notice right here, this is a beautiful dogee,
shooting star, whatever. And then we have a beautiful morning star formation. It's not an engulfing because it didn't
engulf this last candlestick right here. But where is this formation happening into? It's happening into a resistance.
What happens after it happens into a resistance? Obviously, it's not going to respect it and then it goes to the
downside. This is showing you the example that you can get these formations anywhere in the charts, but
you need to get them at key areas that they are going to be respected. If not, it's just simply going to be a complete
waste. You get all of these types of formations I'm talking about everywhere in front of the markets at every given
point. Perfect example is right here. Very small morning star formation. This candlestick could have been bigger and
maybe if it maybe it would have made a difference, but that right there to me is not a strong morning star formation.
I like for that morning bullish candlestick to be strong. I want it to engulf. That right there is an
indication that it's going to continue going in that direction. I want it to be in control. Perfect example is like this
one right here. This right here is a beautiful morning star formation. Bullish engulfing candlestick. It ate
the last two candles. Beautiful push to the upside. This right here is an evening star formation and then it did
not really engulf this candlestick right here. So, we had a little bit of a push but then we continued going to the
upside. This right here is a very clean bearish engulfing candlestick and then we had a very strong push to the
downside. Very clean evening star formation right here as well. We're using this as a resistance point right
here. And then guess what? Price has a beautiful evening star formation. Beautiful push to the downside down
here. We have a morning star formation. This candlestick never really engulfed this one. So what happens? We break to
the downside. This candlestick engulfs this candlestick. Beautiful push to the upside. This right here is a beautiful
morning star formation. This right here is if I were to pick a formation that I can have time over time over time again,
it would literally be this one right here. Beautiful morning star formation. This candlestick engulfves this candle
and this candle because this is the last candle. You want to make sure that it can engulf the body of that move, not
the wick. You want to make sure it engulf the body. And if this body closes above the body, that is a beautiful
engulfing candlestick of the last two candles and having a beautiful push to the upside. So, for example, this move
right here actually had a beautiful bearish engulfing candlestick. It engulfed below this body right here.
Simply did not have the move. There's times where that is going to happen as well. But I love when the candlesticks
actually engulf the last body. That to me is the most Picasso thing the market can ever do. Look at these beautiful
morning star formations backto back that just happened right here. This right here. Like I would literally screenshot
this and frame it and put it on my wall. Beautiful morning star formation with a very slight I'm talking about a hairline
break above the last body. That right there, believe it or not, is the difference between an engulfing and not.
And if you were to see this one as well, right here, this one as well has a beautiful morning star formation. And
that candlestick has very clearly body candlestick closed above. And look at the beautiful continuation push that it
has had to the upside right after that. These formations are extremely powerful and they're going to happen time and
time and time and time and time and time and time again. Like for example, this right here, this happened at a low of a
market. This is a continuation pattern. This is not supposed to happen at the bottom of a market. If we're identifying
if this is bullish or bearish, clearly this would have been the higher high. This would have been the higher low to a
certain point right over here. My trading view sometimes glitches. So this would be the higher low. If we were to
look at this based off of the market structure, this market indeed would be bearish, right? So this would be the
lower low. And then this would be the lower high. Let's see how clean that looks on the candlestick chart. Arguably
that can't be the lower high. So then let's say that would be the lower high. It's not a one clean one candlestick
pullback. So this is a bearish market. I don't expect for a morning star formation to have a reaction on a
bearish market. This formation is supposed to happen on a continuation. This is a continuation. If this was
bullish, this was at a support level, I would expect for this beautiful pattern to actually have a push. But obviously
since it's happening in a bearish market, it simply has no use compared how it would if it were to be in a
bullish market. So that is the importance of learning how to use these formations at the right times because
they're going to happen at all places in the markets. They're going to happen while the markets are going up or the
markets are going down or the markets are going anywhere. But you need to make sure that you're actually applying it in
the proper timing of the market. You need to apply the morning star when you're buying. You need to buy the
evening star when you're when you're selling. It's very clean. Morning star when buying, evening star
when selling. Very simple, very self-explanatory. Everything's straight to the point. So, there is hundreds of
other formations, right? There's other different types of candlestick confirmations. There's other different
types of confluences for you to actually use in your favor. But the most powerful ones are simply going to be the shooting
stars and then the engulfing candlesticks. You use it in combination with a strong support level or a strong
resistance and you already have a recipe to have more than a 50 to 55% odds in your favor of a trade going in a certain
direction compared to the other. All right, ladies and gentlemen, now we're going to move on to the next subjects.
Right? So, up to this point, we've talked about a lot. Now if at any point at like from this point going on forward
you don't understand something you don't have clear the market structure you don't have clear certain candlesticks
you don't have clear when it comes to the break and retest to the line charts to the support and resistance areas of
interest if any of that stuff is not clear take a pause at this moment you are pretty deep into the video as it is
already and we have talked about a lot of things that have taken me a very very very long time to actually understand
and perfect. Now, I don't expect for you to perfect it right now. That will pretty much be impossible because the
only thing that's going to perfect it is repetition and time looking at in the markets for yourself, setting up certain
examples, and just going over it over and over and over and again. I didn't perfect this until about four and a half
years in my journey simply because I wasted two years on just having a bunch of misinformation and then it took me
about a year to actually really learn it and perfect it simply because I was by myself. Obviously, if I was with a
mentor, I was with somebody that would teach me live every single day, kind of how I do every single day with my
students, that would have actually escalated and shortened my journey, it would have excellated the amount of
knowledge that I actually learn with stuff that matters and it would have removed all the other [ __ ] So, I
wish I knew that earlier, but obviously, you know, that's why I'm doing this video now for you guys. So once again,
if at this point into the video there is something that is unclear, pause, go back, refresh your notes, watch it over
because what we are going to be talking about now are going to be pretty advanced stuff and it's going to have
everything intertwin and everything connect together. Market structure is going to come together with patterns,
patterns going to come together with indicators. All of this is going to start coming together. What is a
intercooler? And now we're going to put all that together which is going to make the engine work. So that's exactly what
we're going to get into. Now things are going to get very very very uh how do I say it? Um
interesting from this point forward. Right? So all I can say is pay attention. Don't watch this video on two
speed. Watch it on one speed. Just make sure you're actually doing this effectively. Right? So the last topic
that we have talked about was break and retest. Right? Break and retest. We understood that's when something
literally has the break of an area. We then retest it to continue going to the upside. So that right there is going to
be a trend continuation pattern. That is my favorite trend continuation pattern when it comes to the break and breakout
retest. Breakout, break and retest are trend continuation patterns. Now there is reversal patterns. So these patterns
also let you know that the market is going to go in the opposite direction. So a reversal means that something is
going to go the other way. What is a pattern? A pattern is something that has happened in the past. So a reversal
pattern is a pattern that's going to tell you the market is going to shift. So the main and once again there is
hundreds of reversal patterns out there, right? So I can go here into this pattern section and you know you're
going to get the X A B C D Y pattern. I don't even know how to place this [ __ ] but yes, there you can get any endless
amount of examples. You can get whatever this is right here. And I would never know how to teach you this because I've
never used it. I can only teach you the one and only pattern you are going to need and that is going to be the head
and shoulders pattern. Now once again if you have seen me anytime in the past trade, if you have seen any of my clips,
if you have seen me anywhere on social media, you would know that I have made so much money off of this pattern right
here. This is my go-to pattern. Like this is my [ __ ] right here. I use this every single day in the market. I wait
for this pattern to create. And it's not so much about the actual pattern, it's what this pattern actually means and how
it does it. And I'm going to make it make sense in just a second. Right. So my favorites and the only reversal
pattern that you're going to need is going to be this head and shoulders pattern. This is where you have a left.
This is where you have a head. And then this is where you have a right shoulder. So a regular head and shoulders pattern
is a reversal for this market to continue now going to the downside. This head and shoulders pattern gets formed
and you guys should be writing this down. This gets formed at the high of a market or at a resistance level, excuse
me. And then you have this reversal pattern that then lets you know that the market is now going to start shifting to
the downside. At the bottom of a trend, you will then get what is called a inverted head and shoulders, which is
literally the complete opposite. But this is now a reversal pattern to let you know that this market is now going
to go to the upside. So there's a big difference in between a reversal pattern and a trend continuation pattern.
Reversal patterns literally mean the market is going to shift the other way. Trade continuation patterns like the
break and retest are when market is continuously going in that direction. These right here are constant break and
retest to the upside. These right here are constant break and retest to the downside. These right here are constant
breakouts. Break and retest to the upside. This right here is a reversal pattern and it changes the trend of a
market. This right here is a reversal pattern and it changes the trend of the market. Now once again this reversal
pattern and like every other pattern, every other important point in the market, this head and shoulders pattern
is done to call it head and shoulders is done to the market structure. So what do I mean by that? Well, that is done to
the bodies of the candlestick. We are not including the wicks at no point when identifying a head and shoulders. I'm
going to teach you guys how to put this up on the chart right now, but I want to educate you guys on the head and
shoulders first. And everything that we're going to be doing is based off of market structure. So, this is what a
pretty head and shoulders looks like, but a real head and shoulders might look something like this, for example. Might
be at a slant. You might get a head that is a little bit smaller than the right shoulder. And then you will get
something like this. You can also get a head and shoulders pattern that can be something like this. A big left
shoulder, a big right shoulder, and a small right shoulder. Vice versa, you can get a very small right shoulder and
a very big right shoulder. You can get the structure point to be up here. You can get the slanted head and shoulders
this way. You can get the slanted head and shoulders like this. The head and shoulders is never going to be a
beautiful textbook head and shoulders pattern like this. Does it happen? Yes. But I will never aim to always have a
perfect one. The head and shoulders pattern is valid as long as it breaks the neckline. Now, what does that mean,
Alex? What do you mean breaking the neckline? Well, the head and shoulders pattern. Yes, it is a head and shoulders
pattern. But what is this right here? Right? Give me one second. What is this right here? This right here was a higher
high. This right here was a higher low. What is this right here? That is a shift of structure. That is a change of
character. That is a break of structure. This is now bearish. Right? You got that right? Confirmed. Now, this right here,
what is that right there? That is our potential right shoulder. So, without you guys even realizing, I have been
showing you guys the head and shoulders this whole entire time. Like, if you guys go back into this recording, just
go back five minutes, for example. Just click the arrow back. you guys are going to see that I've been showing you the
head and shoulders this whole entire [ __ ] time is that I just never really exposed it to you. And now that I
explain to you what it is, it's almost like, oh my god, it's been right in front of me the whole entire time. Just
haven't realized it. But there is a big difference in between a valid head and shoulders and a invalid head and
shoulders. Now, this right here is a valid head and shoulders because we have broken this neckline. Since we have
broken this neckline, this is a valid head and shoulders. Now, this right here is not a valid head and shoulders. We
all know this, right? We know that this right now is a higher low and that this is a higher high. We have gone through
this 100 times already. This is a higher high. This is a higher low. And we know since we have not broken below this, we
are still bullish. This market is still very much bullish. That is the higher low. That is the higher high a reversal
pattern which is exactly what the head and shoulders is. It needs to be a reversal pattern. Now what is the best
indication to let us know that this is a reversal pattern? That we have shifted the structure. That means that this
market is now changing from bullish to bearish. It is shifting. It is breaking the structure. So there's two ways that
the head and shoulders could be valid. The head and shoulders could be valid either if the head breaks the neckline
making this the lower low and then we have a potential lower high for a new lower low. So this would be a proper
head and shoulders shift because of this point right here. So you can take the trade either at the right shoulder or at
the break and retest of the neckline of the head and shoulders. So the the way that the head and shoulders works is you
can either sell at the right shoulder or sell at the break and retest. Selling at the right shoulder is extremely high
risk. I don't recommend it unless you are an experienced trader. Selling at the break and retest of the head and
shoulders is where it is the proper reversal trade confirmation because you have the confirmed shift of structure.
The market has officially shifted bearish. Right? So if you have this shift right here, making this the lower
low, technically this could come back here, create the lower high, then this is an area of interest up here, right?
Let's just pretend like this has three touches over here. Yes, you can sell at this area of interest. This could be a
sell. This could be your right shoulder. And yes, you can sell at this point right here. But the proper trade is to
sell at the retest of the neckline. Now, the neckline is not going to be diagonal because of this tool. So if you place
this tool to these structure points, technically it's going to come out diagonal. Now the neckline is going to
be based off of the previous structure points which is basically where the higher low and the shift has been
created which would be right here. This is the neckline. The neckline is not going to be this imaginary line that is
gets drawn depending where the structure is. That's not how the neckline works. The neckline is right here. It's always
going to be at an area of interest as well. So the neckline of the head and shoulders is going to be the retest of
an area of interest. So now that you have multiple confluences at the same time, you have a shift of structure, you
have a reversal pattern, you are breaking and retesting the neckline of the head and shoulders. And that also
happens to be an area of interest. You're seeing how everything is just kind of coming along together, right? So
one of the ways that you can execute the head and shoulders is if it indeed breaks this higher low and then we can
sell at the right shoulder. if we're at an area of interest or we can sell at the retest of the neckline. That is the
one way the head and shoulders will be valid. The head and shoulders will only be valid. And you guys should be writing
this down. The head and shoulders will only be valid once we break the neckline. If we have not broken the
neckline, we cannot count it as a head and shoulders cuz it's not a confirmed head and shoulders. This can basically
come up into right here even though that it's bearish, right? Because this right here would be the lower low. And then
this over here would now be the lower high. And guess what? This can literally create an equal move and then have a
move to the upside. And then now we are bullish and we shifted above this. We cannot confirm that this is a head and
shoulders until we have not broken the neckline. The neckline is the most important move for us to consider the
valid head and shoulders. Can you take it at the right shoulder? Yes. It's an extremely high risk and that is up to
you depending on what you want to do. But the proper trade is at the break of the neckline. Right? So this is the
first example and this would make this head and shoulders very strong because it shifted structure once and then it's
going to shift it structure pretty much for a second time over here because then this will turn into the lower low and
then this would turn into the lower high, right? Or that's scenario one, meaning that the head breaks this higher
low so it sets up the perfect right shoulder. Or the second way that you could do it is if the market is like
this. We are still very much bullish. This is the left. This is the head. This right now instead of it cuz if you were
to look at this market like this, at no point in your life are you going to be like, "Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. That's
going to be a right shoulder." No, you you anticipate for this to have a move like this. This market structure is
bullish. You don't expect for this to do this. This is bullish. You expect for this to continue going to the upside.
But for this example, let's say it's doing something like this. Now, you can look at this market and be like, damn,
that is setting up a perfect head and shoulders. Let me take the trade now. Well, you taking the trade now. One,
you're not selling at an area of interest. Two, you're selling on a bullish market because this is the
higher high, and then this would be the higher low. So, you're already doing two things that simply just don't make any
sense. Go find me enough reasons for you to sell this trade. None. You're trading against the trends. You're already
making a mistake. people try and jump the gun and trade based off of a potential head and shoulders. That's not
a confirmation. A confirmation is when it actually has the break. So, this right here would just be the potential
right shoulder. And this would be a confirmed head and shoulders once again once we have broken the higher low. Now,
once we have broken the higher low, all we simply have to do is let price come back into this area, retest this
neckline, and then we will sell. So, if this has broken this area, guess what? That means that this is now the lower
low and this over here is the lower high. If this is the lower high and this is the lower low, what did I just teach
you guys? I taught you guys that you're going to find an area of interest in between this lower high and lower low.
Start working your way up and boom, what do you happen to find right here? This right here is an area of interest with
three touches. And what a coincidence, it is also the neckline of the left, the head, and the right shoulder. That right
there is how you're piecing together market structure, how you're piecing together area of interest, how you're
piecing together trend and a reversal pattern. Everything is just coming together, right? And this is just one of
the things that I'm going to be teaching you right now. So once again, if there's something that you don't have clear,
just take a pause, go back, double check it, and then come back to this point right here. And if you're not
subscribed, hit the [ __ ] subscribe button. Right. So, let's continue to go on with the head and shoulders pattern.
Right now, for a bearish example, it's basically the exact same thing. This market right here was creating this
lower low. And then this over here was creating this lower high, right? This market structure, let's just pretend
like this market is like this. This right here is the lower high. this right here on this lower high and this lower
low. What do we expect to happen here? We expect from this move right here to it continue to go to the downside. At no
point do we expect for this to come over here and then retest this and then actually have a reversal to the upside.
This right here, if you would see this, you would still very much count it bearish. Now, some people are better
buyers than sellers. Some people are better sellers than buyers. It just it's entirely up to you. Once again, if you
don't have a clear indication on how to do that, you can just flip the chart. But the principle applies exactly the
same. Nothing will change if it's bullish or if it's bearish. It's literally the exact same thing, right?
So this right here, we understand that this market is indeed bearish. Lower high, lower low. We haven't broken
above. Nothing changes. Now, if this does this now, guess what? We have the confirmed break of this lower high,
making this the higher high. And if this is the higher high, we get the head of the snake. The first turn, that is going
to be the higher low. So then this turns into the higher low. That turns into the higher low. We could only find an area
of interest inside of this higher high and higher low. And what a coincidence that it is literally at the neckline of
this left head and right shoulder. So you simply draw your head and shoulders. Obviously, it's the exact same example.
before I just flip the chart. But that's really how easy you can tell the difference in between one or the other.
So in the chart is going to be exactly the same exactly just like this, right? So this right here is the lower low and
then this over here is going to be the lower high. So us as traders, we do not enter the trade on the breakout of the
neckline. We have to wait for price to come back into this area and then retest. And then once it retests, then
you look for those candlestick formations here. Since you're looking to sell, you look for a bearish shooting
star and then a bearish engulfing candlestick to then continue pushing this trade to the downside. That's
pretty much it. That is exactly how the head and shoulders works. I can literally show you I'm talking about
like hundreds of these examples every single day. I'm going to show you with a real life example right here. So, this
right here is a ugly head and shoulders pattern. So, as you can see it right here, this right here will be a left
head and then a big right shoulder. Guess what? We came back over here. We broke above the right shoulder. We broke
the right shoulder. We retested the right shoulder. And then we started to have the push to the downside. You guys
remember when I showed you guys this trade before I I was interested in taking it? How I was actually interested
in taking it? Well, look how it's moving now. Look where it is now. All because of this 1 hour left head right shoulder.
The head and shoulder is equally as valuable. And I mean it is used equally the same on every single time frame. Now
obviously the higher the time frame the stronger the pattern is going to be but it's used the exact same way. You have
to wait for the break of the structure. So for example right here if we are looking for this example right here this
if we were to look at it on the market structure you can see how we have left head and right here you never really
anticipate a right shoulder until you actually start to see it being created. So that right shoulder there is looking
a little bit ugly but it is creating a right shoulder. And as you can tell this is the higher low. That's the higher
high. We shifted the structure. So, that's a good head and shoulders that we like to see, but we never got the break
of the neckline. So, or we're waiting for this break of the neckline in order for us to then actually sell this trade.
So, as you can tell, no break of the neckline there. We almost broke the neckline. We did nothing. Went up to the
upside. And then over here, we actually broke the neckline, came back and retested it, and then we had a beautiful
sell to the downside. This is just based off of pure market structure. You can see here how this was a head and
shoulders that it never broke the neckline. Left head and then guess what? This right shoulder. This was the higher
high and then this was the higher low. The market never broke this higher low. It never completed this right shoulder.
It never created a proper reversal pattern. Now, don't get me wrong. You're going to get these head and shoulders
literally everywhere in the market. I'm talking about in the middle of the chart, at the top, at the bottom. You
want to make sure that you can get this reversal pattern on areas that it actually will have a significant impact.
You want to make sure that you're getting this head and shoulders pattern at a resistance. If you're looking to
sell, you want to make sure you can have it at a support. If you're looking to buy, perfect example of a beautiful head
and shoulders could be this example right here. Left head, right shoulder. Doesn't look clean on the candlestick
chart. Don't worry. Go to the line chart. Be I'm talking about beautiful. left head and then right shoulder. Price
broke the neckline. We came back to retest it and then I ended up taking a loss. And I'm a real one for doing this,
you know, like I am in control of this video right now. I can just pause the video and then just go find the perfect
example how it actually happened on that perfect example and then just show you how it wins every single time. But I'm
not going to do that because that's [ __ ] up. like I'm showing you guys real life examples on trades that I
personally have taken and trades that I have actually either made money or lost money on. Even if they're not as
perfect, it it's going to, you know, it benefits me far more because you guys will like me a lot more if I just set a
perfect example and show you how exactly how it looks on a perfect scale and show you how it works every single time. But
that's not the reality of this. And that's the mistake that a lot of these mentors make while they're making these
videos. They always try and find a perfect example just to show you so it makes sense. I'm not doing that. I'm
making it make sense with real life examples. So you guys, when you guys go out there to the real world and go trade
the real markets, you're not [ __ ] lost and you actually understand [ __ ] And even though you have a perfect head
and shoulders pattern like this one, you can actually understand that there's still a risk of losing no matter what.
So I'm protecting your capital. I'm just looking out as much as I possibly can. So just wanted to set that tonality
because I've realized it throughout the videos that I could have done so many different types of examples that would
have made me look better, but it would have not been the reality for you guys. And I just wanted to show you guys that,
right? So for example here, this is another head and shoulders. How this was the higher high. This was the higher
low. Price never broke the neckline. We remained bullish. And even though right here it probably might have looked like
it was going to create a beautiful right shoulder from this area. It could have easily looked like it was going to go
down and create a left head. Right shoulder, excuse me. We did that. So examples like these, I'm telling you,
they are literally never ending throughout the whole entire video. These are literally everywhere in the chart.
You're going to get them on every single time frame throughout any chart. I'm just looking to the left finding these
head and shoulders when and if they happen, but they happen all of the time at every single place. For example,
right here you have a beautiful inverted head and shoulders pattern right here. So, this right here is going to be the
left. This right here is going to be the right I mean the head, excuse me. And then this is going to be the right
shoulder. You notice price broke this neckline, came back, retested, beautiful push to the upside. Once again, if it
doesn't look super clean, you can go out to the line chart and then on the line chart, you can see it. Left head, broke
the lower high structure point, came back to create the right shoulder, break retest, and then it went to the upside.
Examples like these and I want to find the I remember that I caught one the other day. I wonder where it is. And you
know, they come very big. They could also come very small. So for example, you can see this right here as like one
ginormous head and shoulders. For example, like right here, you have a ginormous left head and then a ginormous
right shoulder. Or you can see a smaller head and shoulders right here. Left head and then right shoulder, for example.
I'm telling you, these these are it's literally my favorite reversal pattern. If I go down to the 15-minut time frame,
you're going to see it more than ever. I think it was NZD CAD. Was it NZD CAD?
NZD CAD? No, I think it was Oh, it was NZDUSD. Like this right here is a beautiful
trade setup that I had. I'm talking about phenomenal. Look at this right here. Right. So, this right here has a
beautiful left head and then this broke the structure and created this beautiful right
shoulder for me. Right? It's a very big head and shoulders. Now on this retest of this neckline, I go down to the 4
hour. And when I go down to this 4 hour, I can see right here. What do I see? I see a beautiful left head and then right
shoulder retesting the bigger neckline of the head and shoulders. So this is the big head and shoulders over here.
And now this is retesting the neckline. Beautiful head and shoulders at the retest of it. Here's another beautiful
example of a beautiful head, left head and then right shoulder. We broke, retested the neckline and then we sold.
Right here we have an inverted head and shoulders. Right here we have a left head and then the right shoulder trade
continued to go to the upside. Up here we have another head and shoulders. We have left head and then right shoulder
broke, retested and then went to the downside. Right here we have another left. These things are just never
ending. Head, right shoulder. This right here is clearly an area of interest. So if this was I mean you can just look at
it. You can just look at this example like this, right? So let's say this is the higher or let's let's not say this
right here is the higher high, right? For example, this right here is the higher high of this market. This right
here is the higher low of this market. We know that this is bullish. So in this market, we now get a perfect retest of
this area. So right here it looks like we're creating the perfect base for the left for the head. Now you don't know a
right shoulder's coming. You just look this looks like the base. This looks like it's just rejecting the structure
to potentially go to the upside, right? But then you get something like this. You get a little high and then it
breaks. Now when it breaks is when you realize, oh [ __ ] this [ __ ] is actually bearish. This went from being bullish to
bearish. Now this higher low gets invalidated. This becomes the new lower low. You do your little snake trick.
this becomes the lower high. If that becomes the lower high, then we have to look for an area of interest inside of
this lower high and lower low. But first, let's just make sure that this candlestick has actually stopped at this
area. This we need to have some type of slowdown at this area so we confirm that we're actually having that as the lower
low. As of right now, this looks like this became the new lower low. See what happens to the next candle. Okay, this
becomes okay, perfect. That became the lower low. So now we're going to look for areas of interest within this box,
right? So we're going to go back out to the line chart. We're going to start working our way up from this point right
here. Start working our way up. Boom. Right here we have one and then two. We can potentially have this as an area of
interest. Let's see what it looks like on the candlestick chart. We have one. I'm sure if we look more left, uh, we
have maybe three. One, two. Doesn't look that clean. we start. If we keep working our way up, we're going to probably run
into this area right here where we have one, two, and then three. If we look at it on the line chart, you can tell we
have very clean structure. We have 1 2 3 four structure points. And what a coincidence that it's also the neckline
of the head and shoulders. Now, this neckline of the head and shoulders, we're going to wait for price to come
back and then retest it. So once price comes back and then retest it, we're going to wait for some type of rejection
confirmation like this evening star formation for us in order to enter this trade and have the sell to the downside.
So now this is the confirmation that the neckline the head and shoulders has broken it has come back to retest it. We
have our engulfing and then guess what? Beautiful sell to the downside. That right there ladies and gentlemen is a
perfect example of a head and shoulders and this is just a random chart that I found here on Trading View. Head and
shoulders patterns happen literally everywhere throughout the market. I can show you another one right here. Left
head, right shoulder. We broke the neckline, came back and retested. You can see it right here. Left head, right
shoulder. What matters is that it shifted from being this the higher low to this being the higher high. We
shifted the structure. So we go from being bullish to then bearish. And then we create the new lower low. Then we
come back, we create the retest and then we sell. That is the beauty of the head and shoulders that it is a reversal
pattern and it is literally showing you its hand first. You're letting the market create the move before it even h
like you're letting the market do the move for you where you're letting the market literally have the pattern so you
can just simply follow it. You don't even have to think. All you simply have to do is just react to the pattern. And
I know I have many, many, many more examples. I think I have one on GBPUSD not so long ago that I took as well.
That was a beautiful head and shoulders. I think it was somewhere. Yeah. Okay. Look for example right here. So right
here GBPUSD once again we have left head right shoulder. We break that neckline come back and retest and then we sell.
Examples of these are literally everywhere. And it it's just called a head and shoulders pattern because
that's just what it is. But it's really just a reversal pattern. For example, right here you have this market that is
bullish. This market right here is bullish. Right? This market was creating higher highs, higher lows, higher highs
and then guess what? We shifted the structure. So if this is the higher low and then this is the higher high. This
at this point did not shift the market structure. This market was still bullish up to this point right here. But guess
what? We broke the neckline. We came back to retest it. And then guess what happens after? Retest the neckline.
Beautiful sells to the downside. This right here is the beauty of the reversal pattern. Now, it's not that I'm looking
for specifically a head and shoulders pattern. No, what I'm looking for is for this right here is that shift of
structure, the market going from bullish to bearish. That is the reversal pattern. That is the indication that I'm
looking for in order for me to be interested in this trade. It's the shift of the structure. Whether it happens
from the uh the push from the head or whether it happens from the break of the neckline of the actual head and
shoulders. And like I'm just so passionate about these head and shoulders that I can literally be on
here for hours just showing you examples of head and shoulders alone. Just literally head and shoulders everywhere.
Like there's another one right here. I'm trying to find like an ugly one cuz sometimes there is some ugly ones. I
mean this is kind of like an ugly one in a way in my opinion because this one's like not super clean. Left head and then
right shoulder. All that matters is that we broke the structure, retested the neckline, we then had a push to the
upside. I see these patterns happen every single day, everywhere in the market, either at tops or bottoms. And
for me, it's my personal favorite reversal pattern. And it lets me know that the market is indeed respecting the
structure. Perfect example could also be this right here, this inverted head and shoulders right here. We have this left,
this head, and then this right shoulder. We break the neckline. So, as you can tell, this right here is going to be the
lower high of this market. If this is the lower high of this market and then this is going to be the lower low, that
lower high and lower low, guess what happens? We break that neckline, we break that lower high, we break the
lower low, we then break above it, come back, retest it, have the bullish engulfing candlestick, and look at this
beautiful push to the upside. Like, it just I just can't I just can't get over it, you know? I just can't get over how
many times this pattern happens all of the time. perfect examples right here on a head and shoulders that it did not
respect it. So technically, you know, you can call this the left the head and then the right shoulder. And if you were
to call this right here the higher low, technically it did break that neckline. So if you were to call this the higher
low and this the higher high for examples purposes, this right here, technically it did break that structure
and we did come back and then retest it and it could have sold off. But personally, I would have not counted
this as a right shoulder for me. That would have just been way too small of a right shoulder. Would have not been as
clear. Like I want the right shoulder to be obvious. I want you to be actually be able to spot the shoulder. For perfect
example could be this one here as well. And I know I'm beating out a dead horse here, but I know that the repetition is
what's going to lead you guys to success. I know that's what's going to make you guys see the things how I see
it. Cuz what makes me a profitable trader and be able to see the markets how I see it. It's not something secret
that I know. It's the amount of times that I've seen this and I actually could understand it better than anybody else
because I've seen it so much. Right here, we have a left head and then guess what? We never broke that higher low. So
then this never created the right shoulder. If we look at this on the neckline, I mean on the line chart, this
is technically going to be the higher high right here. This is technically going to be the higher low right here.
So as you can tell, price never broke below that higher low. So, while this was creating that potential right
shoulder for us to then sell because right there that looks like it can create the perfect right shoulder, we
never broke below the higher low. We continue having this push to the upside. So, ladies and gentlemen, Head and
Shoulders pattern is my favorite reversal pattern, but not because of the actual pattern itself. It's because of
how it is done and that is with the shift of structure from the higher low to the higher high or once we actually
break the neckline we come back and we retest it and then we sell. Head and shoulders is my favorite and most
effective reversal pattern. Now to this we're going to add what is also called as a indicator. Right? So an indicator
is obviously exactly what it's named, an indicator, right? It's going to indicate to you that the market is either going
to do one thing or do another, right? So there's many different types of indicators. You know, we can go here
into the indicator section of Trading View. And this area alone, you can pretty much click every single one of
these and you're going to have a billion different types of indicators. They all supposedly know what's going to happen
next. There is always a new indicator. They're always doing updated indicators. There's always going to be different
types of indicators that the market is going to offer. Now, the only indicator that I personally use
is the EMA exponential moving average. Now, I use this you guys
can see it over here. EMA. So, the moving average exponential. I don't know why it says EMA and then the wording of
it is completely different but it is the exponential moving average or the moving average exponential potato the same
thing. You guys understand I only use an indicator by accident. I was never planning to use an indicator.
For me the indicators I tried to have many different types of indicators. I tried to do the indicator crossover. So,
it's where you have like five of them and then whenever all of these different types of indicators whenever they all
cross over that's when you would sell below it or whenever the price would cross above all of them that's when you
would buy with it. It's all [ __ ] [ __ ] at the end of the day. Indicator is a delayed line on the chart
based off of price. It's never going to predict the future because it needs the current price to be able to like create
the indicator and it can never create future price because it doesn't have the future price. It's just an added
confluence, right? So, whenever you see price, you're going to see this little blue line that pretty much just follows
it everywhere it goes. Now, this blue line is literally exactly what it seems to be. It's like a dynamic support and
resistance level that follows price. Whenever you're above the indicator, it is used as supports. Whenever you're
below the indicator, it is used as resistance. Now, this indicator, like I just mentioned, I came across it by
accident. I was just pretty much searching the internet for all different types of profitable indicators and
there's just really one that stuck out and that is the exponential moving average. For you to get access to this
exponential moving average, just type EMA and then it's going to pop up as the 20, the 50, the 100, and the 200. So, I
want you guys to go ahead and click on that. And once you guys click on it, you guys are going to see how you're going
to get all these different types of indicators that pop up on your chart. You have here the the 20. The 20 is
always going to be closest to the price because it just moves as close as it can to the price. Then you're going to have
the 50, which is the one that I use, and it's it's this other blue one right here. Then you're going to have the 100,
which is a bit further. And then you're going to have the 200, which is is even further. All of these are [ __ ]
[ __ ] pretty much. But there's only one that sticks, and that's the 50 EMA. So for you to get access to the 50 EMA,
how I do, just go ahead once again, click EMA, and then you can just click on this section right here. And then
once you click on this section, then you want to make sure you can go to the settings icon over here. And then on the
settings icon, you're going to go to or how is it? Do you double click this right here? Visibility like this. So,
what you're gonna make sure is that you can go ahead uncclick the red one, uncclick the dark blue one, uncclick the
light blue one, and then you're going to be left with the 50 EMA. The 50 EMA is going to be that orange one. It's
already a preset. You notice if I uncclick it, it's literally right on top of my blue one that I have. I guess I
just have an old indicator that I haven't updated and I don't care to update it. It's just there or I can just
change it to this one. But as you can tell, the 50 EMA is going to be that middle indicator because it goes right
over my blue line that I have right there. It's literally exactly the same. And then that is pretty much how you
place the indicator and how the indicator is used. It's basically a dynamic support and resistance. Whenever
the price is moving up and you're looking to buy at anywhere in this point right here, you being above the EMA is
just an added confluence. If you're looking to buy here, for example, and you're above the EMA, it's just an added
confluence. If you're looking to sell over here and you're above the EMA, just something to take into consideration.
Over here, you're buying, it's above. Whenever price going down, it hits below. Whenever you go above, it's just
it's always delayed in my opinion. I just have it honestly because I think it looks cool. But there is some certain
scenarios where it happens to line up perfectly with certain areas of interest and and certain points. For example,
like the 1 hour right here, right? So for the 1 hour, as you can tell, we have the head and shoulders pattern. Left
head, right shoulder, right? We already understood that. We have the neckline of the head and shoulders. And then guess
what? Price broke this area. Came back to retest the area of interest. Retest the EMA. I mean, it retest the area of
interest. the neckline of the head and shoulders and it also happens to have the EMA at that area. It's all a piecing
of puzzle all together. If I were to compare this to something of an engine of a vehicle, it's almost like having
the hood of the car. Do you need the hood of the car to drive the car? No, at all. But it completes the car, right?
Can can you remove the hood and still drive 24 hours without the car turning off? Yes. Can the hood be off, it rain,
and the engine still be fine? Yes, of course. The hood does nothing other than just give the car an aesthetic look and
it just completes the vehicle and it also protects your engine parts so I don't know um somebody doesn't steal
something from it. But you can drive the car without the hood. So the EMA is like the hood. It's just like the cherry on
top. It completes the trade for whenever it is needed and you want to add it as a confluence. For example, on the 1 hour
time frame, this EMA is used as a resistance to then sell. But if we were to go out to then the 4 hour on the 4
hour you can tell that we are above the EMA and now it's going to potentially reject it to then head to the upside
potentially. On the daily time frame we're extremely far from the EMA for example. And on the weekly time frame we
are even further away from that EMA. So the EMA it is not used just based off of entry time frames, right? I I don't use
it just on the lower time frames for this example. It just happened to line up. I can find a different example of a
trade that I took. For example, let's just say this one right here. The 1 hour time frame when I was interested in
taking this trade, I happened to be a little bit below the EMA. Cool. That was an added confluence. On the 4hour time
frame, when I went to go take the trade, I was a little bit above it. On the daily time frame, when I went to go take
the trade, I was very above it. So, the EMA is really not used at all. I just want to educate you on what it is so you
don't go out there like a maniac trying to figure out the secret formula behind it because the truth of the matter is
that there is none. There is no secret formula to the EMA. Sometimes it's good to be above it. Sometimes it it doesn't
even matter. I personally when I go grade my trade, the EMA is literally at the bottom of the list. Like after I do
all of my analysis and I do all of my checklist and I do everything, I'm like, "Oh, where's the EMA? Is it there or
not? Oh, it is. Okay, cool. It's not. Okay, cool. It doesn't matter. It does not complete my trade. It does not take
away from my trade and it doesn't do anything for my trade. The only again, for example, here I'm selling it. We're
below on the 4 hour. Cool. Let's see on the 1 hour time frame. What are we doing over here? Trying to make it back over
to price on the 1 hour time frame. Perfect. As soon as I sold, I happened to be below it as well. What a
coincidence. For this example over here, when I happened to buy, I was below it. So, technically, I was breaking the
rule. The EMA is nothing but a delayed support and resistance. You placing a area of interest like this how I have
placed it right here is far more accurate than the EMA because the area of interest is going to be valid for the
real market structure and for the weekly, for the daily, for the 4 hour, for the 1 hour. It's all going to be the
same thing. Not like the EMA how it is subjective and it moves based off of the time frame. Depending on the time frame
that you are, it is going to be a bit closer, a bit further. It's going to be added. It's not going to be added. Now,
once again, there is hundreds of different EMAs. The EMA is simply just a dynamic support and resistance that
holds price up supposedly whenever you're above it, and whenever you're below it, it pushes price down. It is a
delayed indicator, and it has zero importance when it comes to trading. You're not going to build a whole entire
trading strategy just based off of EMA. This will be a cherry on top on your trade when you go enter it. If you have
it, you have it. If you don't, you don't. So, I'm just going to remove this here so I just don't have that extra
indicator for no reason. But the EMA is pretty much just a extra tool to call it. Now, you understanding head and
shoulders, you understanding EMA, you understanding market structure, top down analysis, areas of interest, blah blah
blah. These are all different ways on how to read the market. Now what if I told you that everything that I have
just taught you sets up the perfect trade based off confluences. So there is something called confluence trading and
confluences are literally what I have been talking about every single pretty much time that I go trade every single
moment I have this confluence I don't have this confluence I have this I don't have this confluence trading is
literally having the most amount of reasons to enter the trade or not it's like right now I'm trying to invite my
buddy out to go out to the bar with me to go drink I can't even remember the last time I went to a I don't think I've
ever gone to a bar to go have a beer, right? But just just for example, right? Let's say I want to invite my friend to
go out to the bar. Hey, bro. Bars are I don't even know. It's happy hour. Um there's going to be a lot of um college
girls there and I I don't even know what people do at bars, but right, I'm just trying to give
him as many possible reasons to convince my friend to come to the bar, right, and go have a drink with me. Bro, beers are
half off. There's going to be a lot of pretty women. free nachos and on top of that they're playing a football game.
You say all that to your friend and he's like and you know what makes more sense to be at the bar than to be at home
doing nothing. So you you basically made it make sense for your friend to be at the bar with you rather than be home.
Confluence trading is really no different than that. But it's just, you know, it's just revolved around money
and you can actually do something with your life, right? You can actually capitalize off of it aside from just
wasting your time at a bar drinking beer. So when you go confluence trading, you try and add as many possible things
together to the trade for it to logically make sense for the trade to actually go in one direction versus the
other. Because we all know the market is going to do two things. The market from this point right here can either go down
or it can continue to go up, right? If you at any point in your life, you figure out if the market does either one
of those two things, you [ __ ] call me, right? because you're on to something special or there's something
wrong with the market. But in my humble seven years of trading in these markets, I have never seen the market do anything
other than from this point right here go up or go down. So it's already a 50/50 chance. But now what if I told you that
if at this area right here, there is seven reasons on why it has a higher probability of going up than going down.
Well, it just simply makes more sense to buy than to sell it. That's really it. At no point in my trading am I 100%
confident that this trade is going to go in one direction or the other. I just simply have so many reasons for it to go
in that direction versus the other that I go ahead and risk money behind it. But I don't have inside information. I don't
predict the future. I don't have a crystal ball. I am not an alien, right? I just have a logical amount of reasons
on why it's going to go up rather than down. And that is all based off of everything that I've taught you on this
video. First thing, for example, is this market bullish? Bullish or bearish? All right, cool. Well, this market is
bullish. All right, cool. So, that's the first thing we got, right? We already we already understand the market is
bullish. Cool. Well, where is the market right now? Well, this market is at an area of interest that it's a respected
area of interest. [ __ ] All right. Cool. Cool. Cool. So we are at an area of interest. So this area of interest is
obviously a very wellrespected support and resistance. We're above it. It could be used as support. Okay, cool. So right
now we understand we have two of these confluences in our favor. All right, cool. What else do we have? So we also
have at this area, let's say this is the daily time frame or the 4hour time frame has created a dogee candlestick, an
undecision candlestick. And after this undecision candlestick, it's created a morning star formation. Wow, we have a
morning star formation for example. Morning star formation. We have three logical reasons on why this trade should
go up or should go down. Now this is a simple very simple confluence trading checklist that we can just I just built
off of 5 seconds. We understand that we are having very clear indications that this should continue go to the upside
rather than the downside. We're at a support level. We're trading with the trend. And then we have our entry
signal. Go ahead. We enter our trade. And after we enter our trade, guess what? The trade does what it does.
Continue trades with the trend. Has a reaction from a support level. And it has the momentum based off of the entry
signal confirmation. That right there is literally confluence trading. Now, that's me not even including if we have
the EMA. Me not including if maybe on the 4hour time frame there's an inverted head and shoulders over here. That's me
not including so many other little extra things that can be added to this for it to make more sense. Right? This is just
me going off of three basic core foundations. Trend, area of interest, and entry signal. It simply makes more
logical sense to enter this trade on a buy rather than a sell. And the best way that I can present this confluence
trading is if you literally go up to your your your parents, your siblings, your cousins, your friends, somebody
that doesn't believe in your trading journey or somebody that doesn't even understand your trading journey and you
literally tell them, all right, you show them this chart for example, right? So let's say for example, I'm going to show
you let's say uh let's say for example this market right here, right? Right? For example, let's say this market right
here. and you go ahead and tell them, "All right, what do you think this market is going to do? Do you think this
market is going to go up or do you think this market is going to go down?" They're going to have no, right? Cuz
you're going to you're going to show them an empty chart like this. They're going to be like, "Dude, I have no idea
up or down." Now, they might be right or they might be wrong. It's it's really a 50/50. It's not that hard to be right.
It's just very hard to be right consistently and profitably. And that is where having just a proper checklist and
a proper confluence list that changes all of that. Right? So let's say you just tell your random family member,
your random friend or whoever if this is going to go up or down. And they just say, okay, I think it's going to go up
or I think it's going to go down. And you tell them, okay, let me tell you what I think. And then you start
explaining to them, all right, well this market structure is currently bearish. So this is the lower high. This right
here is the lower low. Secondly, after this market being bearish, this right here is a respected area of interest.
And we also happen to be very near the neckline of this head and shoulders, which is a massive reversal pattern. To
add to that, when we go down to the 4 hour, the 4 hour is rejecting this 4hour EMA. And when we go down to the 1 hour,
we're having a 1 hour pin bar rejection from this area. They're going to look at you like if you're a [ __ ] mad
scientist, and they're going to be like, well, you're talking Chinese, but you know what? These are many things that I
don't know what they mean, and I guess it makes more sense to sell than to buy at this point. Just for example, right?
Just me right here. I pieced up a trade to make more sense to sell than to buy. That is all confluence trading is. Is
you get everything that I have been teaching you, which is just very over the top. And by the way, these are more
things that I can teach you later on. But these are just very over-the-top things that make the trade make more
sense, right? A better example could be this trade, for example, right here that I was interested in taking and I
happened to miss out. Or even this trade, for example, that I was interested in taking. We have the trend,
the lower time frame trend in our favor. We break this area. We come back to retest the neckline. We are retesting
the neckline of the area of interest. We have had a shift of structure. We are rejecting the area of interest. We are
rejecting the EMA and then we have a massive bearish engulfing candlestick. It just makes more sense to sell than to
buy. Confluence trading is literally building the perfect trade setup for you to have the most amount of confluences
in one direction or the other. Now, I get this asked all the time. Is there a minimum amount of confluences that I
would have in order to take a trade? And the answer is no. Why would I want to have a minimum amount of confluences?
Like, that just makes most no sense to me. If I want to risk my money where my money is going to be the safest, I I
don't know why traders have this perception of high risk, high reward, right? Or or people that just get
involved in trading, they think, oh, whatever is high risk is high reward. Guys, we are not in the casino. We are
not in the what's that thing that the the the powerable. We're not in the powerable. We're not in the lotto. We
don't want high risk. High risk actually means low reward. A trade that has zero confluences is high risk. And if it has
high conf if it has high risk and no confluences, the odds of you winning that are very low, right? So, you're not
going to have a very high return on that. But now if a trade has eight confluences for example that makes that
a very lowrisk trade and meaning it's a very small chance that you're going to lose. So it makes more sense to risk
more money on that and that is where you in turn have higher reward. You have high rewards on the lowrisk trades. Why?
Because you're going to risk more money on trades that have less odds of losing. You're not going to risk more money on a
trade that has higher odds of losing. If it has higher odds than losing, I don't even want to get involved. I want to get
involved when I have the least amount of chances of possibly losing. And that is exactly what confluence trading is.
You're building a approach to a trade where it simply makes more sense to do one thing rather than the other. Perfect
example is right here. This trade right here, we were rejecting this very strong area of interest. The daily time frame
was bearish. This is a massive bearish engulfing pin bar rejection. I then go down to the 4our time frame. We have a
left head and a right shoulder. We break this neckline. I go down to the 1 hour. On the 1 hour, we then have a another
left head, right shoulder. On the right shoulder of the head and shoulders on the 4 hour. We break this neckline. We
come back. We retest. We reject the EMA and a massive 1 hour bearish engulfing candlestick. I have just told you seven
different confluences in 5 seconds off of everything that I've just simply told you. Daily rejecting area of interest,
daily bearish engulfing candlestick, 4hour head and shoulders candlesticks. Then you also have a break and retest of
that head and shoulders neckline. That's another confluence. And then on top of that, you have a head and shoulders on
the 1 hour time frame. break and retesting that neckline, rejecting the EMA, and then your entry signal, which
is the bearish engulfing candlestick on the 1 hour. What else do you need for it to make more sense to buy? Now, don't
get me wrong, there's going to be times where you're going to have 10 confluences make sense on your trade and
then guess what's going to happen? The trade will go in the opposite direction. There's no guarantee at any given point
that the trade is going to always win. No, but it just makes more logical sense. That's why I tell people all the
time, I think trading is the the ultimate hack to making money online because I just think you can literally
predict the future by just having the most amount of reasons on why it's going to go in one direction versus the other.
The best analogy that I can put with that, it's almost like if you're going to go out there and go fishing, right?
Now, let's say you're going to go out there and go fishing and you know historically when the waters are calm,
when there is a very bright sunny day, no clouds, and you're the only person out there fishing and the tide is low,
for example. I'm not a fisherman, right? I'm just making stuff up right now. And the tide is low that the fish have
nothing else to do but eat and they're going to be looking for food. What if I told you that you can literally go, you
can literally just sit by the dock and wait for the weather conditions to give you that perfect condition and then you
go out and fish at those times? Why are you going to go out and fish when it's cloudy, when there's a hundred other
boats out there and when it's late at night or late in the afternoon when there's already been a feast? You won't
do it. It simply doesn't make sense. You're going to go out there when it makes sense, when you have all the
proper conditions for you to go out there and actually go and fish. This right here is you literally creating
your condition. You're just sitting on the sideline, sitting here on the desk, and you're going to wait for the market
to give you that perfect entry signal for you to enter the trade. You're not going to just enter any trade
impulsively just because you have the opportunity to do that. Yes, can you just get on your boat at whatever point
you want and go out there and fish? Yes, you could do that. But you're going to waste fuel. You're going to waste time,
waste bait, and then most importantly, waste your own mental sanity because you just want to go fish whenever you want.
And can you get lucky and catch one or two fish? Sure. But that's not how you're going to sustainably catch a [ __ ]
ton of fish and make your family happy and bring food to the house. You're going to do that when you go do it at
the effective times where you're going to be able to optimize and grow the most and be able to actually do it the most.
And that's exactly what confluence trading is. You're building the most amount of reasons on why the trade
should go in one direction versus the other. And it's all a checklist, right? So, for example, you can build your own
custom checklist. You can build a checklist, for example, just off of the confluences that I have told you. The
first one could be trend. The second one could be area of interest. The third one could be entry. And then lastly, you can
have patterns. Right? So when you go analyze a trade, you say, "Okay, we have the weekly and then the daily in our
favor." All right, cool. That right there, we have a double check. We have two trends in our favor, right? So we
have the weekly and the daily in our favor. Are we at a weekly or at a daily area of interest? Well, right now we're
in neither. Okay, so you don't take a trade if you're not at the area of interest. You simply wait. Okay, cool.
Now we're at the area of interest. Bet. We check that off the list. Now that that we're at the area of interest, do
we just jump right into the trade? No. You need your entry signal. Or you could jump into the trade right if you want
to. But the beauty of the entry checklist and the trading plan is that you know exactly the type of trade that
you are taking. You're aware of the decisions that you're making. you're not blind to it anymore. You know that you
need these four confirmations for you to take the trade. Now, I have my own custom plan and I teach this to my
students literally every single week live and I mention them and I review the trades and stuff, but it's a very
in-depth checklist that I have and I would literally lose you guys at this point right now if I were to show it to
you guys. Like, I literally have it right here. It's like my perfect checklist. If I were to show you guys
that right now, you're going to be like, "What the fuck?" cuz if you guys are like already wow about certain stuff, I
don't even I don't even think you guys are ready for this checklist. But it it is consisted of this core base right
here. If a market is at a trend and you actually have trending markets, that's already a plus. If you have a solid area
of interest and you're at an area of interest, that's already a plus. Now, you need lastly your entry confirmation.
Your entry confirmation can be on the lower time frames or the higher time frames depending the type of trade that
you want to take. And then on top of that, you have either a very clean resistance area with a very clean area
of interest as a resistance. We have broken out of this area. Now we're retesting it. They have a trend
continuation pattern. Cool. You have a break and retest. Or let's say that you are having this retest of this neckline
and you're selling at this area of interest. That area of interest also happens to be the area of interest of
the neckline of the head and shoulders. Boom. You have another confluence. This is all about building the perfect trade.
These are the checklists that you need to go through in order for you to build that perfect trade. Does every single
trade need to have every single one of these checked off for it to be the lowest risk possible trade? Yes. Does
the every single trade that you take need to have every single one of these checked off for you to take the trade?
No. And that right there, ladies and gentlemen, is the problem with traders nowadays. Since you don't have to
mandatory check in somewhere or check in with yourself that this is met, you're simply just taking a trade to take a
trade and you're just entering a market to enter a market with no real plan. That is the problem with trading
nowadays and traders. They're entering a trade without knowing where or why they're entering it. And they don't have
any form of verification to confirm what they're doing is correct. This right here is the correct thing. This is just
a very simple plan. You're trading with the trend. You're buying or selling at a strong area of interest. And then you
have your entry confirmation. That right there is such a simple trading strategy. And I can agree with any trader out
there, whether they are any type of concept trader that they would agree with this right here. Even if we don't
see it eye to eye on our personal strategies, which is like how you actually optimize and get sniper
entries. Every strategy is built off of this foundation right here. There's no way. It's simp there's just no way. It's
not like an engine is just built of an engine block off of a transmission and off of a cooling system. Whether it's
going to be Corvette, Mustang, Nissan, Toyota, uh, Infiniti, Lamborghini, Bugatti, Ferrari, it's all going to
consist of the same thing. Engine, transmission, clutch, and cooling system. All cars are going to have that
no matter what. Now, some cars are going to have better performing parts, but it's going to have the same function.
And that is exactly what this is right here. Some strategies are going to have different ways on how to use the trend,
different ways on how to use the area of interest, different ways on how to use the entries or patterns, but it's all
going to be off of the same exact thing, this core foundation of this trading plan right here. And if you don't have
this plan right here checked off, you should not take the trade. The trade is going to be a high-risk trade. High risk
does not mean high reward. Having all of these checked off will mean you have a lowrisk trade which in turn means you
should risk more and then there you have a high reward. Confluence trading has completely changed my way of trading in
the markets. Has changed my life to be completely honest because I actually know exactly what I'm doing every single
time when I go execute a trade. And just based off of this simple video here today, you guys should be able to go
ahead and just use this basic foundation successfully. and actually be able to see a difference in your trading. This
right here is the game changer personally for me and for all of the students every single week in the
markets. Now, you might want to see me actually break down this confluence trading on an actual market. Like, you
might want to see me actually break this down in real time and put it to practice. Now, I'm going to be doing
that with you guys now on a trade that I actually took and it made me $340,000 or something like that. And that trade
that I break down is a bit advanced and I am going to say some of the terms that you might not understand just yet. But
what I want you guys to do is pay attention to the core things. Trend, area of interest, and entry signal. So
now, if you guys don't understand that just yet, once again, this video is not going to go anywhere. I think it's best
if you just pause right now and go back and watch and make sure that you learn those things properly. So once you watch
me actually break this trade down live and me executing in real time and seeing the outcome of the trade, you guys can
have that, oh, okay, now I understand and I get that. So me breaking down this trade in real life, I show you guys
exactly where I was looking to enter, my thought process behind it, and a little bit of a raw version of how I trade by
myself when it's either in New York session or London session and how I approach the market. So I'm going to
break this trade down for you guys right now in real time. Let me show you guys how this goes down. All right, good
morning ladies and gentlemen. We got another interesting week ahead of us. NZDUSD right now the daily time frame.
We're extremely bearish. This is the lower high. This is the lower low. And as of right now, this is bearish because
of this lower high and this lower low. Not this lower high or this lower low. This is actually just a very strong
bearish confirmation within the lower high and the lower low. We rejected this area of interest very strongly and very
nicely along with the EMA. Now we are potentially almost creating like a right shoulder, literally a right shoulder to
reject under this previous structure level. How we've done here in the past, we've literally broken through this
area, retested it, and then sold off. That's exactly what I'm anticipating to happen here. The 4hour time frame, we're
having a very clean 4hour head and shoulders. The 4hour is bearish. This is the lower high. This is the lower low.
This is just to pull back into the area of interest and reject the area of interest along with the EMA we've done
here. Now, we got to be on the lookout because we did this last time. Literally broke below, retested and had the
engulfing and we didn't. So, so this area is not as respected as you would expect. You see here, we broke below
once. We came back through and we just completely violated and we didn't respect it. We did it here once again
and we've done it here multiple times. Just because you have a rejection from this area doesn't mean that it's ready
to enter. So, I'm going to wait for a bit more confirmation, and I want the market to show me its hand first by
having a bit more of a push down, even if I get a little bit of a worse entry. That's fine. All I got to do is just
make sure that my risk-to-reward makes sense. And then my stop loss anywhere from 10 to 15 pips above this wick over
here. So, this is 13 pips right here. I have to put it around 20 23 pips. And then my takerit, I'm going to aim for it
to be somewhere around here in the lows for a quick one to two. So, that's NZDUSD. We have Euro GBP which we have
been waiting for this trade to come back up into this area of interest for us to sell. Price has not come back up into
this area of interest. As of right now, we're kind of just waiting for the market to do that. As of right now,
we're literally just setting and forgetting until that happens. USD CAD waiting for this to make it back into
this area of interest. We actually took this trade last week. We got wicked out and it went into some profit. Um but not
our final take profit. We're going to wait for it to come back and potentially retest this area of interest to then
buy. It's a very clean trade along with very strong bullish moves. And ND CAD is probably one of my favorite by far. And
as of right now, we are creating the perfect left head, right shoulder. And I am seeing that this is the
potential perfect area for it to have the break of the neckline of the head and shoulders to then have the retest
and sell. So, I'm not going to do anything until we don't have that break and retest confirmation in order for us
to sell of this neckline of the head and shoulders and your JPY not that interested right now. So, keep your eye
keep you guys updated and we'll come back in a couple of hours. All right, boys. Market update. So, this is how
we're looking on NZDUSD. Beautiful push confirmation from the area exactly how we explained it. Sucks a little bit
because I got a worse entry than I wanted to. I knew I should have waited for this wick pullback. So, I told you
guys as soon as we had this 4hour bearish candlestick engulfing, evening star formation rejection from the EMA
and this area of interest that I want to wait for the market to show me its hand first. That's what it did. So, we had
the continuation push. So, then here I went I entered on off of this. I probably have worse entries because of
like spread, but I always like to base it off of Trading View. So, I was going to wait for this wick retracement, but I
didn't. So, I just entered off of this confirmation here. And I mean, it is what it is, right? Not the best entry
that I wanted to have, but all I really care about is overall direction. If this 4hour candlestick closes below the
structure point, I then anticipate for it to have a small retracement and then continue pushing to the downside. But it
is a very, very clean trade as of right now. The daily closes like this, we have very strong push to the downside as
well. 4hour time frame just very solid. Everything just looks very clean. So, moving very nicely.
Euro GBP, we're on our way to the area of interest. USD CAD had a reaction from this area. Don't don't really care about
this one. NZD CAD still waiting for the break and retest below. And Euro JPY, nothing. So, NZDUSD for now. We're going
to set and forget. So, put a little marker just so we know exactly where we last did our previous update. So, check
back in in a couple hours. That, by the way, that was only like an hour ago. Well, this is why you have to [ __ ]
set and [ __ ] forget. The last time we did an update, it was here. It's having the retracement seems to be on the 30
minute time frame. So, 30-minut time frame looks like it's going to create this very clean lower high, which
honestly, it's even better. I would much rather for this to close with a strong dogee like this and people be like,
"Wait, why doesn't that mean that it's rejecting it?" Not necessarily. That means that the lower time frames are
creating that structured pullback and then the next candlestick on the higher time frame will fill. So, it's going to
be more of an aggressive push in that direction. But a little bit of a red flag. Last time that we were here, we
did the exact same break, retest, very strong bearish engulfing, and then guess what happened? We completely reversed.
So, there's a probability of that happening here because last time we came here and rejected, we reversed. We
rejected. We reversed. Now, you know what they say, third times a charm. I'm not saying that's what's going to happen
here, but you know, I'm going to, you know, see what goes down. All we got to do is just set and forget. Whenever I
enter a trade, I commit to the trade. I don't ever ever ever enter a trade and then get out of it
before either hitting my stop-loss or my takerit. Very rarely. There's obviously a 2 3% chance. I mean, one out of every
20 trades that I do that, but it's not what I like to do. Whenever I enter a trade, I made a decision that my mind is
100% convinced that this trade is going to go in one direction versus the other. I've done all of the proper top down
analysis. I have done absolutely everything that I need to feel comfortable risking $100,000 behind this
trade. When I entered this trade, I was on a nonchalant approach and the decision the decision that I made was
based off of probability and my strategy being made. Now, as soon as you click that buy and sell button, you start
thinking different cuz now you're like now now it's now it's real. Now the money can actually get lost. You saw
some profits, now you saw some red. And then your mind starts to change. And I don't let that affect my decision at the
point when I took the trade because I trust myself. I know when I take the trade, I know what state of mind I was
in to take it. I know that I did the proper analysis to go ahead and execute that trade to the best of my ability.
So, there is no reason why I should [ __ ] with the trade if it doesn't hit my stop-loss or it doesn't hit my takerit.
If you do, then you simply weren't ready to go ahead and execute that trade when you did. So, for me, we're just going to
keep setting and forgetting. So, we'll update you guys in a little bit. All right. Good morning, ladies and
gentlemen. In market update right now we are a little bit in profit in our NZDUSD trade. So we literally had the exact
retracement exactly how I anticipated. We rejected from this high creating that right shoulder exactly how I anticipated
it. Beautiful daily bearish push to the downside. It's like a left head right shoulder and then there's a left head
right shoulder within the right shoulder. I love that. So so far it's moving pretty decent. I would love if
this daily time frame can close with a very strong bearish candlestick. We have about six hours left in this
candlestick. So, let's see how that does. The 4our time frame is still needing to break below this structure
point to give us that confirmation that we're going to have the push to the downside. So, I'm going to put my alarm
down here to let me know once and if we actually decide to do that. And on the 1 hour is looking pretty decent because
this is the 1 hour lower high over here. This is the 1 hour lower low. And same exact thing. If the 4hour body closes
below this, we create a new 1 hour lower low and it's just going to be all bearish to the downside from this point.
It pretty much should just be a just free just a free run to take profit zone. I should have I wish I would have
had a higher TP with a better risk-to-reward because I could see it reacting above this area, not making it
all the way to my takerit. But let's see how that goes. Euro GBP just made it to the area of interest. We just got the
alarm. So, I'm going to be waiting for some entry signals to enter around this area. Some decent break like bearish
engulfing candlesticks like this. Like this. I'm going to be interested in selling here. USD CAD. Wow. Wow. Wow.
Wow. Wow. Yeah, we got [ __ ] didd it over here, dude. Look at this [ __ ] Literally wake us out by three pips and
now fly fly take profit for a one to four. You can't make this [ __ ] up, bro. It is what it is.
NZDC CAD right now is perfectly cooking up the perfect left head right shoulder having that bearish engulfing
candlestick right now from this area and now it's just having a reaction above this area of interest. Ever since the
markets traded from Biden to Trump what I've realized is that the markets are just not respecting the head and
shoulders at the right shoulder as it should before. As soon as you get that right shoulder to form, I would sell off
of that right shoulder and anticipate the break of the neckline. Now I can't do that. I gotta wait for the break and
retest because this doesn't respect it the same as before. So, I'm waiting for that extra confirmation. It's what you
should do actually, but before I was just more of a DGEN trader and I would just take it right at that right
shoulder and if I would have taken it here, I would be in some draw down. But the right thing to do is at the break of
that neckline. So, let's wait for that to cook up and uh euro JP JPY nothing. So, let's just keep setting and
forgetting. NZD USD. We'll check back in in a couple hours. All right. All right. All right.
A little update. A little update. A little update. Hello. Hello. Oh, no. No. Tell me. I I hope I'm [ __ ] up. All
right. So, market update. We are up around $88,000 right now. So, this is our trade
right here. You can see we're up 88 grand. It's funny because my screen is still
broken and I'm up 100 grand on this one trade right here. So, definitely broke below this structure point right here.
We're moving very nicely. Having a very clean push to the downside and uh yeah, I [ __ ] forget. That's pretty much it.
This market hasn't rejected as much as I want to. This is just absolutely ridiculous. And NZDUSD is having a break
and retest. So, we're going to wait for that. So, for now, let's see how the daily
closes and we'll come back. We'll update you guys. It's very strong movement. So, let's wait. All right, boys. Little bit
of a market update. So, I spent pretty much all day just in meetings. Worked out a little bit. And this is how the
market's looking right now. So, very clean continuation push to the downside. We have stopped at this very strong
level of support. Exactly how we anticipated. Right now, we are up a solid,
let me show you guys this. Right now, we are up about $123,000. Oh, you guys cannot see that. We're up
$124,000 as of right now on NZD/USD. I'm not going to lie, I went a little bit low
risk like a [ __ ] [ __ ] I should have gone a bit more high risk. And it is what it is. Usually I risk
anywhere from like 100 to 150 on this trade. I went around like 70 60 75 and I like that the fact that they had
this strong bearish engulfing candlestick but clearly that doesn't really mean much when price reaches this
area because you know you can have a strong rejection from this level plus a strong bearish engulfing candlestick and
then the next move just be a massive push up and this market was bearish when it did this move here. Same exact thing
here. You could have a bro I'm talking about this astronomical bearish pinball rejection from this area reach this
point and then have a push up. Same thing here. Very strong bearish candlestick into this area then have a
push up. So exact same thing bear push up and you so like it's a pattern that has happened here. I personally believe
that this is the move that will break through that. And if this is the move that breaks through that,
boys, we're we're talking about massive downside potential from from this here. Like, this is literally going to be
massive. Is it worth the risk? I I don't know because I I got to be realistic with
myself, right? Because here we have a massive left head, right shoulder. We broke, we retested the neckline. Like I
see this having a just continuation push to the downside. But I don't know if it'll happen this week. Maybe it'll I
mean it is only Tuesday. We still have a whole entire week ahead of us. What I do know is this. If it does have the
breakthrough this area, obviously we're going to catch much more risk-to-reward. Let's say we're up a one to three,
right? One to four, right? Which is awesome. But I do know that if it does have that very strong weekly bearish
engulfing candlestick, we can have a pretty big retracement to then sell. Exactly how we did here. Very strong
break through this area. Then we come back, retest, and then we sell. Like I'm not too concerned about missing out on
money on this trade because I know it'll make it. If it's not now, it'll make it down here. So like, let's say I close
right here and then it does end up having the full push. Would it suck? Yes, obviously. because I missed out
essentially on free money. But I could very easily catch these cells once it does have that pullback. The pullback of
that happening is very high. Uh I'm just going to keep my eye on it right now. I'm very confident on my analysis. I
don't like that we are at this level and previously it's obviously reacted from it. I'm just going to keep my eye on it.
If right now on the 30 minute time frame we break above this structure point right here, I'm probably just going to
get out of it there and just call it a trade and just not even look back. And if it does somehow pull back up into
this area, then I'm just going to be looking to enter new positions on it to sell. But yeah, if it breaks above that
structure point, I'm just going to take my profits and run. If it keeps going down, I'm going to keep holding. So, I'm
going to keep monitoring this trade live as it goes because this is a this can be a really really really big banger trade.
So, I want to make sure that I'm on the lookout for it. Euro GBP on the other hand right now, the daily time frame has
had a very clean rejection from this area. The weekly time frame didn't quite make it up to this area of interest how
I wanted to. Even though this area of interest, I could technically squeeze it up and make it a little bit higher or I
could also make it a little bit lower. I can make it something like this. On the daily time frame, we have had this
pullback and we have had this this bit of a of a rejection. Not my favorite. It just h cuz if I
enter the trade here and I put my stop loss somewhere around here. So let's say this is 15 pips. Let's say we make it at
25 pips. And the next point where the market will potentially have a reaction can easily be this structure point right
here. structure point from this right here will be a 1 to 2.5. Not a terrible trade, but I do see some type of odds of
this just coming in here and giving it a better rejection before actually having a push. This is a perfect example right
here. Price actually came into this area and then it rejected and even though it did come back. Same thing here. It did
these little minor wick rejection but then it actually brought some full body candlesticks in there. So I'm just
trying to avoid some unnecessary draw down or a potential wick out. We are bearish. This is the lower high. This is
the lower low. We have had a very clean shift of structure. H
if we can if we can break and retest this little head and shoulders right here, I'm going to take this trade
clean. If we break it clean, I'm going to take this trade. I'm going to wait for this to have a very clean break, a
clean retest, and then I'm going to be interested in taking this trade to the downside because I believe if it does
that, it will continue to have the push. I believe if it doesn't do that, then it's just going to have a full push back
up into here and then create a proper body structure rejection from this area. Because if we look at this for the
market structure for what it is, the market structure technically hasn't made it into the area of interest. We notice
the structure is not there. structure is always the bodies, never the wicks. And the bodies haven't made there. It's only
been the wicks. So, for now, damn, that's crazy. You guys see this right here? These are notes from 2022 that I
put here on Trading View. Monthly bullish on June 20th. So, that is literally
three years ago. Jesus. I've been doing this for a long [ __ ] time. And some people in their
first week, they want to quit. Isn't that crazy? USD card. Look at that. A round of applause, ladies and gentlemen.
A round of applause. USD CAD wicked out and flew to our take profit for a one to four. Wow. We got
[ __ ] diddied. D diddi straight diddled the [ __ ] out of us here. I can't believe it. I'm I'm I'm totally lying. I
totally believe it. I saw it. I saw it. I didn't see it coming, but it is what it is. As soon as I got wicked out, I'm
like, "Oh, there it goes. It's going to go straight to my take profit." Now, I had to do that in order to go to my
takerit. Beautiful trade. I'll take this 10 out of 10 times. A lot of people are always focused on how to avoiding these
wickouts, and these wickouts are inevitable. The only way to avoid these wickouts are very easy, ladies and
gentlemen. You want to avoid a wick out, don't trade. That's all I can say. If you're scared of getting wicked out in
the markets, don't even get involved. When you get to the market, you're prone to the risk and you're also exposed to
the reward. If you want the reward, you simply have to be ready to take the risk. Sometimes it's [ __ ] Yes,
trust me, it is. It's part of the game. But you know what isn't [ __ ] That you forget to place a takerit and
instead of it being a 1 to2, it goes to a 1 to7. That's happened to me before. And I don't know about you, but I don't
complain in those scenarios. Free money, right? But I get it. Some people want to only focus on the
negative aspect of trading, which are wickouts like this, but never realize the reward and the positive exposure
that you're put out there when you actually take these trades. So, just put those things into perspective when you
actually go execute a trade. Yes. Can you get wicked out? Yes. Is it avoidable? Yes. Don't take the trade.
Simple. So, USD CAD, very clean trade for now. I'm not interested. NZD CAD right now we are cooking up the
perfect left head right shoulder waiting for this break and retest of this neckline daily has had a very strong
bearish pin bar currently accumulating at this area and there's not really much that we can do other than just set and
forget I'm going to put an alarm here at the neckline to let me know once and if it does break it but yeah I can't really
take a trade until it doesn't do that and Euro JPY uh looks like it's having the move but I'm not really that
interested in it for now NZDUSD is our priority Euro GBP and NZDCAD. So, it's only
Tuesday. We're already up $120,000. And uh I can see another trade. A lot of people think that, oh, swing trading,
day trading is hard. It's not. It's actually super easy because when you're taking trades that have high probability
trade setups, you know, they they tend to take their time to move in in their direction. For me, holding a trade
anywhere for two to three days is a lot more logical if the probabilities are there rather than scalpers that they
want to enter in and out of a trade in an hour and know if they won or if they lost. Well, you're probably going to
lose more because the odds of a trade getting wicked out on the lower time frame is a lot higher compared to the
higher time frame. People always trade in the lower time frames for whatever reason because I want the trades to be
fast, but that's never going to lead them to be profitable. I don't know. I'm just ranting at this point. Let's check
back in in a couple of hours for London session and let's see what happens. Oh my
[Laughter] what the [ __ ] Oh my god.
[Laughter] Yo, what the [ __ ] bro?
What the [ __ ] We are up right now. Yo, you can't make this [ __ ] up, bro. We are now up $330,000
off the same [ __ ] trade. Oh my god. Yo, I was literally going to I just got out the shower and I was like, "Yo, let
me go back and do the trade update." Saying that, "All right, for London session, I'm just going to decide to
continue to hold." Holy [ __ ] Oh my god. Oh,
what the [ __ ] is going on? Yo yo NZD CAD, we're waiting for the break
and retest of the money line. Oh my god, bro. We had the whole move already. Oh my god.
Yo, what happened? Was there some news? What the [ __ ] 1000 p.m. What the I mean, ladies and gentlemen,
trade update. We're [ __ ] lit. Yo, we're up $337,000. $340,000.
You can't make this [ __ ] up. You guys have seen the whole entire process of this trade. Oh, I'm buying some crazy
[ __ ] That's it. I'm buying it. I I I'm I'm I'm going to buy another Bugatti. I I I I gotta do something, bro. I just
made a $350,000. Wow. Well, ladies and gentlemen, that for you is a [ __ ] perfect example.
Yo, hold on. Hold on. I got to I got to Yo, I'm going to put this [ __ ] on Twitter right now. All the haters are
going to [ __ ] hate this [ __ ] Oh, bro. I I I'm literally in shock. I'm in shock right now. I'm in shock. I did not
expect this going to sleep right now. I was literally going to go to bed early to wake up early. Bro, this is insane.
All right, I'm going to focus. Ladies and gentlemen, market update. NZDUSD take profit fully officially [ __ ]
hit. I am definitely going to close this. It It could still continue to go down, but I will be closing this in the
next 30 40 minutes. I have no intention to continue to hold this. It's gone way past my takeprofit and I am not going to
be greedy. I am going to know exactly like I know exactly what I'm doing here, right? I'm going to just take my profits
and close it out. We're at more than I want to two. This is the situation where you cannot get greedy. Let me post all
this [ __ ] on social media real quick and I'll be right back. All right, give me a second. All right, boys. Update. So, I
officially closed the trade right now. So, we closed the trade at Jesus. We closed the trade at
$396,000 in profit. Can you guys see that right there? $349,000
in profit. Sorry. Can't forget that mother, bro. [ __ ] this [ __ ] man.
Hi. You think I I see you. Come here. Come here. Come here. Come here, you [ __ ] Yeah. Yeah. [ __ ] with me.
All right. [ __ ] with me one more time and see what the [ __ ] goes down. All right. [ __ ] [ __ ]
But on a serious note, this is an absolute phenomenon of a trade. This is a beautiful a perfect trade setup.
Cannot ask for more. I literally closed right at the bottom here at a one to five risk-to-reward. Do I think this is
going to continue to go down? Yes. But wow, that was a great trade. I am going to be honest, ladies and gentlemen.
I'm not trying to trade for the rest of the week. I'm I'm good. I'm good. Like I'm literally good. This is insane.
This is insane. This is insane. This is insane. This is insane. Wow. So, all I can say, ladies and gentlemen, at this
point is I hope you guys enjoyed this video. Trades like these are the ones that turn a somewhat profitable month
into a very profitable month. You can't anticipate for one to five risk-to-reward trades to come. You can't
anticipate for massive moves like this. All you could anticipate is how you're going to react when the market gets to
your one to two risk-to-reward profit, how mine was, and then you make the decision to determine if you want to
continue to hold or not. That is the only thing you can anticipate. That is the only thing you can prepare for. You
cannot prepare for anything else. That is the only thing you need to focus on as a trader. What you're going to do
when it comes to decision making with the market gets to a position like the one that it just did right now. Are you
going to decide to hold or are you going to decide to close? Now, regardless of the outcome, let's say if I did close
this position at that point right there and this market did this 1 second after I closed it, would I have been mad?
Of course, right? I'm human. But you know what I would have done? I would have gone back to sleep and then I would
have just pretended like it never happened the next night. 90% of you guys would be dreading on those profits for
weeks, months, and that what it does is that it gives you this constant negative energy approaching the market. And it
will no matter what affect your decision to the next trade. And that is what you need to control. That is what you need
to master. how you're going to react based off the decision that you make. Cuz if I decided to close that position,
I need to be okay with the outcome, whether it went back to break even or whether it did what it did. And if it if
I decided to hold and now I reap the benefits of taking that risk, now I have to be ready to control my emotions. I
have to be ready and say, you know what, I'm done for the week. or if the next trade that I'm going to take, is it a
logical trade idea or am I just making an impulsive move because I just made a lot of money and I want to make more
money. If you notice, the first thing I said as soon as I got back on here is I'm done trading for the week cuz I know
myself. I know that now I feel like the [ __ ] and I want to go make another 300 and close off at a million dollar week.
But I'm not going to do that right now. I'm not prepared for that. I those weren't my intentions for this week. My
intentions for this week were 200 max and I surpassed that. So, I know myself and I stay true to my plan and my rules
and that's why I'm at the position where I am. And that's probably the best piece of advice that I can give you right now.
All right. So, you guys just saw me break down that big trade that I took a couple of weeks ago. And you guys saw
different ways of how I actually react to the market when it does certain moves. You guys probably saw some
terminologies that I've explained a little bit deeply inside of this class. other ones that I might have said over
the top like you know previous structure point um some types of shift to structure but it all comes down to the
core foundation of what I have taught you guys in this video right here everything that I have taught you guys
in this video is exactly what you need to be able to understand that market that I broke down 80%. The other 20% is
just simply based off of experience and then actually having a bit more knowledge when it comes to defining the
core points of my strategy, which is like how to basically tie up all these other extra confirmations, extra shifts
of structure, putting into intertwined smaller areas of interest, a certain type of engulfing after a certain time
frame. These are all things that you're going to learn with time. But if you notice the whole entire breakdown of the
strategy, everything of that trade that I took was based off of trend, was based off of an area of interest, a pattern,
which is head and shoulders, and then my entry signal. So, I had to be extremely patient when it came to actually
executing this trade as you guys can tell. And when it came to the take-profit placement, I had to be
extremely patient and almost a little bit lucky to actually capitalize off of it more than I should have. Now, a very
important thing when it comes to that type of trading is that you obviously are as unemotional as you possibly can.
Sometimes I overreact a little bit for the camera. Sometimes I generally do feel like that. But that doesn't let me
that doesn't affect my actual execution of the trade or the way I manage it. Like I follow a very strict plan. I
enter my trade. I get out when it hits either my stop loss or my takerit. whether I'm up a certain amount of money
for the day or whether I'm down a certain money for the week or for the month. I have pre-calculated the risk
before I enter the trade and I have a full understanding of the position that I'm in which is the most important part
in trading is literally understanding the position that you are interested in taking. A lot of traders once again
don't know what type of a position they're actually interested in entering into the market. And that leads me to
the next point, which is how to actually do what I did, right? Make a lot of money when it comes to trading. And you
can know the strategy all the way to the end. You can perfect it exactly how I've perfected it over the last four years.
But if you don't have a significant amount of funds, you're simply not going to make it in trading. Like I'm talking
about you can literally learn the strategy, have all the experience in the world, but if you don't have the proper
funds or the proper way on how to manage these funds, it means absolutely nothing. In my trading journey, it took
me about a year and a half to understand the market, 70% of how I know it now. The
other 30% of how I know it now is just more intuition and a lot of experience. But the core foundation of understanding
everything I've taught you in this video took me about a year and a half. It took me about another year just to learn how
to actually manage the money and how to scale it. One thing is reading the charts and then another thing is
actually trading with real money behind it. The best example, the best analogy I can put is like going to go hunting,
right? You can know everything about the forest, right? All the animals that are inside of the forest. You can know all
the possible trees. You can know exactly how to load up your weapon. You can clean it. You can align it. You can
polish it in the shooting range. Everything could be great. And you know exactly how to make the noises to
attract the animals. All the preparation of going to go hunt. You know it perfectly. But at the point of actually
executing and pulling the trigger once you see the animal on your scope is a completely different scenario prior to
everything that you've done. you can analyze the markets perfectly. You can actually have the strategy to the tea,
but actually executing that trade with the proper risk management is where most traders fail. Now, there's times where
they execute things correctly and there's other times where they execute things incorrectly and then there's an
unconsistency in their results. Perfect example, back to the shooting analogy or the hunting analogy. Let's say the first
time you go shoot an animal uh or the first time you go hunt, you actually hit your target and it's a success. It
that's going to give you a bit of a boost of confidence. So, your next time around to come hunt, you might not have
extra extra bullets. You might not actually have your camouflage on. You maybe have a smaller scope or you don't
take as long to get the proper aim. And then on that next shot, you actually miss your target. Well, then that's
going to decrease your confidence on the third shot. Come the third shot, now you're overthinking everything. You're
overp preppering. And then guess what? You make too much noise. There's too much going on. And then the animals
don't come. And then you scare them as a whole. Now you're just a frustrated hunter. And then you basically end up
hating the sport because you found success at the beginning. And then what ended up happening is that there was an
inconsistency on that success at the beginning. And then you basically just gave up on it as a whole. That's what
happens to a lot of traders. Traders come into the markets, they might see a little bit of money because they either
got lucky or made the right decision, but then they get way too confident. Then they start getting way too
comfortable and then they start being unconsistent with correct things and then they start getting too deep into
their head and now they enter this negative spiral or even overthinking and they have all of these opportunities
constantly being missed right in front of their face. And this what ended up leading into is traders just quitting
trading and they don't end up continuing with this journey. Now this is a very very very common mistake of traders in
any part of their journey and with any part of the strategy and it's the risk management and the money management
side. I personally myself I think I've had one of the most legendary flips in the industry which is turning a $100
into a million. And a lot of people know me for this, but they don't know the preparation, the experience, and how
many times I actually attempted to do this. Like, this was not an easy task. I attempted to turn a h 100red into a
million. I think it took me a year and a half to actually complete this. I attempted it one time after failing like
five times. I took the account from $100 to about $330,000. And in one single week, I completely
blew the whole entire account. I took about a threemonth break and then I come back and I document the whole entire
journey again. Literally showing you guys as transparent as it can possibly be the before, the during, the after of
every single position exactly how I have just done in this last position right here that I have just broken down. I did
the exact same thing when I was taking the 100 bucks into the mill. And if there's something that I learned in that
journey more than ever and what actually led me to the success, it's not the decision making behind the trade, it's
the decision-m behind the actual trade management and the risk management. When is the right time to hold the trade?
When is it not? When is the right time to risk more? When is it not? And that is all based off of my clarity when it
comes to the charts because I know how to read the charts. I don't need to read more of the charts. Like everything that
I've taught you is everything you need to know trading. I'm just repeating myself at this point, but it's how I am
mentally when I'm going to go read these charts. Did I just go have a bad day at work? Did I just have go a great day at
work? Am I just looking to make some profit because I I couldn't work this week? Or am I just looking to double up
from the profits from last week? am I looking to catch like everything is how am I as a person when I am actually
going to do this trade management or do this account flipper scale. So what I'm going to be breaking down for you guys
right now is exactly how I took the hundred bucks into a mill successfully and unsuccessfully. The first time that
I did it and then the second time that I did it. I'm going to break down the risk management behind every single one of
these trades that I did. And you guys can go see this challenge for yourself. I think there's a 10, 12, 13 part
series. It took me about 3 and 1/2 months, nearly 4 months when I actually completed it. And I have a full series
here on my YouTube channel. You guys can go ahead and go watch it if you'd like. But I'm going to summarize everything on
this video right now. So, let me break it down for you guys. All right. So, I'm going to break down to you guys the
exact math that I used to take the 100 bucks into the mail. Now, I'm going to make this extremely clear right now. I
am not a financial adviser. I'm not here giving you legal advice. I'm just letting you know how I did this. And uh
I had some great experiences at times and then some other times it was not so great. And my
decision-m and my actual trade management is what led me to completing my challenge of taking a 100 bucks into
a mill, right? But just want to make sure it's not financial advice. I trying to educate you guys on how I did it
personally myself. So when people think or people hear of me taking a $100 into a mill, the first thing immediate red
flag is like impossible. It is fake. It is not true. And I'm going to be honest. I did not take a $100 into a million.
That is actually impossible. And I am here saying this on the record. There is no humanly possible way that I took one
singular $100 bill into a million. That is just not possible. But what I did do is that I did take the $100 into about
$400. And then I did take these $400 into about $3,200. And then I did end up taking these
$3,200 into about $8,000. And then I know I was at break even with
these $8,000 for roughly, let's call it, two weeks. But then I took this $8,000 into about $15,000.
Then I took these $15,000 from what I remember, I think it was around $30,000. after taking these 15 to 30,000. Then I
know I lost it back to I think I think it was 17,000 more or less. Then I took these 17,000 all the way up to about 55
and then going from 55 everything was pretty much history, right? We go from 55 to about 100, 100 to 300 and then the
300 we just finish it off on a full live session. At no point did I ever take one singular $100 bill to a million. What I
ended up doing is I am constantly scaling and flipping this current account balance to this, then this
current account balance to then this, this to this, this to this, and then it just constantly is scaling to the next
level where my end goal was to scale all the way to a million dollars. and me taking this account up to this one and
then up to this one and then this like me taking this 400 bucks into 3200 taking this 3200 to 8,000 is with the
exact strategy that I have just taught you in this video. There's just one thing that led me do this successfully
and that is going to be risk management. Risk management is what led me to be able to successfully scale this account
and it's how I did it. So, I'm going to explain to you how I properly did it. And I'm going to be extremely blunt and
I'm going to be extremely straightforward at this very point. I did this because at no giving point was
this starting balance a significant amount of money for me. I could have lost the account from this point right
here. And I did when we made it all the way to 333,000 I think or I think it was 308,000 or
something like that. I ended up blowing this 308,000. It was what I had in the balance of my MetaTrader 5. Now, that is
obviously a lot of money, right? Even at the point where I am now, I'm extreme. You know, I've made multiple seven
figures in trading. I recognize that that's a lot of money. And so, that could be life-changing to some people.
And some people might have maybe not actually gone all the way and they would have probably closed the accounts or,
you know, called it there, right? They would have not made it all the way to a million. But the way that I looked at it
is that I started off with a h 100 bucks. If I lose this $300,000, if I even lose a million dollar out of my own
pocket, I'm only losing a h 100red bucks. So the starting balance to me is not a significant amount of money. So I
am able to have a much more aggressive approach. And this is something that is extremely
aggressive. This is something that I personally do not recommend for anybody to do. If you are a beginner, I
recommend that you actually, you know, learn trading and then you start with a significant amount of money that does
not mean something to you. So for the first trade, what I always always always do is I always risk 100% of the
position. So my first trade to me is simply the most important trade because you simply need to get out of the hole,
right? you need to fullport the account until you are not able to risk anymore. So, you don't even need to go to your
position size calculator and pre-calculate your risk. If you have a $100 account and you want to buy or sell
a market, for example, like the one that I'm in right now, you just simply go to your MetaTrader 5, you click on lots and
you just try and put the max possible lots that you can. Now, two things are going to happen. You're either going to
blow the 100 bucks, how I've done tens of times, or you're simply going to then scale your account to 400, 500, 300,
whatever point where your trade actually hits your takerit. Now, once you get to this second point, now you're officially
out of the hole. So, what you can decide to do at this point is either one, withdraw your original balance, which is
100 bucks, and then you're basically just playing with the house money at this point, and you have no risk. So you
should not have any care for what is going to happen from this point forward. The money is not yours until it's not in
your bank account. And if it's inside of this trading platform that is not your bank account, that money is technically
not yours yet. So you need to treat this with a with a certain approach. I personally myself on the next flip, I
decide to go ahead and then risk 100%. Once again, after we then flip this second amount of money to around 3,200,
here's where I'll decide to slow down a little bit and then put the brakes on. I'll either go from 60% to about 50%
risk from this point forward because we're already around 2 3 weeks ahead, right? Every single one of these account
flips that you're seeing right here, these are weeks that are going by. And to me, 3 weeks is a lot of time. And I
want to make sure that I'm not doing something that it's just going to be a waste of time, right? Because time is
money at the end of the day. And if this were to be happening every day, sure, like, you know, it's it's a lot easier
to move this percentage up and down. And I could have been even more aggressive. But since at this point in the
challenge, I'm already on the third week, I don't want to be a whole entire month doing this challenge for me to
just be overly aggressive and then potentially blow the account. That's why I start to minimize my risk. And all of
this is by simply executing one single trade. I'm not taking five trades a week. I'm not taking three trades a
week. I'm not taking I'm literally taking one single trade. what I'm doing and the best analogy I know I have a lot
of analogies but the best analogy that I can put to this is I am literally a baseball player standing at home base
and I'm getting pitched a ball every single minute and I'm just standing there on home base and I have endless
amounts of pitches. The the pitcher is just a robot just going to keep throwing balls, keep throwing balls and I'm not
obligated to swing at any point. I'm just there standing at home base waiting for that perfect pitch and I know that
if I strike I'm out because I'm risking such a high percentage amount in the account. So I want to make sure if I am
going to swing it is going to be a perfect pitch and I'm going to be ready for that perfect swing. Is there times
where that perfect pitch has come and I'm simply tired of standing at home base and I don't swing? Yeah, of course.
I will not swing until everything does not align because I know if I if I strike if I miss, I strike out and I'm
done. I can't continue to play. So, or and in the trading term, you simply blow the account and you cannot continue to
trade this account. You have to deposit money again. So, my trade selection when it came to these trades was extremely
precise. I would break down my 10 markets for the week and out of all the 10 markets that I had for the week, I
would really, really only focus on three. And out of those three markets, I would just wait for that one. It had to
be that perfect trade setup that gave me the exact entry signal that I need that I would be 100% confident that this
trade is going to go in my favor. And I would make sure that if I am 100% wrong on this position, I am totally okay with
it. I am totally okay if I give my all on this swing that I strike out. Right? Because I've been extremely pat I've
been extremely patient. I've seen a hundred different pitches come by. And have I missed out on some pitches and
they could have been home runs? Sure. But you know what? I wasn't 100% confident. And I am only taking that
position when I am 100% confident. That decision making right there, that experience, that intuition, that mindset
is what led me to properly take the 100 into the mill. Or better said, it's what let me take the 100 into 400, the 400
into 3200, the 3200 into 8,000. Throughout this whole entire challenge that I did, I probably predicted
40 solid move setups. And I maybe only caught seven, eight, nine, 10 max. I'm not here to catch every single move. I'm
here to catch the right one. So after me taking the 3,200 into then 8,000 is where then I start to lower my risk even
more. So here I started to go anywhere from 50% to around 40%. And the same exact thing applies. I am only risking
this on one single position. If I enter one trade for the week and I win, I am done. I don't need to execute another
position. It's a one and done for the week. If I lose a position for the week, one and done. I am done for the week. I
will come back next week because I know myself and I know how I react to the market. And if I am entering a position
and I lose, I know myself and I know that I'm going to want to chase that loss back and gain back more profits. Or
if I were to win a trade, I know that I'm going to want to win more for the week. I want to end up more on top. So a
simple rule on how I minimize that is I'm just simply a oneandone type of guy. Win or lose, I am done. because I know
by the time that next week will come by, my mindset will be so much more clear that I won't even remember what happened
last week. So much time has gone by. Did I break this rule a couple times throughout the challenge? Yes. And if
you guys go see the series, you guys are going to see how I hold myself accountable because I know that I have
tens of thousands of people, hundreds of thousands of people, millions of people that were going to be watching this
challenge. And nobody was going to hold myself accountable how I was. And I need to set that standard to whenever you do
something wrong, you actually do something about it. Because us traders right now, I'm here in my office and I
can decide to click buy or sell on a position right now. Nobody's going to come and tell me that I'm doing the
right or the wrong decision. It's only myself. Only myself is going to know if what I'm doing is right or wrong. And I
need to have the mental clarity to understand on what I'm doing is right or wrong. If you're on a two, three week
losing streak or on a two, three week winning streak and you're still a beginner intermediate trader, I can
guarantee you you're going to you're not going to have extreme clarity. You're going to feel like the king of the
world. I've been there, believe me. And as an experienced trader now, and as I've aged, I think I've aged like fine
wine in the trading space. And I understand the difference in between one and the other. And when you're in a
challenge, when you're in a a series like this, all this stuff starts getting very murky. And if you don't set the
foundations from the beginning, it's only going to end bad because you want to get to this end goal as quick as
possible. You don't want to go through four months of hell to get to this point right here. What matters is how you set
the rules before you begin. And these were my core base rules. After me taking it to about 15K, at this point right
here, what I started to do is I started to stay from around 40% to then 35%. And then basically what I did from this
point on is I stick through this same exact same risk management rule throughout the whole entire challenge. I
never went below 35%. Maybe I went to about 30% 27% depending on the the type of trade, how long I predicting it was
going to be or if I could have even actually traded. You know, I traveled a couple times throughout this challenge
and I wanted to make sure that yes, it was the perfect swing and it was the perfect pitch, but it was just not worth
missing out on. And I'm personally okay with risking a certain amount of the account. Sometimes it worked in my
favor. Other times that it did. But the most important thing right here, and believe me, I I I cannot stress this
enough is going to be this right here. this risk management and the decision makingaking behind the trade that you
are analyzing. If you're going to enter a trade, make sure that it's the right trade. And then following throughout all
of this, what led me to the true success is going to be this right here, RR, risk to reward. This is what made the
difference from this turning from $100 into a million and that turning from a hundred to a h 100,000. The difference
was risk-to-reward. Why is that? Well, because some positions I would go for a one to two risk-to-reward. Other
positions I would go for a one to4 risk-to-reward. And this one to four risk-to-reward would take me out of the
hole. Like you can't even imagine because let's say I'm trying to risk a hundred bucks and then the goal is to
flip it. If I'm doing a one to two risk-to-reward, that's just times two, right? I'm taking 100 bucks to 200
bucks, right? Nobody cares. Just 100% 200% no big deal. But if you apply this percentage going from 100 to 400, it's
far more of a strong base to then take the 400 to 3,200 for example. Because if I were just to have 200 bucks and then I
just apply the same exact one to two risk-to-reward, it's taking 200 to then 400 bucks. So you just wasted a whole
week trying to do what you could have done in one simple week by simply continuing to either hold the position
or have bigger take profits on the original trade that you're taking. So, I always attempted to have every single
trade setup, always be a minimum of a one to two risk-to-reward. This is always going to be the minimum of every
single trade that I'm going to take. The minimum of the risk-to-reward has to be this because that is what's going to
lead you to profitability. That is just a fact, right? But I would always aim for the trade to have a potential of a
one to4 risk-to-reward because I'm essentially getting another trade for free. exactly what I would be doing
right here. I'm literally getting it for free by just simply holding the trade to then get a 1 to4 risk-to-reward. For
example, let's say I'm going to be buying a position, right? I'm going to be buying this trade. This is the area
where I'm going to be buying it. And the minimum I would always place my risk-to-reward ratio is going to be a
1:2. This is the minimum. No matter no if, ends or buts. But I would always set the trade to have a minimum of a one to
four. So if the trade gets to this one to four, I know for a fact that okay, you know what? Not only was it worth the
trade to be at a one to two, but it has the potential to be at a 1 to4, meaning I'm going to basically get a whole other
trade that I am entering right here. It's like me entering two trades, but without risking the second one. I'm
literally getting this one to four risk-to-reward, which is two trades, by only risking what I would on one. That's
where the money is because I didn't need to have additional risk to make more money. It's just the winning trade. I
let it be a continuous winning trade. I didn't have to take another trade to make more money. I didn't have to add
risk into the account for me to make more money. I didn't have to overexpose myself. I didn't have to swing again to
catch a home run. All I would do is just let that ball continue going. Obviously, in the baseball term,
can't really control where the ball went, but let's just pretend like you can decide when you want to let off of
of the bat, right? I would just continue to hold on to the bat because the ball's going to continue to go. So, this is
what literally changed the game for me. Having the trades go further from the takerit than what they already were
because what this would do is that I didn't have to do anything else other than set and forget. And that is what
gave me clarity because I didn't have to be stressed about entering another trade. That is what literally made my
job so easy because I just simply did nothing. That also gave me confidence on the next trade because if I do the exact
same setup and obviously minimum of a 1 to2 risk-to-reward always but with a potential to be a 1 to4 that gave me the
confidence on the next position to do the exact same thing. And when you compound all of these positives on a
trade over the course of three months, you're going to have a perfect equation for success. It's just the simple truth
and you're following a proper strategy. The odds of you failing are very low. It's very unlikely. If you're taking one
simple trade setup a week and it meets every single confluence and you have a minimum of a 1 to2 risk-to-reward and
you have a potential for it to be at a 1 to4, why shouldn't you succeed? You're following every single possible need for
the trade to make sense. Now, this is the core foundation of what I did to actually take the hundred bucks into 400
and 400 into 3200. hate saying that I took a hundred into a million because to be technical and to be real, I
technically took $300,000 into a million, but the starting balance was hundred bucks, right? But not to get too
technical, I want to literally show you guys how I did this. So, what I'm going to be showing you guys right now are
literal live footages that you guys can go check out right now in the YouTube channel, but I'm going to put it in this
video here of me literally showing you guys the before, the during, the after, and the explanation of every single
trade, why I was interested in entering the trade, my thought process on entering the trade based off of where I
was in the week, and if I had just won, if I had slept, if I had not slept, because that all influenced greatly into
my decision- making of the trade and the end results of the trade, if I ended up winning and how I reacted, if I ended up
losing and how I reacted. Because my decision making throughout this challenge is what led me to succeed and
to do this. Now, I've had tens of students that have successfully taken a couple thousand bucks into a couple
hundred,000. We have students that have taken $15 into 304,000. And when I've done podcasts and interviews with them
and I've met them in person and they're inside the community and we chat, they literally tell me, "Alex, the strategy
is amazing and your teaching obviously let me understand the market." But it's how I reacted to the market when I got
these opportunities that presented themselves that led me do this successfully. And I want to show you how
my mindset and my approach changed throughout the whole entire challenge as a person, as a trader, as a mentor
because I personally feel that challenge made me the mentor and the person that I am today because I went to I went
through a certain experience. I went through a certain battle that nobody could have taught me. There's no type of
trading in the market that could have taught me that other than me going through that myself. And nobody could
have told me what I was going to go through. I had to literally go through it because it was a immaculate
it was just it was just an immaculate experience that led me to understand that at no given point am I in control.
The market's always in control and I have to understand when to be involved and when to not. So what I'm going to be
showing you right now once again is the real raw journey of the challenge. Pay attention to the types of trades that I
am taking because I literally explain everything that I have just taught you inside of this video. Trend, area of
interest, and market structure. That is what's going to lead you to be able to make a decision if a trade is good to
take or not. So, let's get into it right now. All right, guys. Good morning. It is currently July 16th, Tuesday morning.
So, obviously, we stayed up last night about like 3 in the morningish. I stayed up to catch this trade and it was for no
reason. We are currently in the position and this is literally the max that I can honestly risk on the account. So last
night, remember that I explained to you guys that I was waiting for the market to have a body closure under this line
right here. So we had that body engulfing candlestick and then I pretty much entered on the little quick
pullback of the next one. And now that was for no reason because all of London session as soon as I fell asleep
literally did nothing. But the point is that now price is pulling back into the area where we entered. Usually what
should happen is that as soon as we enter the trade, it just goes down with the momentum of the session. Well, now
we haven't. But it is what it is. Enter the trade. Set and forget. My prediction is that now from here it is going to go
down. And as soon as I take the first position, obviously you have to risk 100% of the account to even get out of
that hole. And I remember that I was in draw down as soon as I took the trade. I'm like, ah, here we go. Starting off
bad. And I think we were in draw down about 35 bucks right at the start. So then there it's either going to
completely blow the account or skyrocket me out of it so I can give me the badness that I need to then take on the
next week and follow the goal that I have for every single week. >> So I got it 1 minute ago positive $15.
Now we are about to hit margin call on the account 1 minute later. But trading is so funny. Oh my god.
>> But like always when the trade went into draw down I wasn't going to panic. I set and forget because worst case that can
happen. I just blow 100 bucks and I start right again. And guess what happened? Trade hit take profit.
>> Ladies and gentlemen, I'm sorry to announce that we have reached the goal for the week
actively right now. We are currently up $330. You guys can see here. Last night,
literally what I said happened once again. So look, check it out. GBP JPY right after that 1 hour bearish
engulfing candlestick. Literally the whole momentum throughout London session was that bearish move to the downside
had my takerit set at a 1 2 3.4 risk-to-reward. So meaning if I risked 100 bucks here then I would have made
$340 right here. As you guys can see that is literally the math that is happening
right now. candlestick is going to close in 15 minutes over here. So, I want to see how this candlestick closes right
here in 15 minutes. And then based off of that, I'll then make my decision. And let's see if we can then this week flip
this $450 to then $800 or $900 because that would put us really, really, really fast into the margin that we need to be
in order for us to flip the $100 to the mail a lot faster. It's currently 2:30 in the afternoon. Pretty much we closed
at $437 in profit. You guys can see here the my effect book pretty much how it's looking
currently of $437. These are pretty much the fees we got to pay. These are the orders. Well, there's nothing open right
now. This is the history though. You guys can see here both positions that we ended up taking. That's the profit that
we closed in. And now, same [ __ ] Gym time. You know, it sucks. So, you only get to drive one supercar now.
Lamborghini twin turbo just sold it. Ybody is at the shop. The rear brake caliper is broken. They're fixing it.
The Porsche, I blew the second gear on the Porsche drifting. Uh Rolls-Royce is finally getting them wrapped. Should be
done today or tomorrow. What other car do I have? The Maybag. I'm not going to drive. Oh, yeah. Oh, I sold the Scat
Pack. Got rid of the Scat Pack. Scat Pack is gone. That was probably the dumbest thing I ever bought.
Yeah, the side by side. >> The side by side is in the shop as well, >> bro. Half of my fleet right now is in
the shop. I only get to drive a Ferrari right now. [ __ ] We were up 430 bucks, I think. And we hit the goal not only for
week one, but for week two. Meaning that I didn't have to execute a trade next week or the week after because this one
trade because we set and forget and we caught a 1 to three risk-to-reward, we outdid the profit that we were even
anticipating for this very same week just to get started. So, we were off to a very good start right at the
beginning. So, since the week was off to a good start, I pretty much came to the executive decision that, you know what,
we hit the goal, not only for this week, but for next week. We're done for the week. Let's not get greedy. Let's not
chase any trades. Let's just set and forget for the rest of the week. And next week, we'll come back with new
fresh market, new fresh mindset, and then we'll pick up on the goal, which is going to be then taking $400 to about
$900. So, then that's exactly what we did. We did not take any other opportunities, and then the next week,
we started off fresh with a new goal. And if we were to hit it, we're then ahead three weeks in the challenge,
which is absolutely beautiful. >> It's week two of me trying to turn a $100 into a million day trade.
>> So, like always, we started off the week on Sunday swings, analyzing the top two, top three markets that we're going to be
trading for the week. And we found some solid markets where it can probably even more double the account.
>> Account is still on $437. We got, I think, seven solid markets in the markets. Seven solid markets in the
markets. A lot of markets. A lot of [ __ ] money. USD JPY. So USD JPY has a very clean left head kind of right
shoulder action going around here. We broke the neckline. Now we are retesting the neckline of the head and shoulders
along with the 1 hour EMA. 4hour time frame looks absolutely phenomenal. We're having a beautiful 1 hour bearish
engulfing candlestick. Looks like we're having that pullback to retest that previous structure level. And then the
daily time frame does not get any cleaner than this daily previous structure level. daily EMA. And then you
guys can look left. It is obviously a level of resistance whenever we're under a level of resistance whenever we're
under. And this line right here, what is it? You may be asking a round psychological level 157,500 or like the
smart money concept guys would call it an order block. Potato potato. This is a round psychological level with an area
of interest. So this trade is my number one trade that I'm going to be interested in taking this week. All I'm
really waiting for on this market. So earlier this week, what I was waiting for was this break. So that break
already happened and now this pullback is actively happening. So I just got to wait for price to go back into this area
so I can actually enter this trade. We took the trade which was on USD JPY I believe.
>> Yo yo. >> Oh,
[ __ ] with me. Huh? [ __ ] with me. Literally USD JPY as simple and as effective as it is. Look at this [ __ ]
We literally had the retest perfectly to the area of interest. The marabuzu tweezer top rejection bearish engulfing
candlestick. I keep telling you, you need an engulfing candlestick to enter a sell or a bullish engulfing to enter a
buy. I'm laughing cuz the mic is moving. So, the point is that we're in this trade right now. Literally, we already
at $550. If this [ __ ] hits that take profit, we'll probably be at like two threek. It
will probably even break the goal for the week that we've been anticipating. So, for now, just gonna
set forget. But it was taking a little bit long. So, I'm not going to sit in front of the computer all day and
basically do nothing. I just exactly what I said at the beginning of the challenge. I'm going to go play
basketball. I'm going to go hit the gym. I'm going to go live my normal life so it doesn't affect my psychology and I
can always have a fresh mindset when I'm actually going to execute a trade. and I treat the markets one thing and then my
life, my personal life is a completely other thing. >> You can either literally make us or
break us. It is currently 8:00 p.m. Miami time. So, I think it's like about 2 hours or an hour and a half from the
last time I updated you guys. And set and forget. Now, what we're going to go do is pick up Jordan. And for those of
you guys that don't know who Jordan is, he's actually one of my top students where about 6 years ago, he was actually
working at aviation in a place like this, but he wasn't flying the airplanes, he was fixing them. He was a
mechanic fixing the planes that were broken down, probably making 50 60k a year. And he didn't want to live that
life. He wanted to have a obviously successful life. And because of the set and forget strategy, he managed to not
only get out of his job, but make trading his main source of income in just under two years, which is
absolutely legendary. And over time, we become really, really close friends. So Jordan obviously, you know, is battling
cancer and stuff, and his legs get really, really swollen and I have a cold plunge. So cold water helps with
inflammation. We're going to put him inside the cold plunge in about like 20 30 minutes. So, we're going to pick him
up now and show you guys the whole drink. All right, so this is Jordan. We're going to take him out to the cold
plunge. It's going to suck, bro. >> It's going to suck. >> It's cold, right?
>> Cold plunge, >> dude. It's going to [ __ ] suck. But I'm telling you, you're going to get on,
you're going to feel [ __ ] amazing. So, you know, we would pick him up, take him to the cold plunge, and then drop
him back off. He actually gave me some Mike Tyson signed gloves, which is super sick because, you know, Mike Tyson's a
legend. >> I told you I got something. It just came a little late.
>> Oh [ __ ] Oh [ __ ] No way. Signed by the boy.
>> For me, it's a representation of Jordan because he's a fighter fighting through what he's doing. And obviously, Mike
Tyson is one of the most legendary fighters. So, it's actually pretty cool to have boxing gloves signed directly
from him. All right, guys. So, trade update. We just left the gym right now. Trade update. It's currently 12:30 in
the afternoon. So, like I mentioned earlier, if that daily candlestick closes under that previous structure
level, we're pretty much going to set and forget this [ __ ] for a very long time. 4 hours looking good. We are now
currently up about $1,200 on the account. So, going to continue to set and forget. I think I was already about
like $1,200, $1,300 bucks. And I had a decision to make. I can either close there and hit my takeprofit for the week
or I can logically look at the markets and realize that my analysis and my strategy is indicating to me that this
trade is going to have a much higher risk-to-reward ratio. So, what would I do? The whole reason of me entering a
trade is to capitalize the most I can from the gains. All right, guys. Trade update. It is currently 317 in the
afternoon and we are up about,600 on the trade. And you guys can see here that the market is about to close. Well,
you guys can see that the market is about to close in 2 hours. So, this daily candlestick will close about an
hour 42 minutes and it's honestly going a lot faster than I anticipated and we're definitely going to close under
that previous structure level. This is why you set and forget your take profit. You never put a takerit. You always put
a stop loss to minimize your losses. You never put a takerit. You never want to minimize your losses. So, this trade, we
just continue to hold and set and forget. And this is where I'm preaching to all of my students. I'm actively
monitoring the markets, seeing how much more can we continue to go in one direction because I'm a protrend trader.
I trade with all the time frames in my favor. So the trade continues to go in that direction on the long run. You want
to trade with the trend. The trend is your friend. So in here is where I continue to set and forget and analyze
the markets. And the trade went from a,000 in profit to 2,000. >> Currently have about $1600 on the
account. So we're up $2,000 to 3,000. God damn. >> Wow, bro. Wow.
>> How long did it take you last year to do this? >> This is probably almost a month last
year. That shows you how much better of a trader I've become. I'm so much less attached to the profits and of the money
behind this, bro. That's crazy, dude. And keep in mind, goal for the week was 900. So, if I close at this point, I'm
ahead by six weeks in the challenge, cutting the end goal of training the 100 into the million to then maybe in two
months. So, at this point, I'm [ __ ] hyped. So, then as we're like halfway through the week, I'm basically living
my normal life, drifting, um going out to the gym, just doing whatever I got to do. I realize that, you know what, 3K
more than enough. I can see the trade that it can potentially have a reversal because the structure is starting to
shift. So, I closed my profits there. >> You guys can see right here that the account is at officially $3,000. You
guys can see here on the my effects book pretty much uh where we started the account with the current balance. This
updated two days ago. You guys can see here the history. These are all the trades that we have taken. Obviously,
two trades on GP JPY, one trade on USD JPY. And I did not take any more trades for the week on week two because I'm
well past the profit that I need. There's no reason on me to go chase and add new trades. So, I simply set and
forget and then we pulled up to the next week where then the goal was to take 3K to 6K. Last week, we turned $437
into $3,000. Same thing as always, getting on Sunday swings, analyzing the markets with my students, finding the
top two, top three markets that I'm going to be trading with that very week. Then my goal is to take 3K to 6K. And at
this point in the challenge where I'm at 3K, I no longer have to risk 100% of the account cuz one, I'm already ahead by 4
weeks. And my goal once I get to about 3 to 5K is to minimize my risk on the account to about 50 to 75%. Meaning if I
take a losing trade, I don't start back at zero. At least I still have some ammunition to then kick back and get
started right where I was for the profit that I should be for that week. So in my mindset, technically, yes, I did lose
some time, but I lost time that I gained, not time that I where I should actually be in the challenge. So for
example, let's say I took a loss on the 3K account and I'm go back to the 900. Well, it's technically where I'm
supposed to actually be for the challenge for that week. So, it gives me the freedom to be able to actually do
that because I'm so ahead in the challenge. >> All right, guys. So, market update. It
is currently 9:49 in the morning. We are officially in the trade. So, I literally entered. Let me before that, let me show
you guys the time, right? So, what time is it right now in Miami? I come over here. I refresh the website. 9:49 in the
morning. So, literally to show you guys, we just entered the trade. So, look, pull up here. So, you guys remember how
I literally just mentioned that we were going to have a pull back into this level to then sell. So, we literally had
that pull back perfectly. I went exactly to where I didn't go exactly to where I anticipated, but got really close. I
entered it. And just to show you guys proof, I was just recording for Instagram right now. As soon as we enter
the trade, we're literally like using margin and [ __ ] because we entered the trade pretty much risked everything. So,
I just wanted to show you guys that. But now, we're officially in the trade. We are up $400 on it currently right now.
Like always, have to show you guys that it is a real account. So you guys can see right here that it is indeed a real
account. You guys can see where the account is currently sitting and we're currently now going to just wait. But I
explained to you guys perfectly this. I explained to you guys the break and retest here. I entered at this next
retest where we should have waited for it here. We should have waited for the break and retest here to then sell. But
then this didn't happen here. But it did happen here. We then entered after the engulfing which ideally we should be
entering up here. So then on week three, we started off with a new trade that we took and we pretty much went straight
into draw down about 50% draw down in the account, which is totally fine. I'm okay with it. I don't mind the swings.
But I continued to set and forget and then the trade and the trend ended up going in the favor where I ended up
analyzing and then the trade actually went back into profit. We're about 5,000 floating in profit. Keep in mind, my
goal for the week is actually 6,000. And like always, I'm updating my Telegram, Discord, Instagram, every like I'm mass
social media blasting these trades everywhere. So, I'm not the only person that's in profit or in loss. Like,
there's hundreds of thousands of traders all around the world looking at the same market that I am. People in Africa,
people in London, people in the States going through the same journey that I'm going through because if I'm making
money, you're making money. But if I'm losing money, you're losing money, too. And I always have this belief that in
order for you to receive, you have to give. So, I'm at this point in the challenge where I need to receive,
right? I got to make back some of these profits. I'm like, you know what? Let me give my boy Sensei a little gift. A M
Blanc pen. One of 10 in the world. So this is a very special edition watch. So this is a Muhammad Ali M Blanc watch. So
you see it has like Ali through here. >> And then you see the Muhammad Ali everywhere throughout here. You see the
Muhammad Ali everywhere throughout here. >> Pen was like $3,000. I don't even think this guy appreciated that [ __ ] But you
know what? I don't care because when I go look at my trade that same night, we were up about $9,000 on the account.
>> So, right now, we are currently floating about $6,000 in profit. The account is currently at $9,000 in equity. And you
guys can see this trade right here is literally continuing the momentum to the downside. Just continuing this set and
forget trend. That's why you got to trade with the trend. The trend is your friend. So you guys can see the 4 hour
close very strong. I am going to just continue to hold this trade. Uh if tomorrow closes under this line right
here, not this one. I'm just copy and pasting. If the candlestick closes under this line right there, we will probably
turn this into over $15,000 easily. So let's wait for now. Simply
just set and forget. So, if you want to receive something, first you got to give. And I actually put this to test
later throughout the journey and it came back 10 times more. So, a little bit more on that later in the journey. And
then the usual happened every single time. You set and forget. The trade ended up going to 15,000 [ __ ]
dollars. 15,500. So, exactly what I was mentioning to you guys earlier. I have to see like you
can't just close a trade right away, right? Cuz you got to look. So, obviously, we're going to close a trade
because we wanted it to close under this line. Well, under this right here and actively looks like we are piercing
through that. So, this candlestick closes in the next five minutes as you can see right over here. And if this
candlestick closes under this line, it will mean that it closes under this structure point. And then there, I truly
do believe that it could then easily go from here to then this point right here. So, right now, we literally got to wait
the next 5 minutes. If it closes above like that, I'm going to close it right then and there. If not, I'll squeeze it
in for the little bit extra right here. And just to show you guys, we're up about 15,100
right now. [ __ ] bro. Trey started reversing on me, dude. Look at this, bro. [ __ ] Trey started
reversing. We were up like 15,000 here and now, bro. Like I said, I forget too much, bro.
It's like we closed the trade like 2 hours ago. So, right now, it's currently 12:30 in the afternoon. Right here, you
guys can see where the account is. It's officially closed at $15,000. You guys can see right here in the
history. So, you guys can see that we officially closed this trade at $12,200 in profit. So, we closed it earlier,
literally as soon as I told you guys, pretty much after it closed that line. So, it did make it all the way up to
this structure point and then it had a reaction. So, pretty much exactly what I explained, it's going to have a reaction
from that structure point right here. And if we follow this line, it's exactly what it did. So, our entry points are as
precise as they get. Our stop losses, our takerit, everything with the seven figure strategy, [ __ ] sniper. Yo, the
goal for the week was 6 grand. We are at $15,000. So, if we were to close at 6 grand this
week, the goal for next week was to turn 6 to 12. So, we just did this week and next week's goal. Oh, [ __ ] We should go
on a vacation. We're ahead of schedule. >> We should just [ __ ] off for 2 weeks,
right? >> Keep in mind, I'm looking at the numbers on the screen because you guys like to
see it. I hate looking at the Metatrader and the money go up and down. I hate it. It [ __ ] with your mind. I only like
looking at the charts because what happens in the charts directly correlates with what's happening on the
numbers. What happens on the numbers does not mean that that affects the charts. The charts affects the numbers.
I only like looking at the charts because I can make a logical decision based off of the price action. I can't
make a logical decision based off of me being up 5,000 or 6,000. What connection does that have to the charts? Zero. So,
I started implementing that and educating people on it. And they everybody kind of had like a oh, an aha
moment. They're like, oh, you know what? That does make sense. I should only look at the charts and not the numbers
because if you focus on the structure, the structure is going to equal the money. This is like the prime where I
was in the challenge in terms of ahead. Like I had so much time ahead of what I anticipated to have that I felt like the
king of the world at this point. So we ended off week three closing at about $15,000 in profit where then the goal
for next week was to then take the 15k to then 30k. It's week four of me turning $100 into a million. Last week
we were trying to turn $3,000 up to $6,000. Now the next week actually started off kind of slow. No trades
towards the beginning of the week. So, we kind of just had fun. Jim, drift. Uh, I think I bought a dope art piece from
Atlanta. Atlanta just pulled up. So, Atlanta just did a collab with Trump where he pulled up. He actually signed
one of the paintings that he did. I actually have a bunch of Atlanta paint throughout my entire house. But, I just
got two new posters. Going to give one to one of my family members are all about Trump and I want to put one on the
wall. I think this is a legendary ass picture and then Arana did itself. Let's go check it out.
>> Oh [ __ ] So, this came in a frame with everything. >> Yeah. You got the first two. Literally
the first two. >> Okay. >> So that's that's basically where he
signed it on the on the original one. >> Yeah. But this that's my signature. >> Oh, okay. So yeah, but he said like
somewhere. >> Exactly. Yeah. >> Okay. Oh, wait. So this is one out of
47. >> Yeah. One and that's two >> and two out of 47.
>> Oh [ __ ] So I got the real >> appreciate you, bro. This is lit. So, for people that don't know, I was the
first person that trusted our lander to paint a Lamborghin. It's crazy.
>> He hit me up. He was like, "Yo, I'm going to do art basel." What was that? 2020
>> 2022. >> 2022. >> So, yo, I want I want to paint your
Lambo and Art Basel. And I'm like, dog, I don't know. Sounds a little crazy. I'm like, you know what? [ __ ] it. Let's do
two Lambo. So, we did my hood and it was Sensei's whole entire. >> Mhm.
>> Then we did the rolls. >> The Dawn. >> Oh, yeah. That's right. the D.
>> Look, I you know I have this painting. >> Oh, the Kobe. >> Yeah.
>> Damn. I haven't seen this one minute. >> Yeah. Yeah. Jordan gifted me this one. >> Yeah, I remember that.
>> But then the unexpected happened. Well, kind of expected because I started getting bored in the challenge. I'm so
ahead. I feel like Superman. I'm winning every trade. I'm ahead by four or five weeks. I feel like I can take any trade.
So, the market wasn't giving me protrend trades, meaning having markets that have every single time frame in the favor to
trade with and there was just nothing available that checked out everything in my trading plan. I had to do something
degenerate, take trades that I shouldn't be taking. All right, guys. Market update. So, I spent the morning kind of
just focusing, locking in, diving on this trade to see if I was making the right decision because we have
officially taken the most degenerate trade of the whole entire [ __ ] challenge. The biggest counter trend
trade. It's such a den trade that I did not risk 100%. I risked 20% on this trade. So, to show you guys currently
market update and we are negative about $500 cuz we literally just entered the trade as the candlestick just closed
right now. So yesterday on EuroUSD, I'm sure you guys can remember that I was anticipating for price to have a sell
from this point up here to then reject and then for price to actually make it all the way down here to then have the
actual buy on EuroUSD because we're anticipating for Euro USD to make it all the way down here, reject this level,
and then head to the upside. Since we broke out, we never retested it. So we're expecting for that retest. And
here on the 1 hour you can very very clearly see that we are creating a potential left head right shoulder.
Again it's not a confirmed right shoulder and so we don't break under this neckline but I believe what it's
creating right here it's such a strong level of accumulation looks like a 1 hour double top 30 minute time frame. I
see it I almost see it like squeezing into this inwards uh triangle whatever you want to call this. Again, I hate
trend lines and I hate all this stuff cuz they're very subjective, but you can literally see how price is squeezing
into this area. And I personally believe it's going to have more of a reason to burst down than burst up. I could be
completely wrong because I don't believe that this area that is rejecting from right now is going to be the area to
continue pushing to the upside. I think such a strong move like this has to have a deeper retracement before actually
heading to the upside. So when I go down to the 4our, this 4hour candlestick still has about 3 hours to close and the
last one closes a very indecisive candle. I think this next one can engulf close under this which then on the 1
hour, it'll give us the break under this neckline of the head and shoulders. If you notice, I put my stop loss a little
bit right above this level because if we pretty much break above this, the trade is just going to keep going to the
upside. >> Oh, that that doesn't seem very good. >> I'm not good.
I mean, I called it, you know, I don't really care. Um, I'm glad that I ended up getting that out of my system. I'm a
[ __ ] idiot, bro. Like, I mean, technically, we're still in the trade, right? So, it could clearly reject this
level right here, so it can literally have the same reaction to the downside and then this same reaction to the
downside. That's why I'm very strategic with my stop-loss placement. But, the trade that I should be taking is at the
break and retest from the neckline of the head and shoulders. Like, I know this. I I know this, you know, I just
decided to want to get involved. But, I'm not mad. doesn't really set us back much in the challenge. There's an
unnecessary loss. Well, not a loss yet, but it's just a trade update. So, it's just like an hour later from the last
time that we took the trade. So, yeah. Now, we just got to wait. And this is what a lot of you guys do. A lot of
you guys do this. A lot of you guys will take trades that you shouldn't be taking, but you guys won't put the blame
on yourself or hold yourself accountable. I know exactly what I did. I did the wrong thing. Now, do I accept
it? 100%. You guys, when you do the wrong things, you don't accept it. You're ready to put the blame on the on
someone's strategy, on the markets, on anything but yourself. That's what once you start having that self-recognition
is once you start developing a nonchalant character for trading in the markets. And that's how you truly become
successful because you realize that your success, whatever the outcome is, successful or not, is 100% because of
you, not because of another outsource. Like I'm the one that clicked the sell button. The phone didn't click it just
for me, you know? So, for now, set up for I can't do this one.
>> Yo, that's a sign that we shouldn't. We took the first [ __ ] loss in the 100 to the middle count.
>> [ __ ] man. And uh yeah, first loss in the challenge and I said, you know what, this loss isn't because of my strategy.
My strategy works. There was just no opportunities that week that align with my strategy. I decided to be a slick
ass, wanted to be smart, and take trades that I shouldn't because I was bored, because I felt like I was Superman. And
this is the week where I decided to implement a punishment. every single time I break my trading plan, I then
have to do something in order so I hold myself accountable because again, there's hundreds of thousands of people
watching these videos, uh, following all the trades, making money with me, losing money with me. And I don't mind losing
money if I am following my trading plan. But if I'm breaking my trading plan, I do mind losing money because I shouldn't
not be doing that. I should only lose money when I follow my trading plan. So whenever I don't follow my trading plan,
there has to be a punishment. And that's where the beetle came in. I have owned Lamborghinis,
Ferraris, Porsches, Rolls-Royces, >> McLaren,
>> McLar bro, McLaren. How can I forget about that? But this right here is going to put the biggest smile on my face.
Biggest. Don't show them just yet. This right here is my new
masterpiece. Yes, bro.
Perfect. Perfect. Oh, yeah. We're getting a haircut on
Thursday night instead of tomorrow. We always get a haircut Friday morning. We're getting one tonight cuz Eric is
not available. [Music] >> What the [ __ ] is that? What do you mean,
bro? What is that [ __ ] My new part. You don't like it? That's fake. That's fake. Just park up. Park up.
[Music] Let me Let me explain to you guys the real moral behind this car right here.
So, this is so I follow my trading plan and my trading rules. Obviously, I have a [ __ ] ton of cool cars, but this is
going to humble me every single time I break my trading plan. This week, I have broken my trading plan twice. Meaning
every single time I break my trading plan, I cannot drive any of my cars for 24 hours. The only car that I can drive
is this for 24 hours. So what is that going to incentivize me to do? To not break my trading plan. Every single time
I break my trading plan, I have to drive this for 24 hours. That's just the price and the consequence that I have to pay.
What do you think? >> You [ __ ] stuff. >> And it's manual.
>> It is. >> Yeah, it's four. It's four-speed. Wait, you going to drift it? That's just 1966.
Oh, wait. Sense is here. >> Give me a >> You don't like it?
>> No. >> Sorry. >> Give me a Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. You like it?
[Laughter] >> We're going to be blessed if we get a [ __ ] whiff of air in that.
>> No air. Oh [ __ ] That's Oh [ __ ]
>> All right. All right. All right. All right. Oh, we out. Oh, dude. It's not that bad
at all. Oh, this is fantastic. Oh
>> yo, it barely has >> Oh my god. >> Oh, it has no brakes.
>> That thing is leaning, boy. >> Is it leaking? >> No. Leaning. Leaning.
>> Leaning what way? >> Like this? >> Really?
>> Hey, follow your training plan. If not, you're going to be like me.
>> Oh [ __ ] Oh [ __ ] [Music]
>> [ __ ] beetle. And I leave so much by example that I went to go do some student podcast with students that have
made over $100,000 with my strategy. And instead of me pulling up in a super car and taking them for a cool journey as I
normally do, I pulled up in the Beetle. Even the students were making fun of me cuz they expect for me to pull up and
show them the lifestyle. And I showed them the real lifestyle. I broke my trading plans and now I'm driving this
piece of [ __ ] And I wanted to show it as an example to them. Like, yeah, all right, cool. My student made 100,000,
but buddy, I want to let you know you need to have something to hold you accountable how I am right now. because
if you don't, you're going to probably end up driving a car like this. So that's why I led by example and to
showed the students live in person that they need to continue to follow the training plan to be successful. The
moment they don't, they're going to end up in a car like that. It's kind of a funny way to look at it, but it's the
reality of the situation. This is where the humbling begins. You guys know how much I love driving my Porsche GT3 and
driving it like a man and driving my Ferrari and driving it like a man. But man's got to do what a man's got to
do, and a man's got to pay the price. And I'm doing this to show you guys that I'm holding myself accountable for
breaking my rules. And as you guys can tell, I've already attempted to drive this vehicle. And uh today starts the
24-hour clock where I will only drive the Beetle. What name should we give the Beetle? Keep in mind, it's a 1966
Volkswagen Beetle. It has the original engine, four-speed transmission. I tried turning it on earlier. It did
not work. We're going to try again right now. So, this is to show you guys that I'm going back to my roots of me
literally having to hold myself accountable when I do something wrong. I don't want to do this. But if I don't
follow my trading plan, I will no longer be able to drive a [ __ ] Ferrari or a Porsche. I'm going to probably be
driving some [ __ ] like this. So, I'm going to keep following my trading plan so I don't end up in a [ __ ] car like
this. Please turn on [Music] What name should we give it? Should it
be a he? Should it be a her? Come on. Come on. Work my way up.
Watch. You guys know about this. What profitable trader knows how to do this? [Music]
[Music] Heat. Heat. [Music]
All right. Yeah, we only got space for two. >> Oh. Oh,
>> yeah. Let's just push it. Let's push it. So, we ended off on week four with the first loss that we had in the whole
entire challenge. So, this was a big uppercut to my ego because to this point, I felt invincible. I literally
felt like I could do anything. I could win every single trade. It's week five of me trying to turn $100 into a million
day trading. Last week, we ended up taking two unnecessary losses because I broke my trading plan. So, we started
off the challenge with about 8,000, which is where we left off last week because we took the account from 15 to
8,000. So, at this point in the challenge, I am not scared to execute a position. I'm being a little bit more
selective. So, I actually avoided some wins that I could have taken, but I also avoided a couple of losses that I could
have taken. And funny enough, because some of my friends were actually calling me in the middle of the week saying,
"Hey, you're going to get enter this and enter this." I'm like, "No, dude. Trust me, I'm not going to enter these counter
trend trades. I don't want to drive to [ __ ] beat him. My god, what the [ __ ] Oh, wow. I just saw this right now. So,
NZDUSD. I'm actually laughing because one of my friends called me earlier. He's like,
"Yo, what should I do with NZDUSD? I entered earlier this week, Sunday night, when you sent it out on Sundays." This
is one of my friends that I went to high school with. Literally, one of the only close friends that I have outside of,
you know, my my team. And he told me, he's like, "Yo, should I close NZDUSD or do I hold?" I'm like, "Dude, if you hold
it can have the risk of having a pullback. I don't think you should hold. I think you should close." He's like,
"No, no, no, no. I'm going to set and forget." I'm like, "Brother, you have to know when to set and forget and when to
not set and forget. This is not the time you don't want to like not close this trade." And I'm laughing cuz I know he
is. I don't I'm going to call him. I'm going call him. Yeah. So I'm that friend that I'll call you a 100 times. I don't
give a [ __ ] >> Yo. >> Yo, you're sleeping
>> about to >> Have you seen your trade? >> Yeah. [ __ ] you,
>> bro. >> [ __ ] me. I told you, bro. >> You told me to have a pullback, not a
whole [ __ ] move straight down. >> This what I told you, bro. I told you it was going to have a pullback, bro. You
don't [ __ ] listen to me, dog. What do you think? >> You told me set and forget.
>> No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. I told you don't set and forget this trade. It's going to have a pullback. You
didn't listen to me, bro. Yo, I didn't I literally told you, bro. I'm like, yo, it's going to it's going to have the
pullback. So, week five, we actually did not end up taking any trades at all. We did a lot of action stuff. I went to go
look at a new penthouse that I was looking to move into. the Bugatti that I bought, my pink Bugatti. We got delivery
of it with Jane Juice, which is another successful student of mine from the 30-day boot camp.
>> So, I bought a new car. So, you Yeah. You don't know what car, right? >> You don't?
>> No. >> All right. You're about to know in a little bit.
>> So, I was going to say something and say some words of courage, but all I have to say is set and forget. That's all I got
to say. >> You think, bro? >> I have no words to say, honestly. And
it's >> You're the only one that knows, bro. >> No, no, no. I I I'm speechless.
Honestly, I'm not going to say anything. I I'll I'll I'll leave it for you guys to see it.
>> Well, he has made over a4 million dollars in trading in under 6 months. He got into my first boot camp at the
beginning of the year and then later throughout 6 months after applying everything he learned in the strategy,
he made more than a quart million dollars. I find out I'm like, "Dude, pull up to Miami. Let's do a podcast."
You know, I like to show traders that if they apply the strategy and they do everything the right way, the lifestyle
that they want is just couple moves away, all you have to do is execute the strategy correctly. So later throughout
the week, just more day-to-day action in my life, and we did not take any trades. So keep in mind, the week before this,
we ended up taking our first loss. Then the week after this, which is week five, we ended up taking no trades, which kind
of made me feel a little bit not like Superman anymore because at the beginning of the challenge, I felt
invincible. Now this times, I'm getting a little bit more humbled. I'm being very selective on the type of trades
that I'm taking because obviously I don't want to blow the account now. I'm so ahead. I have so much time in front
of me that I want to be on track to complete the challenge. It's week six of me turning $100 into a million. And let
me tell you, you guys aren't ready for this week. Then we started off week six at same exact balance. The only
difference now is that we have a Bugatti in the front of the driveway. >> Now we got views
of my [ __ ] Bugatti. So if I don't complete this challenge, I can't afford the Bugatti. So I
definitely have to complete the challenge and stay on route. So the goal doesn't feel right. Right. The Bugatti's
pink. I'm wearing blue. I'll be right back. Give me a second. More like it, huh? Got to be on the same
vibe as a I cannot believe I [ __ ] did that. Dude, still surreal.
>> What's the payment on one of those? >> My payment is 46,000 a month and then the insurance is like
2500. So, it comes out to like 4849,000 every month. So, yeah, we got a lot of work to do to make that up.
>> And to start off the week, like always, we do the Sunday swings. picked the top two, top three markets for the week
ahead. But I decided to go look at my track record on the trades that I'm taking in the account to look at the
stats, like what am I doing right, what am I doing wrong, so I can learn from it and double down on what I'm doing right
and fix what I'm doing wrong. Currently, we have taken the 100 bucks to $8,000. You guys can see that the starting
balance was 100 bucks and it was just updated 44 minutes ago. down below over here. You can currently see our win rate
is currently a 70% of the total amount of trades that we have taken. We've taken a total of seven amount of trades
and 100% of our trades have been short. So, we have not taken any long positions and our average duration is an
interesting 20 hours. Now, this right here is going to be a problem very soon, the commissions that we have on the
account because the bigger obviously we start scaling on this challenge. The more slippage, the more commission
everything that we're it's going to cost us to trade. So, I might be switching brokers very very soon. Not entirely
sure just yet, but I will be letting you guys know if I do. Well, I don't market a broker. I'm just going to let you guys
know if I switch to a broker. I don't plan to market any broker anytime soon. You know what's funny? I paid $2,000 for
that lighter. It doesn't work. Now I have to use this $20. What is it? How much? I don't even know how much is
this. Like $5 at a gas station. [ __ ] sucks. It just doesn't feel right lighting a good cigar with a $5 lighter
from a gas station. Feel like I'm disrespecting the cigar. $2,000 on a lighter. GBPCHF.
Probably one of the cleanest ones that you can probably see. And it is this beautiful higher high, higher low.
Higher high. Higher low. Higher high. Higher low. Higher high. Boom. [ __ ] structure lower low high lower low. Now
this time frame is bearish. Now if I just show you guys this market structure like this which is realistically how you
have to look at the structure of the market not look at the market. This right here is the structure of the
market and you can clearly see how we were creating higher highs, higher lows and we shifted. We did a ginormous and
beautifully formated double top pattern right here. And now we're coming back to retest that neckline of the double top
to then have a reaction to the downside. What a coincidence that the neckline of the double top happens to also be at the
weekly EMA and also happens to have a round psychological level 1.12500 which is obviously very key because now
you just have three four things that simply make sense at this area in order for you to be interested in the trade.
What a coincidence. Now we also have the daily EMA, we also have daily structure level, so on and so forth. So, what I'm
going to be waiting for for this trade is for price to have a break and retest under this little double top formation
that we're potentially creating at this area here to have an alarm right at the bottom of it that's going to notify me
as soon as we break out of it. And this trade once it does that it's going to have a great riskreward. We can easily
get a 1 to5 or even to this structure point and then obviously we have a smaller stop loss. We get like a 1 to
six, 1 to 6 or 7. This is a great risk-to-reward on this trade because we are following the trend. We're trading
with the weekly time frame, we're trading with the daily time frame, and once that double top breaks, then we're
going to be trading with the 4hour time frame. So, we have three time frames that are going all in the same
direction. We simply just enter the trade set for. So, after we analyzed the top markets for the week, like always on
Sunday swings, we then realized there was no markets to trade. But then we got a phone call from this guy that was
like, "Yo, you want to put your Bugatti in a music video with Kodak Black and Trump?
>> They want to have your the Bugatti um in this warehouse and have this marching Trump's marching band behind it
playing while Kodak and all them are rapping in front. But Trump will be there.
>> I I mean, I've been part of a couple music videos. I know how this [ __ ] goes, you know.
Start pull up at 3, start at 7, end at 1 in the morning, you know. >> Well, I [ __ ] hope it's not like that.
>> Like, [ __ ] yeah. I've listened to Kodak Black since I was like 15. And who doesn't like Trump? Little did I know
that I was getting scammed. Trump was not pulling up. And Kodak Black pulled up 20 hours late. And that same night,
my Bugatti broke. >> Kodak's not here yet. We'll probably be here like 30 minutes. We going to leave
till like 3:00 in the morning. Watch >> this time. My bad. won't care.
When I go, I'm going be hold. I'm not going to lie. This [ __ ] feels a little too wobbly.
[Music] We are still here. It's 9:00 a.m. Basically a trade update and we're still
here. Well, after a couple hours, finally got it up.
Now we got to take it from this tow truck to that tow truck.
[ __ ] this dude. >> I don't even want to talk about that. So, after we finish all those
shenanigans, like always, patience pays. And most importantly, following the set and forget strategy CHF, as you guys can
see, we're currently up about $6,000. So, we entered this trade earlier, literally probably like [ __ ] I don't
know, like an hour ago. But, we're in the middle of all these calls and the trade is now heading into our direction.
Everything's looking very well. We're actually in a lot more profit than I expected. Obviously, I did not account
how volatile this pair is. I did not realize that this pair goes into a little bit more draw down. We'll blow
this account completely because this pair is super volatile. I actually have not entered a trade in GFP CHF in a very
long time. But this trade right here, if it does hit my takerit, it could take this account up to like $70,000 if it
does make it all the way down here. And then we were up now from the $8,000 that we were technically down back up to the
$15,000 where we were 2 weeks ago. So, now we're picking back up, staying on track, and the goal for this week was to
turn the 8,000 to 16,000 to 18,000 roughly. And I again, I had an executive decision to make. Do I close at the
profit for the week or do I set and forget? What do you think I did? I [ __ ] set and forget.
>> Drum roll, please. $38,000. Ching. Well, for right now, I think this
trade is that's why I'm not even that excited because I do think this trade right now in London session is going to
have a pullback. Let me show you. So, I think now this is will have a retracement to retest this neckline of
the left head, right shoulder for then the trade to then head to the downside. Currently on the daily time frame, we
close very strong as a bearish engulfing, but we could come back and retest these daily wicks right here. So
then the trader can continue heading to the downside. Now this is where a lot of beginner traders will probably get, you
know, FOMO and either close out their positions here or they can probably set and forget the whole entire way.
Currently just waiting for it to do its thing. But then when we go close the trade, we get the most ridiculous
slippage I have ever gotten in any trading account. And I said, "If I'm getting slippage at this part in the
challenge so early on, I don't want to be with this broker anymore." >> Yo, we just blew the whole [ __ ]
account. >> No, that's how you close the trade, >> bro.
We literally just blew the whole account. [ __ ] We just withd you all the money.
So, we just draw the money from the current broker. Should get into my wallet by the end of today, maybe
tomorrow. And uh we're going to deposit into a new broker, which I might be letting you guys soon which broker it's
going to be. So you guys are going to have the same market conditions as me. Current broker right now. The fees were
all over the place. The commissions were okay. It was more of the slippage. I would literally try and close the trade
out and I guess slipped out. I wouldn't get closed at the point that I wanted to. So I'm going to be switching to a
new broker today pretty much. And uh we'll see where the challenge goes from that point. And this is why I don't
market brokers right at the beginning of the challenge. I know you guys ask me for what broker am I using? What broker
am I using? I literally got this asked a thousand times. I don't want to market a broker that I don't trust and I don't
have any experience with and gladly I didn't market it because [ __ ] I closed a trade at 30,000 in profit and then it
puts me at 22. The slippage and the spread was absolutely ridiculous. I decided to withdraw my money and then
put it into a new broker that I was going to then test out. But again, keep in mind this is the exact same account
that I then just transferred the funds into a different one. And this is where we then pretty much moved on to week
number seven where the ending balance was about 22,000. It's week seven of me turning this $100
into a million. Then on this next week, it was week seven. We were starting with about $22,000 and then the goal was to
take 22 to then 40. Touch that. Touch that. what you guys know about week seven turning $100 into
a million. I I I thought it had just reversed on us. I was so I was like, "Oh shit." Currently, right now, we are up
$4,000 on the trade. Now, I'm not excited because of these $4,000. I could give a
[ __ ] I'm excited about the potential of this trade that we have taken. If you have seen last week's series, you saw
the loss we avoided on this position. Price had the push, stop, then push. That's what we are anticipating for this
week to come ahead. So, we avoided not making any money this week simply because we have experience in the
market. Now, let's look at it now. So, trade update. We are currently up $4,000 on GBP CHF. So, if you guys saw last
night's trade update, I explained that I was looking to enter a trade right around this area once we had the retest
to then sell. So currently right now, GBPCHF has a very strong double top formation currently creating right now.
Very strong bearish move. If this trade hits all the way down here, we'll [ __ ] sweep 1 to 11 risk-to-reward,
meaning we will take Right now we have 35 lots, right? So 35 lots means that it's $350 per pip. So, we do $350 per
pip times a takerit of $342 pips. So, $350 times 342 pips. Drum roll, please.
$100,000 in one single position. The beauty of this is not this. We're going to get to
this no matter what. What is the beauty is how much I'm actually putting at risk. So, I'm only putting at risk. So,
we have 30 pip stop-loss. So, if I do $350 per pip times $30, I'm only putting at
risk 50% of the account. This is key to growth. So, I'm literally risking 50% to almost 5x the account. Tell me that's
not a [ __ ] great deal. So, as of right now, we are currently just waiting for this position to have a confirmation
body candlestick closure in the next 27 minutes under this level of support right here. 4hour candlestick looks very
strong, very bearish engulfing. Can then wait for a little retest as well for then that structure level right there.
Basically, moral of the story, all we got to do right now is set for it. Just looks so lovely, dude. Like, we're
finally like making some type of decent money. Like, look at this. And then we ran into the same broker issue. We took
the 20 and then we took it to the 40. But we ran into even worse slippage on this other broker that we were testing
out. And again, this is why I don't market brokers. It's my first time trading on it. And I'm taking a good
trade. And when I take it, the profits that I'm supposed to be making, I literally lost it because of the
slippage on the account. This is the trades from last night. GBPCHF. You guys can clearly see that we closed out all
three positions at the same exact time. one of them is in profit and then the other got split in half or whatever and
then it was in a loss. So GBPCHF last night I explained if we had a retest of this level and then a rejection to the
downside we can very easily continue to head down. If not if we body closed above we can come back right into our
area of interest. So, we body closed above. And as I'm seeing this body close above and then I'm seeing this rejection
from the EMA, but then I see this retest of this level of support that every single time we're above, we're clearly
heading up. I say, "Oh [ __ ] this is the area where I want to get out cuz I could get pushed right back into my entry and
I don't want to be in a loss at this point in the challenge. I'm doing so well." So, I decided to close my
position right at that line right there. Right at 1.11282, right at 3:00 in the morning, 4 in the
morning, which is like when London session is kicking in. You guys can see down here the times. And I closed out
the first position, right? The 20 lots. So, the 20 lots gave me $2,000 in profit. Now, we're going to do some
calculations right now because if I enter the position up at this point right here, and then we close out the
position, let's say somewhere in here, that is a total of about 23 pips. But for argument sake, let's say 20 pips.
So, I am currently risking $200 per pip. So, it's going to be $200 times 20 pips. I'm supposed to be up $4,000 on
that position. I am up $2,000. So, they ate up 50% of my profits, but that's fine. You know what? High fees. I'll
take it. Whatever. Not a big deal. But then the other position when I go close it, it is then in a loss. Why did I take
a loss on the same position that I entered at the same spot and close at the same spot? Why did it close at a
loss? Now, this is where I get very skeptical about these platforms because it's just so unnecess like like I just I
just don't get it. And this is why I also split my lot sizes because everybody says, "Oh, why don't you just
take 180 lot?" It's for this very same exact reason. If I were to take 80 lots in a position, it would literally have
one full slipped out position versus if I split the positions in half, at least I get one and then the other ones
probably have a little bit of slippage. I I do this because I've dealt with this [ __ ] before and I've been dealing it for
a very long time. Like this at this point was very frustrating because I just came off of a losing week, then a
break even week and now two weeks that are technically break even because of the market conditions that the broker
was giving me. If I'm running into these issues with a broker so early on into the challenge, I'm already being
skeptical because imagine the slippage and the issues that I'm going to be running at when I'm fluctuating hundreds
of thousands of dollars in profit, which is realistically like 3 4 weeks away if I double the account every single week.
It's week eight of me turning $100 into a million. Last week, we took two trades where one of them made us about $2,000
and then the other we lost $2,000. Biggest waste of time ever. And I wasn't going to let any of this broker issue
stop me living my life. I'm going to go drift my Porsche. I'm going to go hit the gym. I'm going to go do what I have
to do because at the end of the day, what affected me last time was that I was not living my normal life. Now, this
time, I decided to, you know, you know what? If I take a loss, if I take a win, I'm going to go hit my gym. I'm going to
go take my my night trades, if you know what I'm talking about, and just do what I got to do. And then later on
throughout the week, we got another great opportunity in the market, which is what we analyze on Sunday swings.
This market right here currently is having a lower high pullback. And this is what this market structure looks like
on this pullback, right? We have some structure right here and then we are now at this resistance level. If I take this
same exact market structure move from right here and then I simply move it to this market structure here with an
exception of making this a little bit higher and aiming this a little bit higher. It's the exact same move right
here, but instead of it obviously being here, it is now right here. It's the same exact move with the exception of
bit being a little bit higher. Now, what is the difference that this had this [ __ ] the structure up here and that this
one is having it right here. Let's see what happened here to see if we can anticipate for it to happen here cuz
we're expecting for the sells and clearly this once it did this pattern, it then went to the downside. So, let's
zoom into this 30 minute structure on this circle time frame right here. What did we get when we were at this pattern
right here? Oh, okay. We got a left head, right shoulder. Okay, cool. Left head, right shoulder, retest, then sell.
Well, let's go to current price right now. Holy [ __ ] What do we have here? Left head, right shoulder.
[ __ ] with me. [ __ ] with me. if you want me to keep showing you guys because I see this all the time and I don't always
explain it because I it's just normal to me. This is my second language, third language, and I see this literally every
single day. It's very normal to me. But to a lot of you guys, this might be like what the [ __ ] a wow moment. And if it
is, let me know in the comments so I can keep doing this stuff for you guys cuz it motivates me and it shows me that you
guys are actually learning. So this position, we're actually very, very, very interested in executing, but not
just yet. I want to execute this position once we have some type of engulfing confirmation. As of right now,
I have my potential entry right under this level because when this candlestick closes under it, it is a engulfing
candlestick. So, just put my alarm under there to pretty much notify me once we have that engulfing candlestick. Even
the 15-minute hasn't had the engulfing quite just yet. So, we're going to stay up all night tonight because that
literally might happen very, very, very soon. We actually ended up taking then the account from the 22 to about 60k in
profit more or less. Drum roll please for the [ __ ] trade update. $19,000
[ __ ] dollars in profit. Now what how fast did this happen? Very fast. Let me show you guys. So right now USD JPY
exactly how I explained yesterday. We literally explained the only way we'd be interested in taking this position right
here is if we have a break, retest, and then sell. Price literally broke, retested, sell. Exactly what we
anticipated. Perfect entry signal. Literally 1 hour ago. As you guys can see down here, 8:00 in the morning.
Currently, right now, it is 10:00 in the morning. So, as soon as we entered this position, market immediately started
heading to the downside. Look how fast this momentum of this market is currently moving. Beautiful 30 minutes
bearish engulfing evening star formation. 15-minute time frame. As soon as the candlestick close, boom, just
completely downside move, which is absolutely beautiful. This is the trade that we avoided yesterday and we avoided
to take the loss cuz it never retested and gave us the engulfing of this left head and the right shoulder. Now avoided
this loss, we can remove this. Now we have this position right here. We're just looking decent, right? Obviously,
I'm just hyped because I risked a lot more than I should have because we're trying to turn $20,000 into 40. So, I
can literally close the position right now and then we will have the $40,000 in profit that we need. Literally. Oh. Oh
[ __ ] Oh. Oh. Oh. What? Oh [ __ ] What the [ __ ] just happened? Oh [ __ ] Oh. Oh. Woah. Woah. Woah. Whoa, whoa, whoa,
whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa. Whoa, whoa, whoa. Don't you [ __ ] do it.
>> Hold on. I'm in I'm in shock right now. Yo, I saw 50,000. It was It was at the bottom of that wick right there. Is news
happening right now? Probably. Well, now I'm on edge. I'm going to put an alarm right around my entry signal just to let
me know that it is up there. I have to put a an alarm at the bottom of this candlestick. If we if we get a
candlestick to go back under that wick, we're pretty much good. We are good. Okay.
You know, you don't want this. All right. So, currently, right now, we had a little quick uh spaz in the
markets. This is what trading in the market is. This is why people go crazy when they risk more money than they
should. If I was risking, you know, 3, four, 5% like a normal human, I would even care. Oh,
right now, $40,000 floating in profit. That's all we care about. >> Oh [ __ ]
Oh [ __ ] Oh [ __ ] Yo. Oh [ __ ] Yo. No. Yo. Yo, I can't Yo, I can't make this up, dude. Yo, I can't make this up,
dude. Holy Holy [ __ ] Holy [ __ ] bro. Yo, stop, dude.
Oh, we got 100,000. Yo, there's no way. Yo, there's no way. Yo. Yo, there's no there's no way. Ow, I
kind of hurt myself. Is my watch okay? That's fine. Doesn't matter. We can buy another one. Oh. Oh.
Oh, dude. Oh. Yo, we're about to be at 100,000. That's [ __ ] crazy. Yo, the countdown is legendary.
Yo. No, no, no, no. We got to keep going. We got to keep going.
Got to keep going. We got to keep going. >> 95. >> 95.
>> Oh, 97. Yo, it's going to hit 100,000. Yo, it's going to hit 100,000. We got to keep going. Look, dude. I think I think
we got to like Ah, dude. Do we got up to there? [Music]
Now, now I just got to focus. What is it? Why didn't you do this?
This right here shows you guys that the [ __ ] fundamentals will follow the technicals.
All right, I got to focus, dude. Market update, boys. Markets update, boys and ladies and gentlemen. We have officially
officially closed the accounts at No, no, no. Drum roll, please. Thank you very much. We have officially closed at
90,000 [ __ ] dollars on the account. So, we ended off the week I think about 90,000
80,000 something like that in profit. And honestly, I didn't have really anything else to do. So, I had a bright
idea. Why not buy five, six junk cars, call my other rich friends, and let's just go play bumper cars.
Hey, [Music] [ __ ]
So, we ended off closing off the week with about 90,000 I think in profit and playing bumper cars, which is pretty
legendary because I got a pretty big group of people together in under two hours. Like, imagine you're getting a
phone call saying, "Yo, pull up to this location and let's play bumper cars." Everybody's reaction is like, "What the
fuck?" >> Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. As much as I would want to go right into
the markets and show you my trades on this week where I'm going to be turning the $90,000 into 200, I have to spoon
feed my children, my very special unit of children, the haters. Come here. Come here. Airplane.
So, the beginning of week nine, something that I expected to happen happened. the haters. The haters decided
to arise and they decided to then voice their opinions on their challenge. Now, keep in mind haters were not voicing
their opinion up to this point. Why? Because the account wasn't big enough. Turning 100 to 300 and then 300 to 4 or
5,000, it's just not exciting. But now, when I started having multiple six figures fluctuating, automatically
people wanted to then say, "He's not showing the trade history. It's not real. He blew the account." Like if I
have not been showing every single trade, the before, the during, the after up to this point, literally showing
every single trade in my free Telegram, in my Discord, in my Instagram, on YouTube. They wanted to voice their
opinions. And I said, "Okay, you know what? Nobody's going to [ __ ] with my reputation. My reputation is
everything." So I addressed the haters, showed the trade history, and then continued on with the journey. Because
truthfully, if they were concerned about the challenge being legit at this point, I said, "You know what? Thank you. That
means I'm not doing good of enough a job. Let me double down on making this even more transparent and even more
legit. Ladies and gentlemen, it is currently 11:15 in the morning. And as of right now, the
account is currently sitting at a whopping blew the account. >> It's like $115,000.
Now, you know what? Let me just uh we're currently sitting at $115,000. Now, the reason why I'm not excited is
because we could have literally been in this much profit. We've been holding the last trade, but it sucks. So, we had to
overexpose ourselves, but it's okay. Why? Because the strategy is working once again. NZDCAD literally having left
head, right shoulder, retest of the neckline. Exactly what I explained yesterday on the 1 hour time frame.
Higher high, higher low, higher high. Once it breaks and retests this neckline, we will be interested in
selling. And boys, that is exactly what we did. We broke and we retested once again. Like does not get any more legit
than this. Oh, but you want to know what's the crazy part? That the downside potential of this trade is massive. we
can reach lows of all the way up to this structure point right here, but we're not going to do that. We're not going to
be greedy. We're going to be realistic and set real takeprofits and we enter this position. Once we body close under
this right here, we're pretty much good. And very ironically, the same week that I call out the haters is the same week
where I'm supposed to be fluctuating in multiple six figures in profits. I actually ended up having the biggest
loss. >> I don't even know why I'm laughing at this point. Yeah, the account boys to
44,000. [ __ ] bro. This is why we can't [ __ ] around talking [ __ ] We [ __ ] jinxed
it. Talking [ __ ] So, we just took a unnecessary $40,000 loss on NZDCAT. The same week I decided to troll the haters,
which honestly it was kind of funny because I made it even more legit, even more transparent, and I expected to win
a trade and I lost. I lost in front of everybody. And after I trolled the haters, it was kind of like a it was an
L on my side. But you know what? I'm glad I'm glad that that happened because that only made me stronger to then come
into the next week. So, we started off the challenge this week on about 90,000 and we ended off on 40, which kind of
sucks because after you address haters, you want to win. You want to win on the haters. I lost on the haters. Even
though we did lose 50% of the account, I did something the haters can't. I got on a G4 to go to Dominican Republic to not
only do a podcast on the jet, but to go check out my tobacco farm that I have for this brand that I'm actually
building, which is my new cigar brand. And I said, "Okay, I might have lost for the week, but let's take this private
jet, this cool podcast, and be back in about 36 hours just to check up on how the cigars are doing and coming right
back." So, the haters had the laugh at the beginning of the week, but then I had it at the end of the week. All
right, ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Let's head to our office. So, let me show you the starting balance for
this week on the account. Wrong phone, white phone. So, right now, the starting balance for this week is going to be
$44,000. So, to start off week 10, we got on the jet right back to Miami. But before I
leave, I like taking care of the people that took care of me while we were out in this trip in Dominican Republic. Had
one of the best chefs, one of the best services. Tent them about $2,000 in ones that I happen to find in my duffel bag.
Don't ask me why it's ones. Don't ask me how it got there. I don't know. [Applause]
You know what's funny? You give like you give somebody in the United States $10,000 like cash, like a big stack like
this, and they'll be like, "Thanks." Like they won't they won't give a [ __ ] The first thing that I do when I get
back is pull up the time piece trading, buy a new Richard Mill cuz I felt like my wrist was a little weak, you know?
I'm like, you know what? We've been doing this for 10 weeks. I need some motivation. I need something better.
Bugatti is not enough and it's broken. Let's go buy a new Richard Mill. >> What you just picked up, it's limited to
50 pieces in the world. It's the Asia edition. It's carbon, super light. I think it's cool. Like, it's good
contrast from your like your white watch, your gold watch. You know >> what makes this like the Asia edition?
>> The the color way. Oh, like a black and black, >> bro. I like this one. I think I'm going
to take this one. >> That's it. >> He's going to sell it to this guy, bro.
>> [ __ ] it. Why not? We bought a chain for Ste. We give away out to him. >> Cuz you're always giving back.
>> You know what? >> Yeah. What is going on here? >> The [ __ ] going on
back there? love it. >> You know, he never gets gifts. So, I was like, let me be the first guy to
actually gift this guy. He's always giving other people stuff. And I thought it was a nice gesture. He doesn't need
it. Probably got the chain, throws it into the safe, and never looks at it ever again. But my conscious is good. We
are currently in a position that we are going to continue to set and forget. I mean, I literally just called it last
night. It's not my first time calling it. All right, boys. So, market update. We are currently up 41,000.
So, we're back at We're not even back where we were last week. And we just did the dumbest thing ever. We just executed
a loss right here because we decided to enter this position right around this area thinking that it was just going to
continue to go down. Like when you don't sleep all night, you just start seeing [ __ ] But then I go down to the 1 hour.
I'm like, but wait, this price definitely has the opportunity to come back and retest this level of support
and resistance just how it did here. It could even go up further. it could literally go back up all the way up to
this area right around here before actually going down. So the 80 lot that I took at that point
right there, I simply closed it cuz it was actually [ __ ] So now I'm currently in this position. Um similarly
what I said yesterday, we're ready to execute it. We're just waiting for the right confirmations. We just got the
break of the structure how I wanted to enter the EMA. And yeah, we're in this position now.
So, I'm just going to anticipate for price to continue having a push to the downside after this retest. Uh, we
avoided a loss yesterday on Euro GBP. Avoided a loss on GBP JPY and avoided a loss on Euro AUD. So, we've been dodging
bullets all week. Finally managed to catch one that aligned with the strategy. We closed a position at the
top of this wick up here and literally we probably did the best decision we could have done. We closed these two
positions at a $2,000 loss for a total of 160 lots. Then we waited for price to have its rejection. Now, some of you
guys would have been like, "Wow, you closed for no reason. You could have still been holding the trade." You know
what? You're right. You're right, dude. But you wouldn't be up $63,000 if I did not do that. Why? because I waited for
this next entry bearish engulfing confirmation uh evening star formation under the EMA rejection from the
structure and I said you know what okay fine you want to take me out of break even and you want to make me lose an
extra 15 pips from the original entry that I originally had up here from this to this point okay fine I'll make it
back by risking 170 more lots on this position before we had 160 lots which was these positions right here. 80 + 80
is 160. You add all these up and we have 330. So, we essentially almost doubled a little bit over the risk that we had
before, but we got an extra confirmation that we did not get here. And you know what? I [ __ ] with it because yeah, we
lose 15 pips from the entry, but we gain 170 lots. It sucks on the short term, but on the long term, trust me, it's
going to pay off, man. Dude, how stressful, dude, these last couple of hours.
>> Yes. Yes. >> In profit. Like, we weren't just up $70,000 [ __ ] dollars. This shit's
making me go crazy. >> All right, we just got out right now at [ __ ]
I don't know, dude. I don't even know how much that is. Um, like $6,000 in profit, 5,000, whatever.
>> Bro, what a swing, dude. How do you go from like 13 How do you go from $70,000 in profit to then $13,000 in draw down
to now only making 4 grand? Tell me how that works. So, we ended off week 10 pretty choppy, kind of whack. Can't even
lie because we spent a lot of money, but we didn't make a lot of money. But then come week 11, we do the same thing. Pick
the top pairs for the week. But now this time, we did a major comeback. >> Welcome to week 11, turning $100 into a
million. We made up for the slack that we did in two weeks because we took the account balance from what we were
starting at to about $200,000. Now, you might be wondering, "What the [ __ ] The video just started." It
didn't. The video started yesterday on Sunday Swings. Welcome, welcome, welcome to another Sunday Swings, where I
literally broke down every single one of these trades to the tea. I entered USD CAD on the sales once again. So if you
guys go watch last week's series, you guys would see what I went through last week right here at this very moment. I
entered this trade, got stopped out at break even. I closed out a break even. I entered this trade, closed myself out of
break even right here. It was an absolute brutal Friday. Now price came back into the area, did exactly what I
said it was going to do, and then we executed the positions right at the top of this area. Such a beautiful trade.
Look at this retest here from this level of support, support, support, resistance, rejection from the EMA.
Daily time frame currently having that re break of structure. This daily candlestick engulf 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 candlesticks. Then we had the pullback. Then we had the weekly double dogee rejection from the EMA, rejection
from the structure. Like there's so many things that are going to make this trade create a new lower low rather than
create a higher high. All I did was simply re-enter the trade where I was originally entered. The only thing that
changed is the mindset behind when I entered this trade versus when I entered this trade. But if you notice, I'm
taking the exact same trade. Look at the pattern formation here and where it is. It's at the area of interest EMA. Look
at the pattern formation here. It's at the area of interest and EMA. And then you simply set and forgets. And we are
now up $168,000. And yes, it's the same account as always, boys. You guys can see right here in the trade history. We
can like I can literally close this position right now. So, it's literally Monday morning and I can literally close
out this position at this very point right here and be done for the week. And there goes this series 5 minutes. But
you know what? We're not stopping there. We're going to keep it going. We're going to try and turn this hundred
something thousand into the million today. Now, the goal for the week was to double the account. And like always, I
see the structure continuing with the trend. So, I'm going to set and forget. I want to maximize my profits, but
minimize my losses. Trade update. It is currently 12:45 in the morning. It's about to be 1:00
a.m. Right now, we are in a new position where now the account is up 35 gazillion dollars. I'm kidding. We're still at the
same exact spot. Still no trades that we have added on to the challenge. So, we did miss this new added position on USD
CAT. As you guys can see, prices actually had a retracement to the area exactly how I anticipated. Price came
back, reaches this structure level, and now it looks like it's having a sell down. We literally pulled out, right? I
mean, you know, we had a little bit more that we could have potentially gotten, but you know, it's simply not worth it.
So, we got out at the perfect area right before this retracement. We're looking to add positions here, but the session
was not the right session to be entering this trade. So, for me to be interested in adding a new position, I would have
to wait for a retest here to then head to the downside. So, I'm going to be waiting for that lower high to then
sell. Wake up the next day and I see the trade could have tripled the account. I could have closed the account at half a
million dollars by doing nothing. And, you know, this did mess with my psychology a little bit, but I'm leading
by example. I have too many people watching me. I have to be realistic and be like, you know what, guys? This is
going to happen. You're going to set and forget and you're going to close at the point where you thought it was the final
point before price reversed. But the trade keeps on going. It's okay. You made money. You hit your take profit.
You move on. So, I did miss out on about 300K on the trade. But it's okay because I hit the profit for the week and we
showed people that we can come back from two losing weeks, two break even weeks to now tripling the account on one
single trade. It's week 12 of me turning this into a million day trading. So on week 12 is
where things start getting a little interesting because now every single trade we're about to take is going to
fluctuate hundreds of thousands of dollars. So, like always, the pairs that we analyzed on Sunday swings ended up
taking it. We fluctuated up and down. >> Trade update. I feel like I I feel like I've said this a million times. Trade
update. Right now, we are up $59,000 on the account. But not only have I said this a million times, I'm talking about
this. Oh, oh, oh. Yo, what is going on every single time? Yo, what the [ __ ] Yo, it's every time,
dude. Yo, I can't make this up, dude. Yo, I can't make this [ __ ] up, bro. I can't make this up,
bro. I was literally going to say we have the head and shoulders pattern. We see this pattern a gazillion times and
then we usually always have the retest to then sell. Dude, what is happening, dude? What is happening, bro?
All right. Well, look at that. There goes our trade update right there. We're up 100,000. The goal for the week is
half a ticket, bro. Almost was there. Come on. Do your thing. Yeah. And dude, I was just so calm. I was so relaxed. I
was so pacific. Well, the goal was to show you guys that what I said we needed yesterday to
happen, which was the head and shoulders. We put our alarm at the ship structure and once we body close under
it, we get the retest and then we sell. That's basically it. We've we've said it a 100 [ __ ] times.
You can't make this up, dude. You cannot make this up. Okay, so right now we are up exactly a one to one and we're up
about 100,000. That means when we get 2011 to 2, we should be up 200,000. And when we get
2011 to 3, we'll be up 300,000. Isn't that beautiful? Don't you want to have your easy math like that? Every single
time you add a risk-to-reward, it's just an extra 100k. 100k. 100k sounds good to me. This is why I didn't want to
celebrate earlier or be anywhere near excited because I expected for something like this to happen. We are currently
down about $25,000 in the account when we were up earlier about $150,000 at the height of it.
The markets did the dead out of me. Look at this. Price went not only straight into our stop loss, but a complete
violation. Break through the previous structure level, almost through the screen, and out the [ __ ] roof. We
just got diddy didd in the didd. Is that even real? [ __ ] Luckily, we did not risk much on the position. We are
only back at $135,000 and we only took about a $68,000 loss on the account which given this
trade I should have risked 100%. But I explained to you the higher I go in the account I lower my risk by 25 to 50%. So
I'm not even mad. I I I'm not it's just it's one of those losses with this type of approach. You know, Albert Einstein
has projects that sometimes don't don't do well. And right now, we are not doing well. We're still at the same exact
spot. Still no new positions into the account. So, our trade deals are going to potentially start moving as of right
now. GBPCHF for cells. I love how this price action is currently looking right now. Daily time frame closed with a
daily dogee. And if we go down to the 1 hour, 1 hour has had what looks to be like a little double top. I'm literally
going to wait for a break and retest under this area right here. So, this is kind of like the consolidation zone it's
in. So, I want to have some type of break out of this and then a quick retest, then sell. A little breakout,
then a quick retest, then sell. Everything depends on the price action. But, I want to enter here, but I can't
enter here right now. I need the breakout confirmation and then the pullback to enter here. I don't mind
entering a little bit lower, but I just need the confirmation that it's having a breakout. It's having a move. We are up
$238,000 [ __ ] dollars. GBPCHF trade update. So, right now we have
three very unique entries on GBPCHF and I want to explain them to perfection because this moved very fast. Literally
only like 4 hours. This is just one candlestick. So, GBPCHF, we had the 4hour bearish engulfing how I wanted
from that area and then we obviously entered at the breakout of all of this consolidation zone here. I entered on
this 1 in the morning candlestick as it was getting ready to close. Entered right there. Spread took a little bit
down and then we had our next entry on this 15minute pullback. So, we had the full move. I'm like, yes, amazing,
beautiful. But then we had this pullback. And on this pullback, I waited for this engulfing confirmation. We
entered on this pullback of this wick. And then the next entry, we entered at the bottom of that rejection candle
right there. And those are our three entries. We have our first one up here, our second one right here, and our third
one right around here. And our takerit was very strategically placed at this next 4hour low. So as you can see, the 4
hours is clearly bearish. Higher, high, higher low. D bearish lower low, lower high, lower low, lower high. We're
destined to create a new lower low. But up to where? Up to this structure point. And you can clearly see that price has
very well reacted from that structure point. This is only a 1 to 2.7 risk-to-reward. And we've risked a lot
more than what we're risking here on different markets. This move just happens to be very, very volatile. Like
we're up 102 pips right now. >> You got to set and forget. The trade either hits my stop loss or hits my
takeprofit. Can I set and forget? And the trade ended up closing off at the highest point, which I think it was
about $400,000 at this point where the challenge is right now. So, we stuck to our trading
plan. We held oursel accountable while doing this live in front of hundreds of thousands of people on my Telegram,
Discord, Instagram, YouTube, absolutely everywhere. I'm not the only one making money at this point. There are so many
of you guys that have done your own flips that I'm like, "Oh [ __ ] this shit's getting serious." I did a podcast
with a student that by copying my exact same trades, he took uh what was it? I think he did $1,000 to $150,000.
This guy by just watching my Instagram stories became a six figure person by watching 10-second Instagram stories.
Talk about [ __ ] batting. Trade update. We closed at 332,000 trade history. As you guys can see, we
have officially closed the position at the highest point keyword. We've closed the position. We were just up 400,000.
We lost 70K just because of [ __ ] floating [ __ ] P&L. Well, you know what? We actually won a
trade. We shouldn't be doing that. So, after we closed off on week 12 at about $400,000, on week 13, I got a bright
idea. We're going to [ __ ] live stream the last trade, trading 400 into a million. [ __ ] it. I came up with a
bright idea to do it on Instagram. I go on Instagram, try to do an IG live, doesn't let me. Said, "Okay, you know
what? Everything happens for a reason. Let's then go to YouTube." And we start a live stream turning $400,000 to
$800,000. All right, ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the live stream. Today in the morning when I w I
literally just woke up like an hour ago and I'm seeing the trade that I took last night. I'm like, "Yo, I have to do
an IG live from the moment that I wake up till this trade hits a million." Then I go to my IG. So I'm going to show you
guys right now. So this is my account as you guys can see. When I go into my account, I go into my settings and I'm
trying to go on live. So look, I'm I'm going to do it right now with you guys, right? So right here on my IG, I try and
go live. So I click here live at this time, your account is not eligible to use this. So even if I
wanted to, I couldn't go live on Instagram. And I'm like, [ __ ] how do I stream? Like for me, this very point the
whole entire way of me turning the hundred to the mil. Like it's going to literally be like the rawest day in the
life that I think anybody has ever done. So, basically, we're going to stream until this account turns into a mill.
Whether it happens today, tomorrow, the day after. I don't plan to turn off the stream until we don't reach the million.
So, this can last an hour, which I don't think so based off of the price action. Or this can last 24 hours. This can last
48 hours. I will not shut off this stream until we don't complete the challenge. This is something that is
legendary and I want it to be documented the whole entire way. So get prepared, get comfortable because this is going to
be an interesting 24 hours, 48 hours, you guys are going to see real day in my life. Obviously
like if I had to enter some meetings and stuff, you know, I can't have you guys be part of that. I'll just kind of like
put it to the phone and [ __ ] So I mean we're we're live, bro. Like what do we do now? Like we're just live.
Look, this is literally live right now. >> Focus. >> How much are we up? 600. [ __ ]
>> History. >> Hold up. >> Is it focusing?
Is it focusing? >> Yeah. Put a little higher. >> Yeah. There you go.
>> You want it higher than that? Huh? Okay. So basically we have USD CHF where basically we have been interested in
taking this position since early this week. You guys can tell how we've had this very strong consolidation zone and
then what we ended up doing is we broke out of that consolidation zone. Let me actually take off all these writings. So
once we broke out of this consolidation zone, we were then waiting for price to have a retest of this area. Once it
retested this structure, then we would continue to head to the upside. Now, this had the retest exactly not exactly
as I wanted to, but it made it to the area. And we had the most important thing, which is going to be our entry
signal, which is this right here. This right here is our entry signal. Not this specifically, but there is something in
here that happened that is my entry signal. And I don't really ever speak about it. And you know what? I'm going
to talk about it on the stream, but not right now because we just got started with the stream and I don't see this
market moving for the next 7 hours. So, only to the soldiers that are with me for these next seven hours
that I'm doing this stream am I going to actually break everything down of my strategy and everything. So, I I I you
know, I feel like I came up with this idea and I haven't really processed that. We didn't really put too much
thought into, >> bro. For real, dude. What the [ __ ] bro? >> Cuz now I can't turn it off.
>> I just can't. I'm so committed. I I can't. I live streamed for literally 26 hours. I was with you guys when I went
to throw away trash, when I went to go eat, when I went to go drift, when I went to go do my day-to-day life. I
literally was with you guys all the time. So, I did want to say this is probably one of the most spontaneous
little events I've done. I probably expected five people to pull up, six people to pull up. We have well over
almost like 50 60 people. It's two in the morning. You guys are maniacs, right? I'm letting you guys know. I
thought I was a freak staying up all night watching the markets. >> You are.
>> Well, I'm not I'm could be a maniac. I could be a maniac, but I'm not the only one. I'm surrounded
by other people that are passionate about this [ __ ] People that are willing to do whatever the [ __ ] it takes to make
this [ __ ] go down. And like, yeah, it's cool that I, you know, dropped the pin and was able to get you guys here
together, but like this [ __ ] is not about me, bro. Like, this is about you guys. You guys got to realize that you
guys are doing the same thing that I'm doing to be able to be on the same journey that I am. You guys are staying
up. You guys are putting money at risk. You guys are learning, failing, rinse and repeating. And over time, you're not
the same person that you were last month compared to now. So, I just want to say like the people that you are around
right now are the people you want to be around with. You're the fifth person out of your four people in your friend
group. If your four friends are smoking weed, you're [ __ ] smoking weed. If your four friends are diddy, you're the
fifth Diddy. That's how it go. >> You guys were telling me to close a trade when we were up 700,000.
>> This is not done. There's a lot more in this. >> You guys told me to close a trade when
price started pulling back and we were at 600,000. And on the live stream, not only am I answering all your guys'
questions, but I am literally engraving the mindset. You need to adapt to be able to handle these types of swings.
The trade isn't done. If the trade has not hit the takerit, you do not close. The trade was at about 700,000 and I
wish you could see the chat. Literally thousands of people live watching saying close, close, close, close. Clearly,
none of these people are my students and they don't know how the set and forget strategy works. The set and forget
strategy works by set and forgetting. You have a stop-loss. You have a takerit. Price is either going to hit
one or the other. And guess what we did? We set and [ __ ] forget. >> We have officially closed the challenge
at 800,000. Just do it. The trade not only hit our takerit and we close at 800,000. The
trade continued to create new highs. If I would have just continued to hold for two more hours, I would have completely
finished the challenge at this very moment. I could have finished it on a legendary 26-hour stream. But you know
what? I'm glad that I followed my strategy and I closed at where I did because then this gave me the
opportunity on week 14 to start off a stream right at the beginning of the week where then we took the final
$800,000 to then the million. And all I can say, you know what? I'm gonna let the stream speak for itself.
>> So that was like looking back at those clips right now, it really lets me just like settle in and realize, bro, what I
was doing, I I was out of my mind. I was losing sleep every single night. I was taking a unnecessary amount of stress
that I didn't need to take. And honestly, I just put this challenge on my shoulders for whatever reason that I
came up to it. But if there's something that I did realize after watching back on these videos and looking at what I
did is that I stayed true to one thing and that is my strategy. Every single trade that I took, I had an extreme
consistency behind every single trade. I understood exactly the type of trade that I was taking. I was reading market
structure the proper way. I was properly having a trade hit my area of interest. I was having a trade properly giving my
entry signal at the right time. Like despite all the noise and everything going down, I stuck to one simple
approach into the market and that is confluence trading. Having the trade makes sense. Now yes, was it fun? Was it
exciting? Was it a crazy journey? Yes. Will I do it again? Maybe. I think that that person that I was when I started
that challenge was not the same person that came out at the end of the other side. And the person that I am today is
not the same person even when I finished that challenge because that just led me to understand not only the markets in a
different way, but that let me understand myself and just trading as a whole. understanding the opportunity
that trading has to offer and the real raw way of flipping accounts, aggressive trading, uh just just just being a
fullblown trader. Just every single thing that I would wake up, eat, sleep, breathe would just be trading. There was
nothing else that was on my mind for those three months of me completing that journey. And if there's something that I
would take away from that whole entire journey, it would be that for you to succeed in this, for you to do what I do
in this or what other people are doing in this is that you need to do exactly that. You need to immerse yourself in
this. Like this needs to be what you eat, sleep, breathe. I have so many people that come up to me in the public
and they're like, "Hey man, like I I really want to have this this trading stuff as like a side gig. Like I want to
have an extra source of income." I'm like, "Buddy, that's not going to happen." Like, trading is not going to
be an extra source of income for you. Like, you're either allin or you're not. Can it become an extra source of income
in the future once you understand how to trade and how you do this properly? Yes, of course, 100%. But you first need to
be all in how I was in that challenge to understand the markets and understand yourself on how to understand the
markets. And then once you understand everything, you could treat it as a side gig because you get it. But you can't
get something into you don't actually get it. That is probably the biggest takeaway that I took from this whole
entire challenge is that I really en engulfed myself in the market as a whole. And if there's something that I
now have so much passion for is not only trading, but it's getting other traders to understand the markets exactly how I
do it at this point. I have students of mine now that they break down the trades and they not only break them down just
like me, but they almost sound like me. Like they're literally reading the markets. They're talking head and
shoulder. They're talking area of interest. They're talking shift to structure at the exact points where I do
when I break down the trade. Sometimes some of my students I'm like I don't even need to teach anymore. Like you
guys can do this for me because this is like speaking a language. Trading is not difficult. All you need to do is just
simply learn. Something's not hard if you don't know it. But when you know it, you simply know it. For me right now,
talking Chinese will be very difficult. But is it impossible? No. Will it take me a year to be able to perfect it and
be able to fluently listen to Chinese music? Yeah, I'm not going to get it right off the bat. But if I surround
myself with a bunch of people that speak Chinese and are constantly communicating in it and we're writing it down and
everything we do is in Chinese, I'm going to be able to grab it a lot faster. And that's where I've been
dedicating a lot of my time to lately. And it's getting these right people in the right environment to be speaking
this right language. The people inside of my community, my community is no longer open to the public. Like
everything I've lit I like the people that want to learn how to trade and learn how to properly read the markets,
like this is what YouTube is for. This is what this platform is for. It's for you guys to just go ahead and and have
everything on one spot. That's what this is for. But the people that actually want to take trading serious and
actually learn a strategy and be a part of a community, that's what I dedicate my time to. back. I have a very very
small circle of traders where I break down trades with them live. I get to review their trades live. People get to
actually be on a Zoom call with me one-on-one. They get to open their mic, ask me questions. These are people that
are actually serious about trading. Like, if you want to know what trading is, how trading works, what is a support
and resistance, what is a this, what is a that, that that's what my YouTube is for, and I will gladly do that for you.
And you're going to learn what everything is, right? There's nothing else that I can teach you what it is or
how it really works. Like this is everything you need to know. Now, there's a very fine line in between
knowing what something is and how it works and how to master it and use it in an every single day live real market
example because by the time you're watching this video, the markets that you're seeing in these examples are
probably months old, weeks old, maybe even years old. Depends when you're watching this video. But what isn't is
these live calls that I do with my students where we're literally executing the strategy and on very unique examples
that are happening in the market every single day. The market's never going to give you the exact same pattern. It's
going to be very similar. It's going to have a little bit of tweak here and there, and that's what I dedicate my new
time to. It's getting these traders to the next level. Not only understanding the markets and teaching them the what's
the hows, but it's the exact points when to execute it and when to not. And I made a very rookie mistake in my early
years of educating people. And that's why I took a very big break for a while. And that's that I pretty much just let
everybody inside of my community. I let anybody that wanted to join and be part of a winning community, I would just let
them in because I wanted to help everybody and anybody. But there was actually a problem, right? Because all
different types of people would be joining and just some people that didn't really want to take it serious and
wanted to make this their their side thing. And if you're not ready to make this your full-time thing, I really
don't want to be working with you because it just simply takes away from other people that do and people that are
ready to dedicate all their time into this. So my my community is no longer available to just anybody. It's the
people that are actually ready to be part of a circle that's going to be executing this every single day. If
you're not ready to execute this every single day, it's just simply not your time. figure out a time when it's right
for you because the last thing that you want to do is do something halfass and then at the end of the day end up
quitting because you never gave your 100%. Just don't even start if you're not ready to do it. It's just it's just
not meant to be. The timing needs to be right. You need to be ready to go through these endless challenges and
this endless journey that trading is going to go. And my students lately have been having the most insane results.
Like for example, you can literally take Mike. Mike took $1,000 into $130,000 while still working a full-time job
living in Canada. And you can take Philillip, 22 years old, and he made over $30,000. Look, I I'm I'm not even
going to just speak on this, right? I'm going to literally show you and let the results speak for themselves. I have
this I had, bro, I have so many testimonials of my students that I had to go create a whole entire YouTube
channel just to upload the podcast in here. Like and these are just the ones that I end up making public, but I have
hundreds of podcasts with the thousands of my students that are part of my private community where I literally have
to do this interview with them because I need to really understand what was that took them from one point to another. Was
it the way how they actually executed the market structure? Was it the actual entry signal? Was it the full confluence
trading and using my checklist? Was it having me every single Sunday sharing the trades that I'm interested in taking
and they're just following these trades? I saw a pattern. I saw a pattern in every single one of these students that
I have done a podcast with and having crazy results like making $180,000 in two years, turning $100 into$10,000,
making $62,000 in three months. I remember this trader, he has a cannabis business, he's part of it with a
partner, and he made an extra $62,000 in three months. this student, for example, where he made $120,000 in one single
year. And I literally made a bet with him when we did our first podcast and we did our our part one of our podcast
right over here. And I told him that if he came back a year later and he was more profitable than what he was, that I
would give him $10,000. You can go watch this for yourselves. And I I literally paid my students $10,000 because I
wanted him to trade my funds. and we kind of have a little thing going on where we do a profit split so on and so
forth. The pattern that I saw in every single one of my students is they follow the strategy like if their life
dependent on it and they dedicated 100% of their time to learning this strategy. Learning the strategy takes time, takes
effort and most importantly you need to prioritize this. Like if you need to eat, sleep, breathe trading. And if if
you're that person and you're ready to take on this journey, I have some new spots that I'm opening to be part of my
community. The link is in the description down below. You guys can go ahead and apply, right? You can't just
join right now. Even if you wanted to, you have to be qualified to be part of my community. If if you don't qualify,
you know, you can you'll be able to talk to my team. My team will be like, "Hey, look, just let you know you're
qualified." Or, "Hey, look, you're not qualified for this reason. You should go work on this or you should go watch this
video first. After you finish watching this video, maybe come back and apply again." Right? We have a series of
questions that will be able to determine if you're the right fit to be part of this community or not. And just if
you're going to go apply and be a part of a students, be as truthful as you can with the answers that you're going to
answer because if you just answer something with little to no effort, we we're just going to completely
disqualify you and not even remotely have any interest in having you part of the community. We have people that not
only apply once, they apply twice, three times, and they find multiple ways to get accepted. And trying to just find a
hack to get in, that's not going to work, right? Like my team goes through a very strict process to accepting people
to be part of my community. If I'm getting on a Zoom call with you on a one-on-one basis and I'm going to be
breaking down your trades, if we're going to be reviewing your trades, like I want to make sure you're the right
person and you're worth my time, right? And just being fully honest, like I I don't need to teach more people. I need
to teach the right people because my goal is to have the most successful trading community and eventually build I
want to build a trading floor and I have a lot more plans that I have in the future and I need the right people to be
part of this circle for me. And if you care to be part of this community or it spikes your interest, once again the
link in the description is down below. Read the application, watch the video before you watch the uh before you
actually fill out the application so you understand what you're getting yourself involved to. If you're not ready to give
your 100%, do not even remotely think that this is the right time for you. Once you're ready, once you understand
and you have a clear understanding and you've seen this video maybe once or twice, then go ahead and hit that apply
button because we want to make sure that you're the right fit to be part of this community and we can actually take your
trading to the next level. And this is somewhere where not only do I teach you how to trade, but I teach you how to
trade from 0 to 100. So, I'll give you the exact full blueprint exactly what I have just shown you here, but a much
more defined version of it. You're also going to be part of a winning community where there's going to be other
successful traders inside of this community that share the trades that they're taking every single day. I'm
personally in there engaging as well. You can ask questions directly to me inside of this community. You have the
famous Sunday swings where every single Sunday and once you join you're going to see the recordings of all of the Sundays
that I've been doing for the last three years where it's over 150 something recordings of me literally predicting
the markets every single week and I am literally getting on a Zoom call every single Sunday sharing with you the top
trades that I am interested in taking for the week and why I am interested in taking these markets because I'm
literally explaining to you this market is good because of X Y and Z and this market is bad because of X Y and Z. So
all of your efforts are on the right market and you're going to execute the strategy on the right market. The
pattern that I saw with these students that led them to not only succeeding because of the strategy is this because
they are part of a winning circle and they are currently following the proper markets that they should be following.
And you can also get access for me to review your trades where you get to get on a one-on-one with me and I get to
better understand why you're making certain mistakes on certain trades and how we can actually fix that because
everybody has different mistakes in their journey and they're executing things correctly in some areas but
incorrectly in some areas. And since you're by yourself in your office and you don't have somebody there to correct
you, maybe your family, your siblings, your cousin, they just don't understand what you're doing, they just simply
don't get it. and you need somebody that not only knows how to do it, but has taught thousands of other people that
know how to do it and have become very successful from it. So, if you think this is the right fit for you, hit the
link in description down below. We would love for you to be part of the community if it's the right fit for you. If not,
check out some more videos. Get a little bit better understanding of how trading works. Get a feel for it. Make some
mistakes, make some money, lose some money, get get that urge of view of actually executing a trade out. And if
it's something that you still want to pursue and despite you getting beat up sometimes and still something that you
want to take on a challenge, come back and hit the apply button and we'll see if you're ready to be part of the team.
If you watch the video all the way to this point, all I want to say is that I truly wish I saw one of these videos
when I started my journey. I cannot stress to you how many videos I saw endlessly inside of YouTube just
searching the internet what certain things were and how to piece everything together. And it was honestly just a
nightmare. And you know, looking back to it now, I don't regret my journey one bit. And I definitely don't wish I had
it another way. But having a video like this and having a mentor like what I'm doing now would have definitely
facilitated everything and would have saved me a lot of time. And maybe a couple of my buddies that started this
journey with me, they would have not quit and they would have not made so many mistakes where it led them to
quitting because they just got overwhelmed and didn't see the the light at the end of the tunnel. it didn't make
sense for them to continue to push because there was just in their eyes there was just no real reward for the
risk that they were taking. And you know, you guys watching this video, you're extremely fortunate and I I just
want to say thank you for watching this video to the end. If you guys have not hit that like and subscribe button, do
that at this very moment right now. Hit that like and subscribe button. If you're watching this video in the
future, you know, a couple month couple of months from when it got uploaded or even a couple of years from when it got
uploaded, all I can say is that you are not too late to get trade, like you're not too late to get involved in
anything. Whether it's just your first trade, whether it's a new strategy, whether it's just re-watching this
video, like the markets are not going to go anywhere. As long as we have currencies around the world, we will
have a market. Whether it is a digital currency or whether it is a actual currency, the markets will be there. The
opportunity for you to make money is going to be there. Don't get FOMO thinking, "Oh my god, I have been
wasting two years of my life at this job when I could have learned this or I could have been doing this instead of
being at college." Don't get FOMO. Yes, did you miss out on opportunities? 100%. But a lot of people have made money from
the opportunities that have just passed by. But that doesn't mean that there's not new opportunities coming into the
market. The markets are not going to go anywhere. I always look forward to tomorrow and the opportunities of
tomorrow. I never look back at the opportunities that I missed because I wasn't part of that. It wasn't meant for
me. It just simply wasn't my time. And I know there will always be a tomorrow and there will always be another
opportunity. So, it's not too late to get started. And if you do get started, don't try and catch up for lost time.
That is how you simply put yourself into a deeper hole that can be very very costly and very difficult to get out of.
So, hope you guys enjoyed this video. You guys once again have not hit that like and subscribe button. Hit it. And
uh make sure to watch any other videos. If you want to be a student, apply down below. And I hope you guys enjoyed this
video. I'll see you guys on the next one. Take care, guys. Bye. Oh, oh, oh, oh, and by the way, by the way, most
importantly, whenever in [ __ ] doubt, set them for good voice. They care. See you.
The optimal trading times are during the London and New York session overlaps, specifically from 1 AM to approximately 10:30 AM EST. Trading during these hours offers higher liquidity and volatility due to increased market participation, which can lead to better trading opportunities.
Market structure analysis involves spotting patterns such as higher highs and higher lows (HH and HL) for bullish trends, and lower highs and lower lows (LH and LL) for bearish trends. Applying techniques like the Snake Trick can help identify the last structural points to confirm genuine trend shifts, enhancing your timing for entries and exits.
Confluence trading combines multiple analysis factors such as trend direction, validated support/resistance zones (area of interest), entry signals, and chart patterns (e.g., head and shoulders). Aligning these elements increases the probability of successful trades by providing stronger confirmation and reducing false signals.
Start with precise risk control, possibly risking larger position sizes initially but lowering your risk percentage as your account grows. Adopting a strategy of taking one high-confidence trade per week and maintaining a risk-to-reward ratio of at least 1:2 (aiming for 1:4) helps protect capital while maximizing profitability over time.
High-probability candlestick patterns include Doji, Hammer, Inverted Hammer, and Bullish/Bearish Engulfing. These patterns signal potential reversals or continuations of trends when confirmed on appropriate timeframes (weekly, daily, 4-hour) and should be combined with overall market structure for stronger trade decisions.
Maintaining strict trading plans and rules, managing emotions to handle wins and losses evenly, and holding yourself accountable with personal consequences are essential. Developing patience, discipline, and a mindset focused on consistency rather than impulsiveness forms the foundation for long-term trading success.
TradingView offers powerful charting and market analysis tools, including candlestick charts and no-gap candle indicators for clearer price data. MetaTrader 5 serves as the execution platform where you place trades, calculate risk, and set stop losses and take profits. Using both platforms together enhances decision-making and precise trade management.
Heads up!
This summary and transcript were automatically generated using AI with the Free YouTube Transcript Summary Tool by LunaNotes.
Generate a summary for freeRelated Summaries
Unlocking Generational Wealth: A Comprehensive Guide to Day Trading in 2025
In this engaging video, Tyler shares his journey from struggling with side hustles to mastering day trading, revealing the strategies and mindset needed to succeed in the digital age. He emphasizes the importance of emotional discipline, risk management, and understanding market dynamics to build generational wealth.
Beginner's Guide to Price Action Trading: Trends & Consolidation Explained
This free beginner-friendly video course introduces the fundamentals of price action trading, focusing on understanding uptrends, downtrends, and consolidation. Learn how to identify market trends, avoid common pitfalls, and set up essential trading tools for success.
Mastering Market Maker Models: Forex, Indices & Stock Trading Insights
Discover expert analysis on the dollar index, forex pairs, gold, crude oil, and major indices, emphasizing anticipation over reaction in trading. Learn practical market maker buy and sell models, smart money reversals, and actionable strategies for consistent trading success.
Welcome to the Trading Boot Camp: A Journey to Profitability
In this engaging video, the host introduces a new trading boot camp aimed at helping viewers become profitable traders. He emphasizes the importance of commitment, action, and a willingness to learn, while sharing his personal journey and the challenges he faced along the way. This is not just about trading; it's about personal growth and taking control of your life.
Mastering the Power of Three in Trading: A Comprehensive Guide
In this video, the host simplifies the powerful trading strategy known as the Power of Three, which consists of accumulation, manipulation, and distribution phases. Viewers learn how to effectively implement this strategy in their trading sessions, along with insights on price action and market structure shifts.
Most Viewed Summaries
Kolonyalismo at Imperyalismo: Ang Kasaysayan ng Pagsakop sa Pilipinas
Tuklasin ang kasaysayan ng kolonyalismo at imperyalismo sa Pilipinas sa pamamagitan ni Ferdinand Magellan.
A Comprehensive Guide to Using Stable Diffusion Forge UI
Explore the Stable Diffusion Forge UI, customizable settings, models, and more to enhance your image generation experience.
Pamamaraan at Patakarang Kolonyal ng mga Espanyol sa Pilipinas
Tuklasin ang mga pamamaraan at patakaran ng mga Espanyol sa Pilipinas, at ang epekto nito sa mga Pilipino.
Mastering Inpainting with Stable Diffusion: Fix Mistakes and Enhance Your Images
Learn to fix mistakes and enhance images with Stable Diffusion's inpainting features effectively.
Pamaraan at Patakarang Kolonyal ng mga Espanyol sa Pilipinas
Tuklasin ang mga pamamaraan at patakarang kolonyal ng mga Espanyol sa Pilipinas at ang mga epekto nito sa mga Pilipino.

